Reading Group Blueprints

Students are often dissatisfied with the selection of topics covered at their universities (see here and here for a taste of examples). Our review of 377 modules taught at the top 10 British departments (following THE) shows that only 3.8% focus on traditions other than the Western Analytical tradition, and 3.1% focus on topics related to class, colonialism, race and gender. As little as 13% of all modules taught contain more than a token amount of content related to those topics. Meanwhile, of all the modules devoted to a specific philosopher, a shocking 100% focuses on a person who was white and male.

We think that the students are right to be dissatisfied.

So, what do you do if a topic you want to learn about is not taught at your university? Start your own reading group! And if this sounds like a daunting task, we are here to help. Below, you will find ready-made Blueprints you can use to create your reading group. Each one offers a set of resources divided by topic and arranged into a consistent narrative, each accompanied by a list of questions to help guide your discussion.

We hope that these Blueprints will help you start your own reading group on a topic that interests you, and fill the gaps left in your curriculum. Happy learning!

What is (not) taught?

How to run a reading group using our Blueprints?
Expand entry

Choose your Blueprint

  1. Topic. Gather some friends and identify a topic you are all interested in. Will it be feminist philosophy? African languages? Postcolonial theory? You can see a list to choose from below.
  2. Time and Difficulty. Make sure you have the time to run your group. Remember that it will be harder to organise during holidays or exam periods. Equally, make sure to pick the right difficulty level. Some Blueprints are introductory and great for anyone, while others might be better suited for senior students or those who already know a bit about the topic. Note you can also download each Blueprint as a PDF if you want an offline copy!
  3. Unfold! Click or tap the arrow below the Blueprint title. A general Introduction which will tell you what it is about and list any particular instructions. The Categories will give you an indication of the range of issues covered. Below, you will find the main Content: the specific resources you will be looking at.

Run the group

  1. Organise. We recommend that you find a time when your group can meet every week, to keep things consistent.The Content of a Blueprint is divided into weekly sections, with typically one text or video entry per section.
    • Some blueprints might have a different structure – don’t worry, it will all be explained in their Introductions!
  2. Read/Watch/Listen. Each entry has links that will take you to the resource itself. To guide you through, each entry has some further useful notes and comments. Pay particular attention to the ones labelled ‘Study Questions’.
  3. Discuss. These Study Questions are designed to guide your discussion as you meet with your group. Remember – the questions will touch on topics of particular interest, but you might want to expand on them by asking your own questions and discussing points that interest you!

Share your thoughts

  1. Comment. If you like the texts or want to share the thoughts you had while reading and discussing them, you can leave us a comment! Every entry has a comments section at the bottom and we highly encourage you to use it!
  2. Share. We would love to hear your stories! Share your experience with us and other students around the world, post pics of your group, and remember to tag us on twitter, facebook or youtube.
  3. Get in touch. Don’t hesitate to write us if you want to share your experience, recommend improvements, or just tell us what you liked best!
PDF10Level

Postcolonial Theory, Race and Caste

Expand entry
by Suddhasatwa Guharoy and Andreas Sorger
Funded by: AHRC

Introduction

Postcolonial theory is, broadly speaking, the study of how societies have conquered, controlled, and perceived “other” societies – physically, spiritually, and intellectually – and how the resulting colonized societies have responded to and resisted being conquered, controlled, or perceived in those ways. It seeks to understand these things, but it also seeks to “de-colonize” aspects of the colonized societies in the hope of achieving physical, spiritual, and intellectual liberation and self-determination. It intersects with a number of intellectual traditions, including: various national and cultural traditions, critical race theory, feminism, existentialism, Marxism, liberation theology, and more. It also draws on a number of disciplines, including: sociology, history, literature, aesthetics, economics, geography, political science, and more. Each of the authors on this blueprint constitutes some of the best that such theorizing has to offer. Organization-wise, we have provided materials for 10 weeks worth of reading, and have provided questions for focused discussions about them. However, by all means, readers can pick and choose which weeks they want to focus on if less time is available. Or, if they have the time and energy, they can also pick and choose several readings to engage with per week, seeing as we have tried to make the readings relatively short.


Contents

    On DRL Full text Read free
    1.
    Césaire, Aimé. Discourse on Colonialism
    2000 2000, NYU Press.
    31-46
    Expand entry

    Publisher's Note: This classic work, first published in France in 1955, profoundly influenced the generation of scholars and activists at the forefront of liberation struggles in Africa, Latin America, and the Caribbean. Nearly twenty years later, when published for the first time in English, Discourse on Colonialism inspired a new generation engaged in the Civil Rights, Black Power, and anti-war movements and has sold more than 75,000 copies to date.

    Aimé Césaire eloquently describes the brutal impact of capitalism and colonialism on both the colonizer and colonized, exposing the contradictions and hypocrisy implicit in western notions of "progress" and "civilization" upon encountering the "savage," "uncultured," or "primitive." Here, Césaire reaffirms African values, identity, and culture, and their relevance, reminding us that "the relationship between consciousness and reality are extremely complex. . . . It is equally necessary to decolonize our minds, our inner life, at the same time that we decolonize society."

    Comment: Aimé Césaire’s Discourse on Colonialism is a foundational text in postcolonial theory, which provides an excoriating critique of not only European practices of colonialism, but also the underlying theories and logics used to justify them. Specifically, Césaire takes aim at the view of colonialism as a ‘civilising mission’, where benevolent Europeans would provide non-white non- Europeans with the tools necessary for modernisation. Instead, he argued that colonialism wrought destruction everywhere it went, killing people, eradicating civilisations, and obliterating any alternative cultural ideas that contrasted European values. Crucially, Césaire explores the psychological effects of colonialism on both the colonised and the coloniser – a theme that would be taken further by Frantz Fanon (a student of Césaire’s) in his writings.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Throughout Discourse on Colonialism, Césaire uses images of decay to describe European or Western civilisation. In the sections you are reading, he talks about it as a “stricken” and “dying” civilisation (p.31) and likens every act of brutality perpetuated by Europeans to a “gangrene” that spreads throughout Western civilisation as a whole. What do you think Césaire means by this image? What effect does it have on the reader?
    2. Césaire writes: “The colonialists may kill in Indochina, torture in Madagascar, and imprison in Black Africa, crack down in the West Indies. Henceforth the colonised know that they have an advantage over them. They know their temporary ‘masters’ are lying” (p.32). Why does Césaire suggest the colonialists are lying? Why does this give the colonised an “advantage over [the colonisers]”?
    3. What connections does Césaire draw between Nazism and colonialism? Why does he suggest that every “humanistic … Christian bourgeois of the twentieth century … has a Hitler inside him” (p.36)?
    4. What implications follow from Césaire’s claim that “no one colonises innocently” (p.39)? How might this change the way we examine the legacy of colonial practices today?
    5. What is the “boomerang effect of colonisation” (p.41) that Césaire diagnoses?
    6. What does Césaire mean by the phrase “Colonialism = thingification”? How does this relate to his discussion of the psychological effects of colonialism on both the coloniser and the colonised?
    7. What values does Césaire suggest we can find in pre-colonial non-European civilizations? What role do you think these values play in his wider argument?
    8. On the one hand, Césaire explicitly details the destructive power of Western colonialism, such that entire cultures and civilisations have been eradicated as a result of its On the other, Césaire defends the values of pre-colonial non-European civilisations (see p.44-46). Do you think this points to a tension within Césaire’s argument? If so, how might we resolve it? If not, why not?
    1. Throughout Discourse on Colonialism, Césaire uses images of decay to describe European or Western civilisation. In the sections you are reading, he talks about it as a “stricken” and “dying” civilisation (p.31) and likens every act of brutality perpetuated by Europeans to a “gangrene” that spreads throughout Western civilisation as a whole. What do you think Césaire means by this image? What effect does it have on the reader?
    2. Césaire writes: “The colonialists may kill in Indochina, torture in Madagascar, and imprison in Black Africa, crack down in the West Indies. Henceforth the colonised know that they have an advantage over them. They know their temporary ‘masters’ are lying” (p.32). Why does Césaire suggest the colonialists are lying? Why does this give the colonised an “advantage over [the colonisers]”?
    3. What connections does Césaire draw between Nazism and colonialism? Why does he suggest that every “humanistic … Christian bourgeois of the twentieth century … has a Hitler inside him” (p.36)?
    4. What implications follow from Césaire’s claim that “no one colonises innocently” (p.39)? How might this change the way we examine the legacy of colonial practices today?
    5. What is the “boomerang effect of colonisation” (p.41) that Césaire diagnoses?
    6. What does Césaire mean by the phrase “Colonialism = thingification”? How does this relate to his discussion of the psychological effects of colonialism on both the coloniser and the colonised?
    7. What values does Césaire suggest we can find in pre-colonial non-European civilizations? What role do you think these values play in his wider argument?
    8. On the one hand, Césaire explicitly details the destructive power of Western colonialism, such that entire cultures and civilisations have been eradicated as a result of its On the other, Césaire defends the values of pre-colonial non-European civilisations (see p.44-46). Do you think this points to a tension within Césaire’s argument? If so, how might we resolve it? If not, why not?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    2.
    Baldwin, James. The Fire Next Time
    1963 1963, Penguin Classics. pp. 3-22.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    A national bestseller when it first appeared in 1963, The Fire Next Time galvanized the nation and gave passionate voice to the emerging civil rights movement. At once a powerful evocation of James Baldwin’s early life in Harlem and a disturbing examination of the consequences of racial injustice, the book is an intensely personal and provocative document. It consists of two “letters,” written on the occasion of the centennial of the Emancipation Proclamation, that exhort Americans, both black and white, to attack the terrible legacy of racism. Described by The New York Times Book Review as “sermon, ultimatum, confession, deposition, testament, and chronicle…all presented in searing, brilliant prose,” The Fire Next Time stands as a classic of our literature.

    Comment: Published in 1963, this essay offers a scathing attack on the racist history of America and its contemporary present in the 1960s. The text provides a trenchant critique of the way racism has shaped, and continues to shape, relations between whites and blacks in American society by suggesting that whites are trapped by a history they refuse to acknowledge – thereby making them unable to conceive of black Americans as their fellow co-citizens. Thus, for Baldwin, it is imperative that whites are made to recognise this history, as a failure to do so will inevitably result in an outbreak of violence. It is a compelling narrative of various quotidian as well as extraordinary incidents interwoven with local and international political causes and repercussions.

    Discussion Questions

    1. With respect to the religious journey of Baldwin:
      • What made him enter the ‘church racket’ (p.6) and get indoctrinated in Christianity?
      • What was his subsequent understanding of the historical role that Christianity played ‘in the realm of power and in the realm of morals’?
    2. “The white God has not delivered them; perhaps the Black God ” (p.12). How would one describe Baldwin’s conception of God?
    3. “…this leads, imperceptibly but inevitably, to a state of mind in which, having long ago learned to expect the worst, one finds it very easy to believe the worst”
      • Why does Baldwin consider not being able to believe ‘the humanity of white people is more real to them than their colour’ to be worst? What do we understand about Baldwin’s idea of love for people?
    4. What was the initial impression Baldwin had of Elijah? Did the impression change? If yes then what was the revised impression of Elijah that Baldwin had?
    5. “…the Negro has been formed by this nation…and does not belong to any other — not to Africa, and certainly not to Islam.” (p. 16)
      • Why does the identity of the Black Americans not belong to Africa and Islam?
      • Why does Baldwin claim that only a radical change in the constitution of American social and political structure can bring a real change in the life of a Black American? Do you believe that radical change in the social-political structure has occurred?
    6. What is the definition of ‘tokenism’ (p.18) that we get in the text? What are its material causes and consequences?
      • Against the idea of tokenism, how does Baldwin envisage freedom?
    7. “…a vast amount of the white anguish is rooted in the white man’s equally profound need to be seen as he is, to be released from the tyranny of his mirror.” (p.19)
      • What, according to the text, was Baldwin’s diagnosis of the problem in America? What does the idea of the mirror evoke?
      • “To create one nation has proved to be a hideously difficult task; there is certainly no need now to create two, one black and one ’ (p. 20) How does Baldwin envision the creation of a new America?
    1. With respect to the religious journey of Baldwin:
      • What made him enter the ‘church racket’ (p.6) and get indoctrinated in Christianity?
      • What was his subsequent understanding of the historical role that Christianity played ‘in the realm of power and in the realm of morals’?
    2. “The white God has not delivered them; perhaps the Black God ” (p.12). How would one describe Baldwin’s conception of God?
    3. “…this leads, imperceptibly but inevitably, to a state of mind in which, having long ago learned to expect the worst, one finds it very easy to believe the worst”
      • Why does Baldwin consider not being able to believe ‘the humanity of white people is more real to them than their colour’ to be worst? What do we understand about Baldwin’s idea of love for people?
    4. What was the initial impression Baldwin had of Elijah? Did the impression change? If yes then what was the revised impression of Elijah that Baldwin had?
    5. “…the Negro has been formed by this nation…and does not belong to any other — not to Africa, and certainly not to Islam.” (p. 16)
      • Why does the identity of the Black Americans not belong to Africa and Islam?
      • Why does Baldwin claim that only a radical change in the constitution of American social and political structure can bring a real change in the life of a Black American? Do you believe that radical change in the social-political structure has occurred?
    6. What is the definition of ‘tokenism’ (p.18) that we get in the text? What are its material causes and consequences?
      • Against the idea of tokenism, how does Baldwin envisage freedom?
    7. “…a vast amount of the white anguish is rooted in the white man’s equally profound need to be seen as he is, to be released from the tyranny of his mirror.” (p.19)
      • What, according to the text, was Baldwin’s diagnosis of the problem in America? What does the idea of the mirror evoke?
      • “To create one nation has proved to be a hideously difficult task; there is certainly no need now to create two, one black and one ’ (p. 20) How does Baldwin envision the creation of a new America?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    3.
    Said, Edward W.. Orientalism
    1978 1978, Pantheon Books..
    pp 1-23
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    More than three decades after its first publication, Edward Said's groundbreaking critique of the West's historical, cultural, and political perceptions of the East has become a modern classic.
    In this wide-ranging, intellectually vigorous study, Said traces the origins of "orientalism" to the centuries-long period during which Europe dominated the Middle and Near East and, from its position of power, defined "the orient" simply as "other than" the occident. This entrenched view continues to dominate western ideas and, because it does not allow the East to represent itself, prevents true understanding. Essential, and still eye-opening, Orientalism remains one of the most important books written about our divided world.

    Comment: Orientalism is a classic text in postcolonial theory which successfully brought out the politics of ‘othering’. It shows how the ‘Orient’ was constructed by delineating it from the supposedly morally, culturally and politically advanced (and superior) ‘Occident’. The book is not so much about the East as much as it is about how the Orient was ‘produced’ by the imperial masters of Europe and America and perceived as the ‘other’ to the rest of the ‘civilized’ world. The author traces and examines various literary and political sources which originated and perpetuated Orientalism. The abstract gives an overview of the argument and introduces the reader to the rest of the book.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What is the relationship between Orientalism and imperialism?
    2. What does Said mean when he says ‘producing the Orient, politically, sociologically, militarily…’ (p.3)?
    3. What is the Gramscian distinction between civil and political society? Express your views on whether you find the distinction helpful. How does the concept of ‘hegemony’ figure in the discourse? Why is it an important tool to understand the cultural life of the West?
    4. “Orientalism is after all a system for citing works and authors.” Discuss the relationship between the overarching ideology of Orientalism and the contribution of individual works. What position does Said take in the debate? Do you agree with his position? Give reasons for your answer.
    5. What is Said’s opinion on the ‘liberal consensus’ (p.10) about true, ‘non-political’ knowledge? Can there be non-political, pure knowledge in human sciences? State reasons for your agreement/disagreement.
    6. What does Said mean when he says orientalism is ‘premised on exteriority’ (p.20)? How does the Orient rest on representation? In relation to this discuss briefly the politics of ‘representation’. (Discussion in greater detail available in chapter 1)
    7. What special significance does ‘Islamic Orient’ add to the study of Orientalism, given contemporary geopolitics?
    1. What is the relationship between Orientalism and imperialism?
    2. What does Said mean when he says ‘producing the Orient, politically, sociologically, militarily…’ (p.3)?
    3. What is the Gramscian distinction between civil and political society? Express your views on whether you find the distinction helpful. How does the concept of ‘hegemony’ figure in the discourse? Why is it an important tool to understand the cultural life of the West?
    4. “Orientalism is after all a system for citing works and authors.” Discuss the relationship between the overarching ideology of Orientalism and the contribution of individual works. What position does Said take in the debate? Do you agree with his position? Give reasons for your answer.
    5. What is Said’s opinion on the ‘liberal consensus’ (p.10) about true, ‘non-political’ knowledge? Can there be non-political, pure knowledge in human sciences? State reasons for your agreement/disagreement.
    6. What does Said mean when he says orientalism is ‘premised on exteriority’ (p.20)? How does the Orient rest on representation? In relation to this discuss briefly the politics of ‘representation’. (Discussion in greater detail available in chapter 1)
    7. What special significance does ‘Islamic Orient’ add to the study of Orientalism, given contemporary geopolitics?
    On DRL Full text
    4.
    Wiredu, Kwasi. Philosophy and an African Culture
    1980 1980, Cambridge University Press..
    pp 26-50
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    What can philosophy contribute to African culture? What can it draw from it? Could there be a truly African philosophy that goes beyond traditional folk thought? Kwasi Wiredu tries in these essays to define and demonstrate a role for contemporary African philosophers which is distinctive but by no means parochial. He shows how they can assimilate the advances of analytical philosophy and apply them to the general social and intellectual changes associated with 'modernisation' and the transition to new national identities. But we see too how they can exploit traditional resources and test the assumptions of Western philosophy against the intimations of their own language and culture. The volume as a whole presents some of the best non-technical work of a distinguished African philosopher, of importance equally to professional philosophers and to those with a more general interest in contemporary African thought and culture.

    Comment: Kwasi Wiredu’s Philosophy and an African Culture grapples with the relationship between African philosophy and African traditional folk thought in order to carve out a distinctive role for African philosophers in the present day. In the chapters for this week, Wiredu is contributing to a debate in African philosophy that seeks to answer the question: “What is African Philosophy?”. Wiredu takes issue with Europeans elevating the traditional folk beliefs of Africans to the status of philosophy, which historically has been used to justify and legitimise the racist belief in the inferiority of black Africans. Instead, Wiredu suggests that the absence of a written tradition of philosophy means that African philosophy can only exist in the present. Thus, it is up to contemporary African philosophersto create a ‘new’ tradition with distinctive insights for the problems faced by African societies.

    Discussion Questions

    1. How does the comparison between African philosophy and African versions of other disciplines, such as engineering, illuminate the problem Wiredu is grappling with?
    2. What is the difference between the universalist and nationalist conceptions of African philosophy? What, for Wiredu, are the limitations of the nationalist conception?
    3. Why does Wiredu suggest that traditional African philosophies are “pre-scientific”? Is this a distinct problem for African philosophy? Does the pre-scientific nature of traditional African philosophy mean that it should not be made the subject of further study?
    4. What is Wiredu’s conception of philosophy in a technical sense? Why does Wiredu think that this conception of philosophy is useful for contemporary African society?Can philosophy, in Wiredu’s sense, be universal and, if so, in what ways?
      • Similarly, how are cultural considerations relevant for philosophical thinking? In answering this question, refer to Wiredu’s comments about the relationship between language and philosophy.
      • What implications do you think follow from this relationship between language and philosophy?
    5. What is the definition of African philosophy Wiredu offers at the end of Chapter 2? Why does he suggest that this project is “urgent”?
    6. What are the criticisms Wiredu advances against Western anthropologists who focus on the “pre-scientific characteristics of African traditional thought” (p.39)? What are the problematic consequences of such thinking for the perception of Africans by the West, as well as the self-image of Africans themselves? Can you draw any connections between Wiredu’s remarks here and the effects of colonialism discussed by Césaire?
    7. How does Wiredu’s contrast between African and Western traditions of thought serve to undermine the binary opposition between a rational modern West and an irrational superstitious Africa?
    8. How do you interpret Wiredu’s conception of development as a “continuing world- historical process” (p.43) in which all peoples are engaged? What are the advantages of conceptualising development in this way?
    9. Towards the end of Chapter 3, Wiredu seems to suggest that a written tradition is necessary for possessing a philosophical heritage. Do you think this is fair or it does it unfairly marginalise oral traditions of philosophy as being ‘folk wisdom’?
    1. How does the comparison between African philosophy and African versions of other disciplines, such as engineering, illuminate the problem Wiredu is grappling with?
    2. What is the difference between the universalist and nationalist conceptions of African philosophy? What, for Wiredu, are the limitations of the nationalist conception?
    3. Why does Wiredu suggest that traditional African philosophies are “pre-scientific”? Is this a distinct problem for African philosophy? Does the pre-scientific nature of traditional African philosophy mean that it should not be made the subject of further study?
    4. What is Wiredu’s conception of philosophy in a technical sense? Why does Wiredu think that this conception of philosophy is useful for contemporary African society?Can philosophy, in Wiredu’s sense, be universal and, if so, in what ways?
      • Similarly, how are cultural considerations relevant for philosophical thinking? In answering this question, refer to Wiredu’s comments about the relationship between language and philosophy.
      • What implications do you think follow from this relationship between language and philosophy?
    5. What is the definition of African philosophy Wiredu offers at the end of Chapter 2? Why does he suggest that this project is “urgent”?
    6. What are the criticisms Wiredu advances against Western anthropologists who focus on the “pre-scientific characteristics of African traditional thought” (p.39)? What are the problematic consequences of such thinking for the perception of Africans by the West, as well as the self-image of Africans themselves? Can you draw any connections between Wiredu’s remarks here and the effects of colonialism discussed by Césaire?
    7. How does Wiredu’s contrast between African and Western traditions of thought serve to undermine the binary opposition between a rational modern West and an irrational superstitious Africa?
    8. How do you interpret Wiredu’s conception of development as a “continuing world- historical process” (p.43) in which all peoples are engaged? What are the advantages of conceptualising development in this way?
    9. Towards the end of Chapter 3, Wiredu seems to suggest that a written tradition is necessary for possessing a philosophical heritage. Do you think this is fair or it does it unfairly marginalise oral traditions of philosophy as being ‘folk wisdom’?
    On DRL Full text
    5.
    Smith, Linda Tuhiwai. Decolonising Methodologies: Research and Indigenous Peoples
    2012 2012, 2nd Edition. London and New York: Zed Books..
    “Imperialism, History, Writing, and Theory”, pp 19-41
    Expand entry
    Abstract: To the colonized, the term 'research' is conflated with European colonialism; the ways in which academic research has been implicated in the throes of imperialism remains a painful memory. This essential volume explores intersections of imperialism and research - specifically, the ways in which imperialism is embedded in disciplines of knowledge and tradition as 'regimes of truth.' Concepts such as 'discovery' and 'claiming' are discussed and an argument presented that the decolonization of research methods will help to reclaim control over indigenous ways of knowing and being. Now in its eagerly awaited second edition, this bestselling book has been substantially revised, with new case-studies and examples and important additions on new indigenous literature, the role of research in indigenous struggles for social justice, which brings this essential volume urgently up-to-date.

    Comment: Linda Tuhiwai Smith’s Decolonising Methodologies argued that, for the colonised, the idea and practice of academic research was imbued with imperialism. Thus, to escape this problem and reclaim indigenous forms of knowing, an effort to decolonise the methodologies of research is imperative. The reading for this week is the first chapter of the book, in which Smith advances her critique of Western knowledge to show that “every aspect of producing knowledge has influenced the ways in which indigenous ways of knowing have been represented” (p.35). Smith’s critique is far-reaching, and her point is to suggest that Western notions of history, writing, and theorising are bound up in the way research is pursued such that they exclude and marginalise indigenous groups.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What are the four different uses of the term ‘imperialism’ that Smith distinguishes between? What is the main difference between the fourth use of imperialism and the first three? Why is this significant?
    2. What are the two main strands of critique offered by indigenous scholarship on imperialism and colonialism? Why do discussions of globalisation and post-colonialism pose new challenges for the ways indigenous communities “think and talk about imperialism” (p.24)?
    3. How does Smith conceptualise the struggle to assert and claim humanity? What do you think Smith means by her suggestion that, for indigenous peoples, fragmentation is not “a phenomenon of postmodernism” but rather “the consequence of imperialism (p.28)”? What connections can you draw betweenthe ideas articulated in this section and the writings of Césaire?
    4. What are the 9 interconnected ideas that Smith suggests are central to Western conceptions of history? What is the critique of this kind of history raised by post-colonial and indigenous theorists alike? Do you find her critique convincing? If so, why? If not, why not?
    5. If history in its modern/Western construction is predicated on a sense of Otherness that marginalises indigenous peoples, how and why is history important for decolonisation? In answering this question, think about how Smith conceptualises the relationship between history and power, as well as what Smith means by “coming to know the past” (p.34) and what this entails for decolonisation efforts.
    6. On page 36, Smith writes “Writing can also be dangerous because we reinforce and maintain a style of discourse which is never innocent”. What are some of the dangers she talks about, and how have indigenous and post-colonial theorists attempted to resist and push back?
    7. In drawing on the work of Cherryl Smith and Edward Said, Linda Tuhiwai Smith highlights the importance of “‘writing back’ and simultaneously writing to ourselves” (p.37). How do you interpret this idea and what implications do you think it has for both writing and interpreting academic texts? Does it make you rethink the assumptions in your writing? Or does it reinforce concerns you may already have?
    8. How and why is theory important for indigenous communities? What kind of theory development is necessary for indigenous communities, and what does this process entail?
    1. What are the four different uses of the term ‘imperialism’ that Smith distinguishes between? What is the main difference between the fourth use of imperialism and the first three? Why is this significant?
    2. What are the two main strands of critique offered by indigenous scholarship on imperialism and colonialism? Why do discussions of globalisation and post-colonialism pose new challenges for the ways indigenous communities “think and talk about imperialism” (p.24)?
    3. How does Smith conceptualise the struggle to assert and claim humanity? What do you think Smith means by her suggestion that, for indigenous peoples, fragmentation is not “a phenomenon of postmodernism” but rather “the consequence of imperialism (p.28)”? What connections can you draw betweenthe ideas articulated in this section and the writings of Césaire?
    4. What are the 9 interconnected ideas that Smith suggests are central to Western conceptions of history? What is the critique of this kind of history raised by post-colonial and indigenous theorists alike? Do you find her critique convincing? If so, why? If not, why not?
    5. If history in its modern/Western construction is predicated on a sense of Otherness that marginalises indigenous peoples, how and why is history important for decolonisation? In answering this question, think about how Smith conceptualises the relationship between history and power, as well as what Smith means by “coming to know the past” (p.34) and what this entails for decolonisation efforts.
    6. On page 36, Smith writes “Writing can also be dangerous because we reinforce and maintain a style of discourse which is never innocent”. What are some of the dangers she talks about, and how have indigenous and post-colonial theorists attempted to resist and push back?
    7. In drawing on the work of Cherryl Smith and Edward Said, Linda Tuhiwai Smith highlights the importance of “‘writing back’ and simultaneously writing to ourselves” (p.37). How do you interpret this idea and what implications do you think it has for both writing and interpreting academic texts? Does it make you rethink the assumptions in your writing? Or does it reinforce concerns you may already have?
    8. How and why is theory important for indigenous communities? What kind of theory development is necessary for indigenous communities, and what does this process entail?
    On DRL Full text
    6.
    Chakrabarty, Dipesh. Provincializing Europe: Postcolonial Thought and Historical Difference
    2007 2007, New Edition. Princeton University Press..
    pp 3 -23
    Expand entry
    Abstract: First published in 2000, Dipesh Chakrabarty's influential Provincializing Europe addresses the mythical figure of Europe that is often taken to be the original site of modernity in many histories of capitalist transition in non-Western countries. This imaginary Europe, Dipesh Chakrabarty argues, is built into the social sciences. The very idea of historicizing carries with it some peculiarly European assumptions about disenchanted space, secular time, and sovereignty. Measured against such mythical standards, capitalist transition in the third world has often seemed either incomplete or lacking. Provincializing Europe proposes that every case of transition to capitalism is a case of translation as well - a translation of existing worlds and their thought-categories into the categories and self-understandings of capitalist modernity. Now featuring a new preface in which Chakrabarty responds to his critics, this book globalizes European thought by exploring how it may be renewed both for and from the margins.

    Comment: This book is a watershed in Indian history, labour theory and postcolonial theory. Chakrabarty begins by accepting the idea that history has already provincialized Europe. However, time and again we find the author acknowledging that the categories and ideals that European thought and the Enlightenment produced are both indispensable and at the same time inadequate to understand the modern political relations of non-European, ex-colonial lands. On the one hand, the familiar theories we use to understand the lives of the proletariat or bourgeois political relations were inadequate to explain their postcolonial existence in Bengal and India. Yet, on the other, these frameworks are simultaneously indispensable for theories about the proletariat in postcolonial Bengal to be accepted as knowledge. A quest, therefore, ensued to interpret the lives of the working class and bourgeoisie political relations in parts of the world that did not replicate the historical transition of Europe. This book challenges the monolithic understanding of historical progression and attempts to follow a different historiography (using Marxist insights) to understand political modernity in places with different histories.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What is understood by ‘Europe’? Is it a geographical identity or a historical and ideological category?
    2. Why does the author think that European thought is both ‘indispensable and inadequate’ for understanding political modernity in a non-European country like India?
    3. What is the meaning of historicism implied in the text? How did it turn into a political prescription to non-European peoples?
      • What was the response of the anticolonial movements to such an idea?
      • With respect to India, what could be considered as a national gesture of rejecting Mill’s historicist prescription? What tension did the Indian political modernity run into for making that gesture? (pp. 6-11)
    4. How does subaltern historiography extend the meaning of ‘political’ by critiquing the standard binaries of ‘political’ and ‘pre-political’? Discuss with reference to the debate between Eric Hobsbawm and Ranajit Guha. (pp.12-15)
      • How does the binary division of political and pre-political lead us to a ‘stagist’ reading of history, and to the assumption that capitalism brings with it bourgeois power relations?
    5. What are two strands of modern European social science?
      • How does a Marxist reading of history ‘occlude’ questions pertaining to belonging and diversity, thus producing an insufficient tool to read history? (p.18)
      • Was Marx himself clear about questions pertaining to History 2? (Discussions in greater detail available in chapter 2)
    1. What is understood by ‘Europe’? Is it a geographical identity or a historical and ideological category?
    2. Why does the author think that European thought is both ‘indispensable and inadequate’ for understanding political modernity in a non-European country like India?
    3. What is the meaning of historicism implied in the text? How did it turn into a political prescription to non-European peoples?
      • What was the response of the anticolonial movements to such an idea?
      • With respect to India, what could be considered as a national gesture of rejecting Mill’s historicist prescription? What tension did the Indian political modernity run into for making that gesture? (pp. 6-11)
    4. How does subaltern historiography extend the meaning of ‘political’ by critiquing the standard binaries of ‘political’ and ‘pre-political’? Discuss with reference to the debate between Eric Hobsbawm and Ranajit Guha. (pp.12-15)
      • How does the binary division of political and pre-political lead us to a ‘stagist’ reading of history, and to the assumption that capitalism brings with it bourgeois power relations?
    5. What are two strands of modern European social science?
      • How does a Marxist reading of history ‘occlude’ questions pertaining to belonging and diversity, thus producing an insufficient tool to read history? (p.18)
      • Was Marx himself clear about questions pertaining to History 2? (Discussions in greater detail available in chapter 2)
    On DRL Full text Read free
    7.
    Wynter, Sylvia. The Re-Enchantment of Humanism: An Interview with Sylvia Wynter
    2000 2000, Small Axe 8. pp. 119-207..
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Sylvia Wynter is a radical Jamaican theorist influenced, among others, by Frantz Fanon. This well known interview is often considered to be the best introduction to her thinking about the question of human in the aftermath of 1492 and the consequent racialisation of humanity.
    Wynter rethinks dominant concepts of being human, arguing that they are based on a colonial and racialized model that divides the world into asymmetric categories such as "the selected and the dysselected", center and periphery, or colonizers and colonized. Against this Wynter proposes a new humanism. According to Katherine McKittrick Wynter develops a "counterhumanism", that breaks from the classification of humans in static, asymmetric categories.

    Comment: Sylvia Wynter is a Jamaican novelist, playwright, and academic who draws on a huge breadth of academic literature, including amongst others anthropology, critical race theory, postcolonialism, and feminism, in her prolific academic writings that cover an equally diverse set of themes. One important strand of her work involves “unsettling” what she sees as the dominant (Western/European) understanding of “Man”, which she argues is responsible for enabling the brutal and harrowing treatment of non-whites by the European colonisers. Indeed, one of the goals of Wynter’s project is to theorise a new kind of humanism that does not collapse into violence and exclusion, as the current dominant Western paradigm has, but rather one that is truly “comprehensive and planetary” (p.121) in scope. The reading for this week is a long-form interview Wynter did with David Scott, the editor of Small Axe, and covers a huge breadth of her work. The preface of the interview offers a helpful contextualisation of Wynter’s work, while the section we will be reading offers an overview into Wynter’s thinking about the ways in which humanist discourse has functioned to exclude non-whites.

    Discussion Questions

    1. At the bottom of page 174, Wynter says “I am suggesting that from the very origin of the modern world, of the Western world system, there were never simply ‘men’ and ‘women’. Rather there was, on the one hand Man, as invented in the sixteenth century by Europe, as Foucault notes, and then, on the other hand, Man’s human Others”. What do you think she means by this? What is the significance of this construction for Wynter’s argument?
    2. In a similar vein, Wynter suggests that “at the beginning of the modern world, the only women were White and Western” (p.174). Why do you think Wynter specifically talks about the construction of women? What does this add to her analysis of the inherently exclusive conception of Man constructed by Western Europe in the modern period?
    3. What is the dilemma that Wynter talks about confronting on page 175? How does ‘appreciating the West’s intellectual breakthroughs’ help to “transform their world”?
    4. What is the relationship between “ethnoastronomies” and the ways in which old civilisations were ordered?
    5. Wynter states that “Copernicus’s breakthrough could only have been made in the wake of the earlier humanists’ invention of a revalorized natural Man in the place of Christianity’s fallen creature” (p.176). What do you think Wynter means by this? How does a “revalorized natural Man” enable the scientific revolution driven by Copernicus? Why is this significant for the construction of human Others as the opposite of the West’s ‘rational Man’? Finally, how and why does this characterisation become “purely secular” (p.177) and biological?
    6. Thinking back to Chakrabarty’s and Smith’s critiques of Western historicism, why does Wynter prefer to use the term “desupernaturalizing” or “de-godding” rather than “secular” to characterise the rising biological conception of Man?
    7. Wynter argues that, in a medieval scholastic order of knowledge, “a lay intellectual … had to think in paradigms which served to confirm the hegemony of the church over the lay world” (p.178). What does this mean?
      • From this idea, Wynter draws on the writings of AiméCésaire and Jean-François Lyotard to suggest that the Human Other is conceptualised as “the name of what is evil”. How does this occur and why is this significant for Wynter’s argument?
      • How is the above related to Wynter’s suggestion that the current dominant paradigm of Man enabled the white Western world to see non-whites as racially inferior?
    8. Does the change in the dominant conception of Man go directly from a theocentric religious conception to a biocentric one? Or is there a stage in between? If so, what is the in-between stage and how does it conceptualise the Human Other?
    9. How does Wynter conceive the relationship between race and gender? How and why does Wynter see gender as an “emancipatory opening”? How do you think Wynter understands gender and how does it relate to her wider argument?
    1. At the bottom of page 174, Wynter says “I am suggesting that from the very origin of the modern world, of the Western world system, there were never simply ‘men’ and ‘women’. Rather there was, on the one hand Man, as invented in the sixteenth century by Europe, as Foucault notes, and then, on the other hand, Man’s human Others”. What do you think she means by this? What is the significance of this construction for Wynter’s argument?
    2. In a similar vein, Wynter suggests that “at the beginning of the modern world, the only women were White and Western” (p.174). Why do you think Wynter specifically talks about the construction of women? What does this add to her analysis of the inherently exclusive conception of Man constructed by Western Europe in the modern period?
    3. What is the dilemma that Wynter talks about confronting on page 175? How does ‘appreciating the West’s intellectual breakthroughs’ help to “transform their world”?
    4. What is the relationship between “ethnoastronomies” and the ways in which old civilisations were ordered?
    5. Wynter states that “Copernicus’s breakthrough could only have been made in the wake of the earlier humanists’ invention of a revalorized natural Man in the place of Christianity’s fallen creature” (p.176). What do you think Wynter means by this? How does a “revalorized natural Man” enable the scientific revolution driven by Copernicus? Why is this significant for the construction of human Others as the opposite of the West’s ‘rational Man’? Finally, how and why does this characterisation become “purely secular” (p.177) and biological?
    6. Thinking back to Chakrabarty’s and Smith’s critiques of Western historicism, why does Wynter prefer to use the term “desupernaturalizing” or “de-godding” rather than “secular” to characterise the rising biological conception of Man?
    7. Wynter argues that, in a medieval scholastic order of knowledge, “a lay intellectual … had to think in paradigms which served to confirm the hegemony of the church over the lay world” (p.178). What does this mean?
      • From this idea, Wynter draws on the writings of AiméCésaire and Jean-François Lyotard to suggest that the Human Other is conceptualised as “the name of what is evil”. How does this occur and why is this significant for Wynter’s argument?
      • How is the above related to Wynter’s suggestion that the current dominant paradigm of Man enabled the white Western world to see non-whites as racially inferior?
    8. Does the change in the dominant conception of Man go directly from a theocentric religious conception to a biocentric one? Or is there a stage in between? If so, what is the in-between stage and how does it conceptualise the Human Other?
    9. How does Wynter conceive the relationship between race and gender? How and why does Wynter see gender as an “emancipatory opening”? How do you think Wynter understands gender and how does it relate to her wider argument?
    On DRL Full text
    8.
    Chen, Kuan-hsing. Asia as Method: Toward Deimperialization
    2010 2010, Duke University Press..
    “Asia as Method: Overcoming the Present Conditions of Knowledge Production” pp. 211-227.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Centering his analysis in the dynamic forces of modern East Asian history, Kuan-Hsing Chen recasts cultural studies as a politically urgent global endeavor. He argues that the intellectual and subjective work of decolonization begun across East Asia after the Second World War was stalled by the cold war. At the same time, the work of deimperialization became impossible to imagine in imperial centers such as Japan and the United States. Chen contends that it is now necessary to resume those tasks, and that decolonization, deimperialization, and an intellectual undoing of the cold war must proceed simultaneously. Combining postcolonial studies, globalization studies, and the emerging field of “Asian studies in Asia,” he insists that those on both sides of the imperial divide must assess the conduct, motives, and consequences of imperial histories.

    Chen is one of the most important intellectuals working in East Asia today; his writing has been influential in Taiwan, South Korea, Hong Kong, Japan, Singapore, and mainland China for the past fifteen years. As a founding member of the Inter-Asia Cultural Studies Society and its journal, he has helped to initiate change in the dynamics and intellectual orientation of the region, building a network that has facilitated inter-Asian connections. Asia as Method encapsulates Chen’s vision and activities within the increasingly “inter-referencing” East Asian intellectual community and charts necessary new directions for cultural studies.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What is the potential of Asia as method? From the remarks Chen makes at the start of the chapter, what do you think Asia as method entails?
    2. What are some of the problems associated with both the idea of Asia as method and the Inter-Asia project that inspired it?
    3. Why does Chen suggest that “due to historical constraints and current local differences, the general mood does not justify using Asia” as an “emotional signifier to call for regional integration and solidarity” (p.213)?
    4. What is the relationship between “anxiety over the meaning of Asia” and the “politics of representation” (p.215)? What are the implications of this relationship for Asia as method? Why is this significant for Chen’s argument?
    5. What does Chen mean by an “imaginary West” and what role has it played in Asian nationalist discourses? Thinking back to some of the earlier readings, what is the relationship between the West and forms of knowledge production? Why is this a problem for Chen?
    6. What are the four strategies of “dealing with the West” Chen considers and how does he critique each of them? Thinking back to your reading of Dipesh Chakrabarty, are you convinced by Chen’s critique? If so, why? If not, why not?
    7. Chen diagnoses a particular “predicament of postcolonial discourse” (p.222). What do you think Chen means by this? How does he attempt to move beyond it?
    8. What are the similarities between Partha Chatterjee’s writings and Chen’s experiences in Taiwan? What is Chen’s idea of “shifting [the] points of reference” (p.225) and how does this inform his engagement with Chatterjee? How does shifting the points of reference collapse the “division between researcher and native informant” (p.227)?
    9. Are you convinced that Asia as method can meaningfully “deal with the West”? Do you think it entails similar ideas in other parts of the world, such as Africa as method or Latin America as method? If so, what implications follow for political philosophy and/or political science?
    1. What is the potential of Asia as method? From the remarks Chen makes at the start of the chapter, what do you think Asia as method entails?
    2. What are some of the problems associated with both the idea of Asia as method and the Inter-Asia project that inspired it?
    3. Why does Chen suggest that “due to historical constraints and current local differences, the general mood does not justify using Asia” as an “emotional signifier to call for regional integration and solidarity” (p.213)?
    4. What is the relationship between “anxiety over the meaning of Asia” and the “politics of representation” (p.215)? What are the implications of this relationship for Asia as method? Why is this significant for Chen’s argument?
    5. What does Chen mean by an “imaginary West” and what role has it played in Asian nationalist discourses? Thinking back to some of the earlier readings, what is the relationship between the West and forms of knowledge production? Why is this a problem for Chen?
    6. What are the four strategies of “dealing with the West” Chen considers and how does he critique each of them? Thinking back to your reading of Dipesh Chakrabarty, are you convinced by Chen’s critique? If so, why? If not, why not?
    7. Chen diagnoses a particular “predicament of postcolonial discourse” (p.222). What do you think Chen means by this? How does he attempt to move beyond it?
    8. What are the similarities between Partha Chatterjee’s writings and Chen’s experiences in Taiwan? What is Chen’s idea of “shifting [the] points of reference” (p.225) and how does this inform his engagement with Chatterjee? How does shifting the points of reference collapse the “division between researcher and native informant” (p.227)?
    9. Are you convinced that Asia as method can meaningfully “deal with the West”? Do you think it entails similar ideas in other parts of the world, such as Africa as method or Latin America as method? If so, what implications follow for political philosophy and/or political science?
    On DRL Full text
    9.
    Khader, Serene J.. Decolonizing Universalism: A Transnational Feminist Ethic
    2018 2018, OUP USA.
    pp. 1-19
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Decolonizing Universalism develops a genuinely anti-imperialist feminism. Against relativism/universalism debates that ask feminists to either reject normativity or reduce feminism to a Western conceit, Khader's nonideal universalism rediscovers the normative core of feminism in opposition to sexist oppression and reimagines the role of moral ideals in transnational feminist praxis.

    Comment: The book is a prescription for feminist praxis in lands and cultures which have histories different from that of the vanguards of the (‘Western’) world. It challenges both the ‘progressive’ ideals of the Enlightenment, which (according to the author) are ethnocentric in many ways, and their universalizing tendencies. It recognizes, and is apprehensive of, the fact that Enlightenment values operate as background assumptions in the works of many Northern and Western feminists, all the more when they are concerned with advancing women’s rights in ‘other’ cultures. The author rejects such tendencies and proposes a different approach to the understanding of normativity and universalism.

    Discussion Questions

    1. The terms ‘Western’ and ‘Northern’ appear frequently in the text. (a) Do the words refer to the same idea? If not, then what is the difference? (pp. 16-17; pp.18-19)
      • Why does the author levy the charge of ethnocentrism against what they call ‘Western’ universalism?
      • What position does the author take against that brand of universalism? Is it relativism or is it any other conception of universalism?
    2. “Anti- imperialist feminisms, in my view, contain substantive normative claims.” (p.3)
      • What is the substantive normative claim of the anti-imperialist feminism?
      • How is this normative claim different from that of the Enlightenment liberalist/ universalist claim of normativity?
    3. “…according to the Enlightenment liberal retelling of history, moral progress means the erosion of community and tradition that the West has ostensibly already achieved.” (p.5)
      • Do Chakrabarty’s ideas of ‘historicism’ and the ‘imaginary waiting room of history’ shed some light on this understanding of history?
    4. What are the ‘specific values’ that the author wishes to examine in the book? Discuss in brief how the author engages with the values. (pp. 7-10) State your views about the discussions. (Discussions in greater detail are available in chapters – 2, 3, 4)
    5. With respect to feminist solidarity and praxis:
      • How does the author qualify the notion of ‘positive ideals’?
      • How must we understand the goods of human rights, and generally the universal indicators of advantage and disadvantage? (pp. 11-12)
    6. The stated feminist position challenges the conventions and methodology of Anglo- American political philosophy in three distinct and important ways. Discuss briefly each of them and register your own response to those.
    7. How does the stated feminist position interact with the notion of intersectionality of oppression? Do you agree that the expressed position is compatible with the intersectionality thesis or is the latter at odds with the former?
    1. The terms ‘Western’ and ‘Northern’ appear frequently in the text. (a) Do the words refer to the same idea? If not, then what is the difference? (pp. 16-17; pp.18-19)
      • Why does the author levy the charge of ethnocentrism against what they call ‘Western’ universalism?
      • What position does the author take against that brand of universalism? Is it relativism or is it any other conception of universalism?
    2. “Anti- imperialist feminisms, in my view, contain substantive normative claims.” (p.3)
      • What is the substantive normative claim of the anti-imperialist feminism?
      • How is this normative claim different from that of the Enlightenment liberalist/ universalist claim of normativity?
    3. “…according to the Enlightenment liberal retelling of history, moral progress means the erosion of community and tradition that the West has ostensibly already achieved.” (p.5)
      • Do Chakrabarty’s ideas of ‘historicism’ and the ‘imaginary waiting room of history’ shed some light on this understanding of history?
    4. What are the ‘specific values’ that the author wishes to examine in the book? Discuss in brief how the author engages with the values. (pp. 7-10) State your views about the discussions. (Discussions in greater detail are available in chapters – 2, 3, 4)
    5. With respect to feminist solidarity and praxis:
      • How does the author qualify the notion of ‘positive ideals’?
      • How must we understand the goods of human rights, and generally the universal indicators of advantage and disadvantage? (pp. 11-12)
    6. The stated feminist position challenges the conventions and methodology of Anglo- American political philosophy in three distinct and important ways. Discuss briefly each of them and register your own response to those.
    7. How does the stated feminist position interact with the notion of intersectionality of oppression? Do you agree that the expressed position is compatible with the intersectionality thesis or is the latter at odds with the former?
    On DRL Full text
    10.
    Dhanda, Meena. Philosophical Foundations of Anti-Casteism
    2020 2020, Proceedings of the Aristotelian Society. 120 (1): 71-96..
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    The paper begins from a working definition of caste as a contentious form of social belonging and a consideration of casteism as a form of inferiorization. It takes anti-casteism as an ideological critique aimed at unmasking the unethical operations of caste, drawing upon B. R. Ambedkar’s notion of caste as ‘graded inequality’. The politico-legal context of the unfinished trajectory of instituting protection against caste discrimination in Britain provides the backdrop for thinking through the philosophical foundations of anti-casteism. The peculiar religio-discursive aspect of ‘emergent vulnerability’ is noted, which explains the recent introduction of the trope of ‘institutional casteism’ used as a shield by deniers of caste against accusations of casteism. The language of protest historically introduced by anti-racists is thus usurped and inverted in a simulated language of anti-colonialism. It is suggested that the stymieing of the UK legislation on caste is an effect of collective hypocrisies, the refusal to acknowledge caste privilege, and the continuity of an agonistic intellectual inheritance, exemplified in the deep differences between Ambedkar and Gandhi in the Indian nationalist discourse on caste. The paper argues that for a modern anti-casteism to develop, at stake is the possibility of an ethical social solidarity. Following Ambedkar, this expansive solidarity can only be found through our willingness to subject received opinions and traditions to critical scrutiny. Since opposed groups ‘make sense’ of their worlds in ways that might generate collective hypocrisies of denial of caste effects, anti-casteism must be geared to expose the lie that caste as the system of graded inequality is benign and seamlessly self-perpetuating, when it is everywhere enforced through penalties for transgression of local caste norms with the complicity of the privileged castes. The ideal for modern anti-casteism is Maitri formed through praxis, eschewing birth-ascribed caste status and loyalties.

    Comment: This is a brilliant introductory essay to the problem of casteism which plagues not only Indian societies in India, but also the diaspora abroad. The essay provides a nuanced perspective of how we must understand caste (both in its concept and its practice), introduces us to the 20th century debates which were ongoing alongside the freedom struggle against the Raj, and links the caste debate to the debates around it in contemporary British politics. It is a novel attempt to unearth the philosophical underpinnings of the movement against caste oppression. The timing of the essay seems apposite, given the current political situation in India and its impact in the politics of the countries where Indians constitute a sizeable population.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What is caste? Is a perfect definition possible? If not, what are ways to identify caste and the practice of casteism or caste discrimination? Does the notion of caste interact with the notion of class? If so, how?
    2. What is the connection between Colonialism and Casteism? Take into consideration viewpoints of deniers of caste discrimination as well as that of anti-casteists.
    3. Discuss the nature of relationship between the supposedly ‘amoral’ capitalist market and caste norms. Has the market been able to dissolve caste or is it entrenching caste divisions?
    4. What do we understand about Gandhi’s idea of caste and casteism?
      • What contradiction does Gandhi run into while describing the caste system?
    5. What is the notion of morality, inspired from Buddhism, that Ambedkar endorses?
      • What is ‘anti-social morality’ and how is it different from the morality that Ambedkar propounds?
      • Express your opinions on the two conceptions of morality.
    6. How does caste and casteism figure in the rubric of Britain’s ‘multi-ethnic’ politics and specifically in its legal discourse?
    1. What is caste? Is a perfect definition possible? If not, what are ways to identify caste and the practice of casteism or caste discrimination? Does the notion of caste interact with the notion of class? If so, how?
    2. What is the connection between Colonialism and Casteism? Take into consideration viewpoints of deniers of caste discrimination as well as that of anti-casteists.
    3. Discuss the nature of relationship between the supposedly ‘amoral’ capitalist market and caste norms. Has the market been able to dissolve caste or is it entrenching caste divisions?
    4. What do we understand about Gandhi’s idea of caste and casteism?
      • What contradiction does Gandhi run into while describing the caste system?
    5. What is the notion of morality, inspired from Buddhism, that Ambedkar endorses?
      • What is ‘anti-social morality’ and how is it different from the morality that Ambedkar propounds?
      • Express your opinions on the two conceptions of morality.
    6. How does caste and casteism figure in the rubric of Britain’s ‘multi-ethnic’ politics and specifically in its legal discourse?
PDF10Level

Mestizaje, Race, and Aesthetics in Latin America

Expand entry

by Adriana Clavel-Vázquez
Funded by: British Society of Aesthetics

Introduction

Philosophical work around race in 19th and 20th century Latin America goes hand in hand with theorizing about national identity in post-independence republics. Philosophers at the time were concerned with issues faced by emerging multiracial and multicultural states (e.g., Simón Bolívar, José Martí, Leopoldo Zea), and they often regarded racial and cultural mestizaje (mixing) as an ideal that could set the grounds for post-racial (and post-racist) democracies. Aesthetics played a central role in Latin American philosophy at the time since the expressive practices that emerge as a result of mestizaje are regarded as part of the very foundation of Latin American identities. Nevertheless, although mestizaje is postulated as the basis for post-racial societies, the notion needs to be problematized since it risks remaining part of a white supremacist project when whiteness continues to be regarded as that under which contributions by other racial groups should be subsumed.

  • The aim of this Blueprint is to examine issues that emerge from the notion of mestizaje in the context of aesthetic practices and debates around identity in Latin American philosophy. The readings and discussion are aimed at motivating questions such as:
  • What is the role of the aesthetic in the formation of Latin American identities?
  • Is taste racialized in Latin American philosophy as it is in the Western European tradition?
  • Does Latin American philosophy inherit a white supremacist racial hierarchy? Does this racial hierarchy translate into an aesthetic hierarchy?
  • How should cultural appropriation be understood in the context of cultural mestizaje?
  • Is mestizaje problematic insofar as it risks erasing Black and Indigenous identities?
  • What can these debates in Latin American philosophy contribute to contemporary discussions in aesthetics? In the blueprint, its background and rationale.


Contents

    Mestizaje and White Eurocentrism
    On DRL Full text
    1.
    Quijano, Aníbal. Coloniality of Power and Eurocentrism in Latin America
    2000 2000, International Sociology, 15 (2): 215-232.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The globalization of the world is, in the first place, the culmination of a process that began with the constitution of America and world capitalism as a Euro-centered colonial/modern world power. One of the foundations of that pattern of power was the social classification of the world population upon the base of the idea of race, a mental construct that expresses colonial experience and that pervades the most important dimensions of world power, including its specific rationality: Eurocentrism. This article discusses some implications of that coloniality of power in Latin American history.

    Comment: The coloniality of power at the centre of Latin American societies as analysed by Quijano is key to understanding why a notion like mestizaje is problematic when building national identities in multicultural States. Quijano’s notion of the coloniality of power helps explain why even when Latin American identities are purported to include Indigenous and Black culture, mestizaje often involves the “civilizing” force of European rationality. Quijano, therefore, helps in bringing forward the dangers of mestizophilia: the pseudo-integrative spirit of mestizaje into multiethnic, multicultural, multiracial society risks becoming a homogenization under whiteness.

    Discussion Questions

    1. How does racial hierarchy function in different Latin American contexts, according to Quijano?
    2. How does whiteness function in different Latin American contexts
    3. How does racial hierarchy in Latin America compare to the Anglo-American context?
    4. Might mestizaje be better understood not in a strict racial sense, as mere racial mixing, but in a cultural sense, as a transculturation characteristic of Latin American identities?
    5. Would a cultural understanding of mestizaje avoid the risks of homogenization under whiteness?
    6. Given Quijano’s analysis of the coloniality of power, how might cultural appropriation look like in Latin American contexts?
    1. How does racial hierarchy function in different Latin American contexts, according to Quijano?
    2. How does whiteness function in different Latin American contexts
    3. How does racial hierarchy in Latin America compare to the Anglo-American context?
    4. Might mestizaje be better understood not in a strict racial sense, as mere racial mixing, but in a cultural sense, as a transculturation characteristic of Latin American identities?
    5. Would a cultural understanding of mestizaje avoid the risks of homogenization under whiteness?
    6. Given Quijano’s analysis of the coloniality of power, how might cultural appropriation look like in Latin American contexts?
    On DRL Full text
    2.
    Vasconcelos, José. The Cosmic Race
    1997 1997, Didier T. Jaén (trans.), Johns Hopkins University Press.
    'Prologue to the 1948 Edition', 'Mestizaje'
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In this influential 1925 essay, presented here in Spanish and English, José Vasconcelos predicted the coming of a new age, the Aesthetic Era, in which joy, love, fantasy, and creativity would prevail over the rationalism he saw as dominating the present age. In this new age, marriages would no longer be dictated by necessity or convenience, but by love and beauty; ethnic obstacles, already in the process of being broken down, especially in Latin America, would disappear altogether, giving birth to a fully mixed race, a "cosmic race," in which all the better qualities of each race would persist by the natural selection of love.

    Comment: The main problem with Vasconcelos’ mestizaje is that it is built on the coloniality of power. It postulates the white race as setting the bases for the union of all cultures insofar as it functions as a civilizing force. Mestizaje as Vasconcelos conceives it is thus not simply about racial integration but about the right kind of integration, namely, under the civilizing effects of whiteness. So, although the seeds for the aesthetic stage as postulated by Vasconcelos might be partly in Indigenous and Black peoples, the height of humanity’s cultural progress can only be brought to fruition when non-white sensuality becomes true taste at the hand of the “clear mind of the white”.

    Discussion Questions

    1. How is taste racialized in Vasconcelos’ ideal of mestizo culture
    2. Vasconcelos’ mestizaje assumes racial essentialism. Can mestizaje avoid being construed on racial essentialism?
    3. Can a reading of Vasconcelos’ mestizaje as cultural integration avoid the issues?
    4. How might Vasconcelos’ understanding of mestizaje and race hinder, rather than promote, racial justice?
    5. Vasconcelos partly aims at unifying Latin American identity. Is it unproblematic to talk about a Latin American culture characterized by mestizaje?
    1. How is taste racialized in Vasconcelos’ ideal of mestizo culture
    2. Vasconcelos’ mestizaje assumes racial essentialism. Can mestizaje avoid being construed on racial essentialism?
    3. Can a reading of Vasconcelos’ mestizaje as cultural integration avoid the issues?
    4. How might Vasconcelos’ understanding of mestizaje and race hinder, rather than promote, racial justice?
    5. Vasconcelos partly aims at unifying Latin American identity. Is it unproblematic to talk about a Latin American culture characterized by mestizaje?
    Indigenismo
    On DRL Full text
    3.
    Villoro, Luis. The Major Moments of Indigenismo in Mexico
    2017 2017, In Mexican Philosophy in the 20th Century: Essential Readings, Carlos Alberto Sanchez and Robert Eli Sanchez, Jr. (eds.). Oxford University Press.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The aim of Luis Villoro’s seminal book on Indigenism was not to incorporate Mexico’s indigenous population into the national culture, or offer an ethnographic account of indigenous peoples, or participate in indigenismo, an earlier state-sponsored effort to valorize Mexico’s indigenous population with varying degrees of success. Instead, Villoro wants to understand the Indigenist’s consciousness, particularly how the history of Mexican consciousness of the Indian resulted in the problematic twentieth-century movement of indigenismo. Villoro divides the history of Indigenism into three major momentos (moments), of which the second and third movement each have two etapas (stages). The “Conclusion,” included here, is a summary of these moments, which demonstrate how the Spanish, criollo, and mestizo consciousness of the Indian have unfolded in a Hegelian dialectic of thesis, antithesis, and synthesis—a historical process of distancing, appropriating, and evaluating the indigenous element of Mexican culture and society.

    Comment: In this text, Villoro aims at understanding and problematizing Indigenismo, a movement in 20th century Latin America that advocated for the integration of Indigenous cultures. In its last pages, Villoro’s analysis brings forward the main problem with many manifestations of Indigenismo: it is often less about addressing the marginalization of Indigenous peoples, and more about the construction of the mestizo identity, which, as discussed by Quijano, can only benefit a few. Villoro notes that in the process of Indigenismo, “the Indian is subjected, in his own reality, to a strange process. His Being plays and is transformed by its passing from one hand to another.” In light of this, it seems unclear that mestizo culture can fulfil the promise of reconciliation and justice. The cultural programme that follows from Indigenismo, therefore, seems in many cases more like a programme built on cultural appropriation than revalorization.

    Discussion Questions

    1. The dialectical process described by Villoro centres the mestizo. What does this mean for Indigenous identities?
    2. What role do aesthetic practices play in the presumed revalorization of Indigenous identities by Indigenismo?
    3. What do Indigenista aesthetic practices look like?
    4. Should integration be the aim of multicultural States?
    5. Is integration consistent with anti-racist commitments that seek to achieve justice for Indigenous peoples?
    6. If integration of Indigenous peoples cannot be done without marginalizing them, how can mestizos construct their identity? What alternatives are there?
    7. Could an understanding of mestizo identity as being in-between rather than as including and overcoming Indigenous identities avoid the issues? Mexican existentialist Emilio Uranga, for example, uses the Nahuatl concept of Nepantla to designate the sense of being in-between characteristic of mestizo identities.
    1. The dialectical process described by Villoro centres the mestizo. What does this mean for Indigenous identities?
    2. What role do aesthetic practices play in the presumed revalorization of Indigenous identities by Indigenismo?
    3. What do Indigenista aesthetic practices look like?
    4. Should integration be the aim of multicultural States?
    5. Is integration consistent with anti-racist commitments that seek to achieve justice for Indigenous peoples?
    6. If integration of Indigenous peoples cannot be done without marginalizing them, how can mestizos construct their identity? What alternatives are there?
    7. Could an understanding of mestizo identity as being in-between rather than as including and overcoming Indigenous identities avoid the issues? Mexican existentialist Emilio Uranga, for example, uses the Nahuatl concept of Nepantla to designate the sense of being in-between characteristic of mestizo identities.
    On DRL Full text
    4.
    Tarica, Estelle. The Inner Life of Mestizo Nationalism
    2008 2008, University of Minnesota Press.
    Chapter 4, 'Rosario Castellanos at the Edge of Entanglement', pp. 137-182.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Tarica examines Rosario Castellanos’ Indigenism in her literary work, particularly in her fictional autobiography Balún Canán (The Nine Guardians). Tarica argues that the novel is an examination of the interaction of Castellanos’ mestiza and female identities, and that it concludes with the constitution of an “utterly lonely figure”. Nevertheless, Tarica argues that the inclusion of other protagonists, such as the protagonist’s Mayan nanny, allow for Castellanos to examine the coloniality of power and the appropriation of indigenous identities. According to Tarica, this allows Castellanos to present the protagonist not as a heroine, but as an antiheroine that offers an “absolutely partial version of national events”, and who manages to affirm herself only in “a place of solitary wandering: Uranga’s Nepantla as in-betweenness.

    Comment: Rosario Castellanos’ examination of mestiza identity as being in-between proves an interesting test to the criticisms of Indigenismo suggested by Villoro. It reveals a complex relation between the mestiza protagonist and the Indigenous cause. Castellanos also offers an opportunity to think about mestizaje from a feminist perspective. When it comes to mestiza, rather than mestizo, consciousness, we find a double displacement. She is out of place insofar as she finds herself in between European and Indigenous cultures. But she is also out of place because, as a woman, she cannot fully be a citizen of the mestizo nation and neither can she go back to an Indigenous culture to which she doesn’t belong.

    Discussion Questions

    1. How does Castellanos’ Indigenismo fit within the dialectical process identified by Villoro?
    2. What characterises the in-betweenness of mestizas in Castellanos’ Indigenismo?
    3. Does the emphasis on solitude in Tarica’s analysis of Castellano’s protagonist avoid the problems of certain versions of Indigenismo?
    4. What can this analysis illuminate about the situation of mestizas, and women more generally, in the coloniality of power?
    5. What can this analysis illuminate about the situation of Indigenous women in particular in Latin American societies?

    1. How does Castellanos’ Indigenismo fit within the dialectical process identified by Villoro?
    2. What characterises the in-betweenness of mestizas in Castellanos’ Indigenismo?
    3. Does the emphasis on solitude in Tarica’s analysis of Castellano’s protagonist avoid the problems of certain versions of Indigenismo?
    4. What can this analysis illuminate about the situation of mestizas, and women more generally, in the coloniality of power?
    5. What can this analysis illuminate about the situation of Indigenous women in particular in Latin American societies?

    On DRL Full text Read free
    5.
    Mariátegui, José Carlos. Seven Interpretative Essays on Peruvian Reality
    1971 1928, Marjory Urquidi (ed.). University of Texas Press.
    Chapter 7, pp. 182-195, 213-217, 250-258, 268-283 and 286-287.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In this essay, Mariátegui offers an analysis of Peruvian literary practices and a criticism of some of its central figures. He argues that what has been construed as a “national literature” erases the contributions of Indigenous cultures to Peruvian identity, and, in doing so, it partly contributes to the marginalization of Indigenous Peruvians.

    Comment: Mariátegui’s criticism of the Latin American literary canon is interesting because he brings forward the way in which Eurocentric mestizaje has shaped the aesthetic practices that are regarded as constitutive of Latin American identity. Much like Adrian Piper’s criticism of critical hegemony in the arts, Mariátegui argues that the Latin American literary canon is built on “Hispanism, colonialism, and social privilege” that is passed as a neutral academic spirit. Mariátegui shows, therefore, how even in mestizaje taste remains racialized.

    Discussion Questions

    1. In what sense are aesthetics and politics interlinked in Mariátegui’s criticism of literature?
    2. What is his criticism of critical hegemony behind the Latin American literary canon?
    3. How might the process of formation of Peruvian literature relate to Villoro’s description of the three moments of Indigenismo in Mexico?
    4. How is the white-Eurocentric mestizaje reflected in the different periods of Peruvian literature identified by Mariátegui?
    5. In what sense does César Vallejo embody “genuine Americanism”, according to Mariátegui?
    6. How does Mariátegui understand Indigenismo?
    7. How might Quijano’s coloniality of power explain Mariátegui’s anti-Black attitudes?
    1. In what sense are aesthetics and politics interlinked in Mariátegui’s criticism of literature?
    2. What is his criticism of critical hegemony behind the Latin American literary canon?
    3. How might the process of formation of Peruvian literature relate to Villoro’s description of the three moments of Indigenismo in Mexico?
    4. How is the white-Eurocentric mestizaje reflected in the different periods of Peruvian literature identified by Mariátegui?
    5. In what sense does César Vallejo embody “genuine Americanism”, according to Mariátegui?
    6. How does Mariátegui understand Indigenismo?
    7. How might Quijano’s coloniality of power explain Mariátegui’s anti-Black attitudes?
    Afro-Latinidad
    On DRL Full text
    6.
    Hooker, Juliet. Indigenous Inclusion/Black Exclusion: Race, Ethnicity, and Multicultural Citizenship in Latin America
    2005 2005, Journal of Latin American Studies, 37(2): 285-310.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This article analyses the causes of the disparity in collective rights gained by indigenous and Afro-Latin groups in recent rounds of multicultural citizenship reform in Latin America. Instead of attributing the greater success of indians in winning collective rights to differences in population size, higher levels of indigenous group identity or higher levels of organisation of the indigenous movement, it is argued that the main cause of the disparity is the fact that collective rights are adjudicated on the basis of possessing a distinct group identity defined in cultural or ethnic terms. Indians are generally better positioned than most Afro-Latinos to claim ethnic group identities separate from the national culture and have therefore been more successful in winning collective rights. It is suggested that one of the potentially negative consequences of basing group rights on the assertion of cultural difference is that it might lead indigenous groups and Afro-Latinos to privilege issues of cultural recognition over questions of racial discrimination as bases for political mobilisation in the era of multicultural politics.

    Comment: Given unjust social conditions faced by Afro-Latin communities in Latin America, it is important to examine the erasure of Afro-Latin identities from narratives about the constitution of mestizo national identities. While Indigenous identities are appropriated as partly constitutive of mestizo identity, Afro-Latin cultures are often regarded by mestizos as that which is Other. This results not only in the exoticization of Afro-Latinidad, but in the lack of available resources to acknowledge and address racial discrimination faced by Afro-Latin groups in many Latin American countries. Moreover, while Latin American cultures are often regarded as the result of Spanish and Indigenous mixing, it hasn’t been until recently that the African diaspora has been acknowledged as the third root of Latin American aesthetic practices.

    Discussion Questions

    1. How can Quijano’s coloniality of power help explain the lack of recognition of Afro-Latin communities as distinct cultural groups?
    2. What role does the lack of recognition of Black aesthetics in Latin America play in this erasure?
    3. If Latin American aesthetic practices have recognizable roots in the African diaspora, what has driven the difference in the role Blackness and Indigenous identities play in the constitution of mestizo identity?
    4. How does the lack of recognition of Black aesthetics in Latin America contribute to the invisibility of Afro-Latin communities both in Latin American countries and in Latinx communities in the U.S.?
    5. Given the cultural diversity of the African diaspora, how should we interpret this call for recognition of distinct Afro-Latin groups? Should it be interpreted as a call for recognizing a pan-Afro-Latin identity, similar to some understandings of mestizo identity (like Vasconcelos’)?
    1. How can Quijano’s coloniality of power help explain the lack of recognition of Afro-Latin communities as distinct cultural groups?
    2. What role does the lack of recognition of Black aesthetics in Latin America play in this erasure?
    3. If Latin American aesthetic practices have recognizable roots in the African diaspora, what has driven the difference in the role Blackness and Indigenous identities play in the constitution of mestizo identity?
    4. How does the lack of recognition of Black aesthetics in Latin America contribute to the invisibility of Afro-Latin communities both in Latin American countries and in Latinx communities in the U.S.?
    5. Given the cultural diversity of the African diaspora, how should we interpret this call for recognition of distinct Afro-Latin groups? Should it be interpreted as a call for recognizing a pan-Afro-Latin identity, similar to some understandings of mestizo identity (like Vasconcelos’)?
    On DRL Full text
    7.
    Carter, June. La Negra as Metaphor in Afro-Latin American Poetry
    1985 1985, Caribbean Quarterly, 31(1): 73–82.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Carter examines the anti-Black sentiment in Latin American culture and pays particular attention to how, even in negrista poetry aimed at contributing to the fight against oppression of Black people, Black women are used as a symbol of sensuality and primitiveness. The paper argues that when Black women feature in poetry in the figure of la mulata, they are associated with nature and portrayed as inherently evil, sensual and primitive. Moreover, while representations of Black men evolved to focus on their inner consciousness, rather than on their physical attributes, and to combat oppressive imagery and symbolism, la mulata continued being used as a satire aimed at inviting Afro-Latin communities to take positive steps towards improving their social conditions. They were used to advance a criticism for how the anti-Black sentiment at the heart of popular conceptions of mestizaje ends up being internalized by members of Afro-Latin communities, so that Black women are represented as renouncing Blackness and engaging in a “whitening” process.

    Comment: Carter’s discussion of Afro-Latin women offers a good opportunity to reflect on what an intersectional approach to race in Latin American needs to involve. As evidenced by the analysis of Rosario Castellanos’ Balún Canán, mestizas in Latin American societies face a double displacement: first as being in-between cultures, and second, as not quite part of the mestizo nation. In addition to this condition of mestiza womanhood, Afro-Latin women face another dimension of displacement. They are part of mestizo nations, but, as Black, they are not fully recognised as such; they are part of mestizo nations, but, as women, they are not fully recognised as such; they are part of Afro-Latin communities, but, as women, they are not fully recognised as such.

    Discussion Questions

    1. In what sense do we find in negrista poetry anti-Black attitudes? How have they evolved?
    2. Does the representation of Afro-Latin women involve racist attitudes directed specifically at Black women? Has this representation evolved in Latin American poetry?
    3. Contrast representations of Indigenous peoples in Indigenismo with representations of Afro-Latin communities in mestizo identity. What is the difference?
    4. Mestizo identity is characterised as displaced insofar as it emerges in between Spanish and Indigenous cultures. Is Afro-Latin identity also characteristically displaced in the same way?
    5. Isn’t there a tension between Hooker’s claim that Afro-Latin communities are not recognised as distinct cultural groups, and the exoticization of Afro-Latin communities in/through art as examined by Carter? How can these claims be consistent?
    1. In what sense do we find in negrista poetry anti-Black attitudes? How have they evolved?
    2. Does the representation of Afro-Latin women involve racist attitudes directed specifically at Black women? Has this representation evolved in Latin American poetry?
    3. Contrast representations of Indigenous peoples in Indigenismo with representations of Afro-Latin communities in mestizo identity. What is the difference?
    4. Mestizo identity is characterised as displaced insofar as it emerges in between Spanish and Indigenous cultures. Is Afro-Latin identity also characteristically displaced in the same way?
    5. Isn’t there a tension between Hooker’s claim that Afro-Latin communities are not recognised as distinct cultural groups, and the exoticization of Afro-Latin communities in/through art as examined by Carter? How can these claims be consistent?
    On DRL Full text
    8.
    Olliz Boyd, Antonio. The Latin American Identity and the African Diaspora: Ethnogenesis in Context
    2010 2010, Cambria Press.
    Essay 1, 'Aesthetic Blackness in the Creative Literature of the Latin/Hispanic Reality'
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Olliz Boyd’s essay examines Blackness in the Latin American literary practices with the aim of showing its centrality to Latin American cultures. He argues that the African heritage of Latin America has been erased as a result of Eurocentric mestizaje. Olliz Boyd first examines this erased heritage in the understanding of race in Latin America and its peculiar processes of racialization, before moving on to centring the analysis on aesthetic practices and literature in particular. Olliz Boyd’s essay examines the erasure of Afro-Latininidad from a perspective that differs from Hooks’ analysis of the erasure of self-identified Afro-Latin communities. He argues that mestizos in general have mixed-race roots that include not just European and Indigenous ancestry, but African as well. The erasure of Afro-Latininidad is, thus, more radical as it involves the negation of an Afro-Latin reality at the heart of mestizaje.

    Comment: Olliz Boyd’s work brings forward the third root of Latin America: the relevance of the African diaspora for the constitution of Latin American identities. An adequate understanding of the complexity of race in Latin America involves not just understanding the erasure of Afro-Latin communities, but the erasure of the contributions of African cultures to mestizo culture. It might be that the latter erasure partly explains the former.

    Discussion Questions

    1. How might we analyse the erasure of Latin America’s third root in light of the coloniality of power?
    2. How do issues related to the African diaspora in Latin America relate to issues that emerge from Indigenismo?
    3. How can mestizo culture acknowledge its African heritage without engaging in appropriation that contributes to the marginalization of Afro-Latin communities?
    4. Could Vasconcelos’ cosmic race be rehabilitated to counteract a notion of mestizaje that leaves out the contributions of the African diaspora to analyse mestizo identity merely in light of Spanish and Indigenous cultures?
    5. How does the notion of mestizaje look like once Afro-Latin cultures are acknowledged?
    6. Should we speak of mestizo consciousness as being in-between three different identities?
    7. What would that mean for Afro-Latin identities?
    1. How might we analyse the erasure of Latin America’s third root in light of the coloniality of power?
    2. How do issues related to the African diaspora in Latin America relate to issues that emerge from Indigenismo?
    3. How can mestizo culture acknowledge its African heritage without engaging in appropriation that contributes to the marginalization of Afro-Latin communities?
    4. Could Vasconcelos’ cosmic race be rehabilitated to counteract a notion of mestizaje that leaves out the contributions of the African diaspora to analyse mestizo identity merely in light of Spanish and Indigenous cultures?
    5. How does the notion of mestizaje look like once Afro-Latin cultures are acknowledged?
    6. Should we speak of mestizo consciousness as being in-between three different identities?
    7. What would that mean for Afro-Latin identities?
    New Mestizaje
    On DRL Full text Read free
    9.
    Pitts, Andrea J.. Toward an Aesthetics of Race: Bridging the Writings of Gloria Anzaldúa and José Vasconcelos
    2014 2014, Inter-American Journal of Philosophy, 5 (1): 80-100.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This paper examines the relationship between the aesthetic frameworks of José Vasconcelos and Gloria Anzaldúa. Contemporary readers of Anzaldúa have described her work as developing an “aesthetics of the shadow,” wherein the Aztec conception of Nepantilism—i.e. to be “torn between ways”—provides a potential avenue to transform traditional associations between darkness and evil, and lightness and good. On this reading, Anzaldúa offers a revaluation of darkness and shadows to build strategies for resistance and coalitional politics for communities of color in the U.S. To those familiar with the work of Vasconcelos, Anzaldúa’s aesthetics appears to contrast sharply with his conceptions of aesthetic monism and mestizaje. I propose, however, that if we read both authors as supplementing one another’s work, we can see that their theoretical points of contrast and similarity help frame contemporary philosophical discussions of racial perception.

    Comment: In this paper, Pitts does two things that are relevant for the aims of this blueprint. First, she understands Anzaldúa to be in dialogue with, and as a continuation of, the Latin American philosophical tradition. In this sense, rather than seeing Latinx feminism as emerging simply from an opposition to the Anglo-American intellectual tradition, she sees it as inheriting and furthering a rich Latin American philosophical tradition that, although problematic at times, has plenty to offer to contemporary philosophical thought, and which has been unfortunately ignored for too long. Second, she brings forward the role that aesthetics plays in theorizing about race and mestizo identities in Latin America, and in the constitution of social identities, as well as the centrality of aesthetics in the Latin American philosophical tradition.

    Discussion Questions

    1. By displacing Vasconcelos’ ideal of mestizaje from the Latin American context that is constituted by the coloniality of power, and by using it to analyse the situation of Latinx populations in USA, can Anzaldúa overcome the criticisms faced by Vasconcelos’ cosmic race?
    2. Can Anzaldúa’s nueva mestiza preserve a distinction between mestizo, Indigenous, and Afro Latin identities? Should it?
    3. How does Anzaldúa’s intersectional analysis of mestiza culture relate to Castellanos’ protagonist who is doubly displaced?
    4. Given that Anzaldúa’s nueva mestiza is not only in-between in the sense of not being Indigenous, nor Black, nor white, but in the sense of being Mexican-American, should we identify in the nueva mestiza a third displacement?
    5. Given the different dimensions of displacement of mestizas in the U.S. context and in the Latin American context, should we treat them as a different kind of mestizo consciousness?
    6. What can they illuminate about each other?
    1. By displacing Vasconcelos’ ideal of mestizaje from the Latin American context that is constituted by the coloniality of power, and by using it to analyse the situation of Latinx populations in USA, can Anzaldúa overcome the criticisms faced by Vasconcelos’ cosmic race?
    2. Can Anzaldúa’s nueva mestiza preserve a distinction between mestizo, Indigenous, and Afro Latin identities? Should it?
    3. How does Anzaldúa’s intersectional analysis of mestiza culture relate to Castellanos’ protagonist who is doubly displaced?
    4. Given that Anzaldúa’s nueva mestiza is not only in-between in the sense of not being Indigenous, nor Black, nor white, but in the sense of being Mexican-American, should we identify in the nueva mestiza a third displacement?
    5. Given the different dimensions of displacement of mestizas in the U.S. context and in the Latin American context, should we treat them as a different kind of mestizo consciousness?
    6. What can they illuminate about each other?
    On DRL Full text
    10.
    Pérez, Laura. Chicana Art: The Politics of Spiritual and Aesthetic Altarities
    2007 2007, Duke University Press.
    Chapter 1, 'Spirit, Glyphs', pp. 17-49.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This book examines the work of Chicana artists, feminist Mexican-Americans who aim at interrogating their identity through art. In this chapter, Pérez examines what she regards as “the general intellectual vindication of Indigenous epistemologies that characterized much of the thought and art of the Chicana/o movement”. She argues that, in opposition to the male Chicano perspective that characterized the early movement, Chicana artists embrace their Indigenousness in a way that aims not simply at antagonizing Eurocentric culture, but that aims at “a genuinely more decolonizing struggle at the epistemological level”. The chapter focuses on writers Gloria Anzaldúa, Cherríe Moraga, Ana Castillo, and Sandra Cisneros, and on artists Frances Salomé España, Yreina Cervántez, and Esther Hernández.

    Comment: Pérez’s analysis is interesting for the aims of the blueprint for three reasons. First, it is interesting to see the role she grants to spirituality in the fight for social justice, particularly when it comes to gender, race, and ethnicity in the U.S. Second, it is interesting to see whether the emphasis on the connection between aesthetic practices and spirituality might help avoid mestiza aesthetics falling into appropriative practices. Finally, it is important to analyse mestiza culture in the U.S. to see whether it might offer any lessons for mestizo cultures in Latin America.

    Discussion Questions

    1. How might the Chicana/o movement’s emphasis on mestizaje contribute to the invisibility of Afro-Latinxs in the U.S.?
    2. Chicana artists and writers posit mestiza consciousness in opposition to a dominant culture: white Americans. This might be helpful when examining Latinx identities in the U.S. But how can their analysis translate to Latin American societies in which mestizaje was partly conceived (either implicitly or explicitly) as being at the service of whiteness and as helping sustain the coloniality of power?
    3. Can Chicana’s nueva mestiza help rehabilitate mestizaje in a way that serves Indigenous and Afro-Latin communities?
    4. Why does Pérez place special attention to the spiritual dimension of the work by Chicana writers and artists?
    5. Does this emphasis on spirituality risk appropriating Indigenous cultures by non-Indigenous Mexican-Americans?
    6. How can it avoid falling trap to the excesses of Indigenismo?
    1. How might the Chicana/o movement’s emphasis on mestizaje contribute to the invisibility of Afro-Latinxs in the U.S.?
    2. Chicana artists and writers posit mestiza consciousness in opposition to a dominant culture: white Americans. This might be helpful when examining Latinx identities in the U.S. But how can their analysis translate to Latin American societies in which mestizaje was partly conceived (either implicitly or explicitly) as being at the service of whiteness and as helping sustain the coloniality of power?
    3. Can Chicana’s nueva mestiza help rehabilitate mestizaje in a way that serves Indigenous and Afro-Latin communities?
    4. Why does Pérez place special attention to the spiritual dimension of the work by Chicana writers and artists?
    5. Does this emphasis on spirituality risk appropriating Indigenous cultures by non-Indigenous Mexican-Americans?
    6. How can it avoid falling trap to the excesses of Indigenismo?

PDF10Level

A Comparative Introduction to the Philosophy of Non-Human Animals

Expand entry

by Björn Freter

Introduction

A comparative, explicitly non-eurocentric and non-anthropocentric introduction to philosophical thought about the non-human animal. This blueprint aims to develop a deeper understanding of the problem of speciesism and advocatesf the inclusion of non-human animals in philosophical thinking. It is divided into two parts. First, the understanding of non-human animals in Western, Zen-Buddhist, Maori, Indian and African thought is examined. In the second part, with the help of what was learned in the first part, special problems in dealing with non-human animals are dealt with, including the problem areas of meat consumption, the rights of non-human animals, and speciesism. The texts given are all essential readings for holding the respective weekly units.


Contents

    Week 1. What is an Animal in Western Thought?
    On DRL Full text
    Holland, Peter. The Animal Kingdom: A Very Short Introduction
    2011 2011, Oxford University Press.
    Chapter 1, Chapter 2
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The Animal Kingdom: A Very Short Introduction presents a modern tour of the animal kingdom. Beginning with the definition of animals, this VSI goes on to show the high-level groupings of animals (phyla) and new views on their evolutionary relationships based on molecular data, together with an overview of the biology of each group of animals. This phylogenetic view is central to zoology today. The animal world is immensely diverse, and our understanding of it has been greatly enhanced by analysis of DNA and the study of evolution and development.

    Comment: Provides a summary of the modern (Western) understanding of the animal world and its evolution .

    On DRL Full text
    Gruen, Lori. Animals
    1991 1991, In Peter Singer (ed.) A Companion to Ethics, Blackwell Publishers: Oxford, Malden, 343-353.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: While there are different philosophical principles that may help in deciding how we ought to treat animals, one strand runs through all those that withstand critical scrutiny: we ought not to treat animals the way we, as a society, are treating them now. We are very rarely faced with lifeboat decisions: our moral choices are not usually ones that exist in extremes. It simply isn’t the case that I will suffer great harm without a fur coat or a leg of lamb. The choice between our baby and our dog is one that virtually none of us will be forced to make. The hypothetical realm is one where we can clarify and refine our moral intuitions and principles, but our choices and the suffering of billions of animals are not hypothetical. However the lines are drawn, there are no defensible grounds for treating animals in any way other than as beings worthy of moral consideration.

    Comment: Introduction into basic questions of (non-human) animal ethics.

    Study Questions

    1. What is a non-human animal in the Western (scientific) understanding?
    2. What are the specific differences between human and non-human animals?
    3. What are the ethical implications of the posited differences between human and non-human animal?
    4. Why has the non-human animal been so long disregarded in Western philosophy?
    5. Is an anthropocentric ethics possible without contradiction? In what way must the capacity for suffering of non-human beings be considered?
    6. Is the difference between human and non-human animal of normative relevance? Who determines and how what a living being is worth? Does the particular understanding of the of difference allow the establishment of a dominance relationship?
    1. What is a non-human animal in the Western (scientific) understanding?
    2. What are the specific differences between human and non-human animals?
    3. What are the ethical implications of the posited differences between human and non-human animal?
    4. Why has the non-human animal been so long disregarded in Western philosophy?
    5. Is an anthropocentric ethics possible without contradiction? In what way must the capacity for suffering of non-human beings be considered?
    6. Is the difference between human and non-human animal of normative relevance? Who determines and how what a living being is worth? Does the particular understanding of the of difference allow the establishment of a dominance relationship?
    Week 2. What is an Animal in Japanese Thought?
    On DRL Full text
    McRae, James. Cutting the cat in one: Zen Master Dōgen on the moral status of nonhuman animals
    2014 2014, In Neil Dalal and Chloë Taylor (eds.) Asian Perspectives on Animal Ethics. London: Routledge.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Dōgen’s ethics of nonhuman animals is grounded in wisdom of interdependent arising, which produces a sense of compassion for all beings, including nonhuman animals. While there are rules and precepts that prohibit the killing of living beings—human and nonhuman alike—the precepts are not unbreakable universal laws, but rather guidelines that promote the cultivation of the twin virtues of wisdom and compassion, which are the real ground of ethical conduct in Zen. Though all beings are part of the same karmic cycle of rebirth, human beings have a special soteriological status as thinking, moral beings, which means only we are capable of realizing enlightenment. This results in an ethic that is somewhat weaker than the strong animal rights view: while causing suffering to sentient beings is wrong, it may be done on those rare occasions when it promotes the awakening of human beings. This means that eating meat or using animals for medical testing might be justified, so long as there is no reasonable alternative available that would minimize suffering and maximize awakening more effectively. Even though skillful means might be used to justify violations of the precepts against killing, Dōgen argues that the only time a bad unintended consequence is justified is when the agent’s motive is pure and there is no better option. Zen prompts us to continually reevaluate the ways in which we both perceive and conceive the world. The purpose of a kōan is to discourage our everyday ways of thinking and push us to a higher level of understanding grounded in interdependent arising. Often, we choose to harm sentient beings, not because we have no other choice, but because we lack the imagination to create alternative solutions that minimize suffering to the greatest possible extent. The law of karma is always in effect: the infliction of wanton suffering upon sentient beings will become an impediment to one’s awakening.

    Comment: Introduction into Dōgen’s ethics of nonhuman animals based on the wisdom of interdependent arising producing a sense of compassion for all beings, including nonhuman animals.

    On DRL Full text
    Dōgen. Dōgen 道元 (1200–1253)
    2011 1200 1253, In James W. Heisig, Thomas P. Kasulis and John C. Maraldo (eds.) Japanese Philosophy. A Sourcebook. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press, pp. 141-162.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In Japanese religious history, Dōgen (1200–1253) is revered as the founder of the Japanese school of Sōtō Zen Buddhism. Tradition says he was born of an aristocratic family, orphaned, and at the age of twelve joined the Tendai Buddhist monastic community on Mt Hiei in northeastern Kyoto. In search of an ideal teacher, he soon wandered off from the central community on the mountain and ended up in a small temple in eastern Kyoto, Kennin-ji.

    Comment: Excerpts from Shōbōgenzō (Repository of the Eye for the Truth), the major philosophical work of Dōgen (1200–1253), founder of the Japanese school of Sōtō Zen Buddhism allowing to deepen his philosophical understanding of nature.

    Study Questions

    1. What is a non-human animal in the Zen-Buddhist understanding?
    2. What are the specific differences between human and non-human animals?
    3. What are the ethical implications of the posited differences between human and non-human animal?
    4. What are similarities and differences between the Zen-Buddhist and the Western understanding of non-human animals?
    5. What obligations do human beings have to animals in Zen-Buddhism? Can it ever be acceptable to injure non-human animals for human benefit? What role does the hōben-principle play in this?
    6. Is anthropocentricity possible from a Zen-Buddhist perspective?
    1. What is a non-human animal in the Zen-Buddhist understanding?
    2. What are the specific differences between human and non-human animals?
    3. What are the ethical implications of the posited differences between human and non-human animal?
    4. What are similarities and differences between the Zen-Buddhist and the Western understanding of non-human animals?
    5. What obligations do human beings have to animals in Zen-Buddhism? Can it ever be acceptable to injure non-human animals for human benefit? What role does the hōben-principle play in this?
    6. Is anthropocentricity possible from a Zen-Buddhist perspective?
    Week 3. What is an Animal in Māori Thought?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Woodhouse, Jordan, et al.. Conceptualizing Indigenous Human–Animal Relationships in Aotearoa New Zealand: An Ethical Perspective
    2021 2021, Animals. 11(10): 2899.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This article considers the complexity and diversity of ethical concepts and beliefs held by Maori, the indigenous people of Aotearoa New Zealand (hereafter New Zealand), relating to animals. A combination of interviews and focus group discussions were conducted with individuals who identify as Maori and were working with wildlife, primarily in an eco-tourism and conservation context. Two main themes emerged from the data: ethical concepts relating to the environment, and concepts relating to the spiritual relationships between people, animals and the environment. These findings highlight that the connections between humans and animals through a M¯aori lens are nuanced in ways not typically accounted for in Western philosophy. This is of particular importance because of the extent to which standard Western thought is embodied in law and policy related to human treatment of animals and the environment. In New Zealand, relationships and partnerships are informed by Te Tiriti o Waitangi, one of New Zealand’s founding documents. Where these partnerships include activities and environments involving human–animal interaction, policy and legislation should account for Maori knowledge, and diverse of thought among different hapu (tribal groups). We conclude by exploring ways of including Maori ethical concepts around animals in general, and wild animals in particular, in law and policy, providing a case study relevant to other bicultural or multicultural societies.

    Comment: Some ethical concepts and beliefs held by the Maori people are explained through interviews and focus group discussions with focus on ethical concepts relating to the environment, and concepts relating to the spiritual relationships between people, animals and the environment.

    Study Questions

    1. What is a non-human animal in Maori understanding?
    2. What are the specific differences between human and non-human animals?
    3. What are the ethical implications of the posited differences between human and non-human animal?
    4. What are similarities and differences between the Western, the Zen-Buddhist and the Maori understanding of non-human animals?
    5. Is the difference between human and non-human animal of normative relevance? Who determines and how what a living being is worth? Does the particular understanding of the of difference allow the establishment of a dominance relationship?
    6. How can we understand the concept of mauri (spiritual health of animals) and what ethical implications does it have?
    7. What role does the environment (material and non-material) play in Maori understanding?
    8. What is meant by Kaitiakitanga and mana whenua and how are they related?
    1. What is a non-human animal in Maori understanding?
    2. What are the specific differences between human and non-human animals?
    3. What are the ethical implications of the posited differences between human and non-human animal?
    4. What are similarities and differences between the Western, the Zen-Buddhist and the Maori understanding of non-human animals?
    5. Is the difference between human and non-human animal of normative relevance? Who determines and how what a living being is worth? Does the particular understanding of the of difference allow the establishment of a dominance relationship?
    6. How can we understand the concept of mauri (spiritual health of animals) and what ethical implications does it have?
    7. What role does the environment (material and non-material) play in Maori understanding?
    8. What is meant by Kaitiakitanga and mana whenua and how are they related?
    Week 4. What is an Animal in African Thought?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Horsthemke, Kai. Animals and African Ethics
    2017 2017, Journal of Animal Ethics. 7 (2):119-144.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: African ethics is primarily concerned with community and harmonious communal relationships. The claim is frequently made on behalf of African moral beliefs and customs that, in stark contrast with Western moral attitudes and practices, there is no comparable objectification and exploitation of other-than-human animals and nature. This article investigates whether this claim is correct by examining the status of animals in religious and philosophical thought, as well as traditional cultural practices, in Africa. I argue that moral perceptions and attitudes on the African continent remain resolutely anthropocentric. Although values like ubuntu (humanness) or ukama (relationality) have been expanded to include nonhuman nature, animals are characteristically not seen to have any rights, and human duties to them are almost exclusively “indirect.” I conclude by asking whether those who, following their own liberation, continue to exploit and oppress other creatures—simply because they can—are not thereby contributing to their own dehumanization.

    Comment: An examination of the status of non-human animals in religious and philosophical African thought with a focus on the problem that animals are characteristically not seen to have any rights. An examination of the status of non-human animals in religious and philosophical African thought with a focus on the problem that animals are characteristically not seen to have any rights.

    On DRL Read free
    Odour, Reginald M.J.. African Philosophy, and Non-human Animals [Interview]
    2012 2012, Rainer Ebert [Blog].
    Expand entry
    Abstract: University of Nairobi’s Reginald M. J. Oduor talks to Anteneh Roba and Rainer Ebert.

    Comment: A general introduction into African philosophy and ethics with a focus on the role of non-human animal life in African philosophy, explaining that in in indigenous African thought, humans are not understood as animals, but as a class of their own superior to the class of animals.

    Study Questions

    1. What is a non-human animal in African understanding?
    2. What are the specific differences between human and non-human animals?
    3. What are the ethical implications of the posited differences between human and non-human animal?
    4. What are similarities and differences between the Western, the Zen-Buddhist, the Maori and the African understanding of non-human animals?
    5. Is the difference between human and non-human animal of normative relevance? Who determines and how what a living being is worth? Does the particular understanding of the of difference allow the establishment of a dominance relationship?
    6. Is ubuntu-philosophy necessarily anthropocentric?
    1. What is a non-human animal in African understanding?
    2. What are the specific differences between human and non-human animals?
    3. What are the ethical implications of the posited differences between human and non-human animal?
    4. What are similarities and differences between the Western, the Zen-Buddhist, the Maori and the African understanding of non-human animals?
    5. Is the difference between human and non-human animal of normative relevance? Who determines and how what a living being is worth? Does the particular understanding of the of difference allow the establishment of a dominance relationship?
    6. Is ubuntu-philosophy necessarily anthropocentric?
    Week 5. What is an Animal in Indian Thought?
    On DRL Full text
    Carpenter, Amber. Illuminating Community – Animals in Classical Indian Thought
    2018 2018, In Peter Adamson and G. Fay Edwards (eds) Animals: A History. Oxford University Press.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This chapter presents a discussion of the rich tradition of reflection on animals in ancient Indian philosophy, which deals with but is not restricted to the topic of reincarnation. At the center of the piece is the continuity that Indians saw between human and nonhuman animals and the consequences of this outlook for the widespread idea of nonviolence. Consideration is also given to the philosophical interest of fables centrally featuring animals, for example the Pañcatantra. In general it is suggested that ancient Indian authors did not, unlike European counterparts, focus on the question of what makes humans unique in contrast to all other animals, but rather on the ethical and metaphysical interconnections between humans and various kinds of animals.

    Comment: An overview of the role of non-human animals in Indian Thought pointing out that there is not much evidence of that presumption of a fundamental difference between human and nonhuman forms of life that allows us in English to use the word “animal” simply to mean “nonhuman animal.” The concept of the animal is thus not best suited to explore the nature of the human by contrast. Instead we more often find a background presumption of a common condition: whatever lives seeks to sustain its life, wants pleasure and not pain, wants its desires and aims satisfied rather than thwarted.

    On DRL Full text
    Carpenter, Amber. Amber Carpenter on Animals in Indian Philosophy [Podcast]
    2018 2018, History of Philosophy Without Any Gaps [Blog].
    Expand entry
    Abstract: An interview with Amber Carpenter about the status of nonhuman animals in ancient Indian philosophy and literature.

    Comment: An interview about the status of nonhuman animals in ancient Indian philosophy and literature; a very good complement to her paper.

    Study Questions

    1. What is a non-human animal in Indian understanding?
    2. What are the specific differences between human and non-human animals?
    3. What are the ethical implications of the posited differences between human and non-human animal?
    4. What are similarities and differences between the Western, the Zen-Buddhist, the Maori, the African and the Indian understanding of non-human animals?
    5. Is the difference between human and non-human animal of normative relevance? Who determines and how what a living being is worth? Does the particular understanding of the of difference allow the establishment of a dominance relationship?
    1. What is a non-human animal in Indian understanding?
    2. What are the specific differences between human and non-human animals?
    3. What are the ethical implications of the posited differences between human and non-human animal?
    4. What are similarities and differences between the Western, the Zen-Buddhist, the Maori, the African and the Indian understanding of non-human animals?
    5. Is the difference between human and non-human animal of normative relevance? Who determines and how what a living being is worth? Does the particular understanding of the of difference allow the establishment of a dominance relationship?
    Week 6. Hardlyanimal and Justanimal
    On DRL Full text
    Kant, Immanuel. The False Subtlety of the Four Syllogistic Figures
    1992 1762, In his Theoretical Philosophy, 1755-1770, David Walford (trans. and ed.). Cambridge University Press, pp. 102-5.
    Expand entry

    Comment: A classical Western philosophical text insisting on a foundational difference between human and non-human animals; human animals have higher knowledge than non-human animals because human animals are able to make their own ideas objects of their thoughts. This has severe implications for the ethical value of non-human animals.

    Study Questions

    1. How is difference construed in Kant’s text?
    2. Why is difference so important? Some existential remarks and some reflections on Kant’s idea that the difference between the human animal and non-human animals is the ability to differentiate (“it is one thing to differentiate things from each other, and quite another thing to recognize the difference between them” [Kant 1762/1992, 104]
    3. Do we need difference? And if so, for what? And if not, why is difference (between human and non-human animal) such a persistent motive in (Western) philosophy?
    4. What are the ethical consequences for non-human animals when we understand them in the Kantian way?
    1. How is difference construed in Kant’s text?
    2. Why is difference so important? Some existential remarks and some reflections on Kant’s idea that the difference between the human animal and non-human animals is the ability to differentiate (“it is one thing to differentiate things from each other, and quite another thing to recognize the difference between them” [Kant 1762/1992, 104]
    3. Do we need difference? And if so, for what? And if not, why is difference (between human and non-human animal) such a persistent motive in (Western) philosophy?
    4. What are the ethical consequences for non-human animals when we understand them in the Kantian way?
    Week 7. Speciesism
    On DRL Full text
    Joy, Melanie. Why we Love Dogs, Eat Pigs and Wear Cows
    2009 2009, Red Wheel.
    pp. 23-72
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Why We Love Dogs, Eat Pigs, and Wear Cows offers an absorbing look at what social psychologist Melanie Joy calls carnism, the belief system that conditions us to eat certain animals when we would never dream of eating others. Carnism causes extensive animal suffering and global injustice, and it drives us to act against our own interests and the interests of others without fully realizing what we are doing. Becoming aware of what carnism is and how it functions is vital to personal empowerment and social transformation, as it enables us to make our food choices more freely—because without awareness, there is no free choice.

    Comment: Introduction to Joy's concept of carnism, the invisible but dominant paradigm used to defend meat consumption; argues against carnism, by showing that there is indeed a problem with eating non-human animals, that meat eating is not necessarily to be understood as normal, that carnism prevents the cognitive dissonance (of caring for animals and at the same time consuming them) by re-defining non-human animals as objects.

    On DRL Full text
    Williams, Bernard. The Human Prejudice
    2006 2006, In his Philosophy as a Humanistic Discipline, A. W. Moore (ed.). Princeton University Press.
    pp. 135-152
    Expand entry
    Abstract: What can — and what can’t — philosophy do? What are its ethical risks — and its possible rewards? How does it differ from science? In Philosophy as a Humanistic Discipline, Bernard Williams addresses these questions and presents a striking vision of philosophy as fundamentally different from science in its aims and methods even though there is still in philosophy “something that counts as getting it right.” Written with his distinctive combination of rigor, imagination, depth, and humanism, the book amply demonstrates why Williams was one of the greatest philosophers of the twentieth century.

    Comment: A sophisticated defense of speciesism, i.e. the human privilege; to be juxtaposed to the reading of Melanie Joy.

    Study Questions

    1. What is Speciesism? What are arguments for or against speciesism?
    2. Can speciesism and/or carnism be compared with, e.g., racism or sexism?
    3. Do we need the species-difference? Is the species-difference normatively relevant?
    4. Can we be truly indifferent to suffering? Do we have to make use of speciest/carnist arguments to convince ourselves to be indifferent?
    5. If we assume – for the sake of the argument – that the human animal has to be considered more valuable, what would be necessary consequences of this understanding?
    6. Looking at Joy’s and Williams’ arguments – what are their respective strengths and weaknesses? Do any of their arguments have practical impact on you?
    1. What is Speciesism? What are arguments for or against speciesism?
    2. Can speciesism and/or carnism be compared with, e.g., racism or sexism?
    3. Do we need the species-difference? Is the species-difference normatively relevant?
    4. Can we be truly indifferent to suffering? Do we have to make use of speciest/carnist arguments to convince ourselves to be indifferent?
    5. If we assume – for the sake of the argument – that the human animal has to be considered more valuable, what would be necessary consequences of this understanding?
    6. Looking at Joy’s and Williams’ arguments – what are their respective strengths and weaknesses? Do any of their arguments have practical impact on you?
    Week 8. Eating and Killing
    On DRL Full text
    Fischer, Bob. The Ethics of Eating Animals: Usually Bad, Sometimes Wrong, Often Permissible
    2019 2019, New York: Routledge.
    pp. 20-49 and pp. 104-127
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Intensive animal agriculture wrongs many, many animals. Philosophers have argued, on this basis, that most people in wealthy Western contexts are morally obligated to avoid animal products. This book explains why the author thinks that’s mistaken. He reaches this negative conclusion by contending that the major arguments for veganism fail: they don’t establish the right sort of connection between producing and eating animal-based foods. Moreover, if they didn’t have this problem, then they would have other ones: we wouldn’t be obliged to abstain from all animal products, but to eat strange things instead—e.g., roadkill, insects, and things left in dumpsters. On his view, although we have a collective obligation not to farm animals, there is no specific diet that most individuals ought to have. Nevertheless, he does think that some people are obligated to be vegans, but that’s because they’ve joined a movement, or formed a practical identity, that requires that sacrifice. This book argues that there are good reasons to make such a move, albeit not ones strong enough to show that everyone must do likewise.
    On DRL Read free
    Dogget,Tyler. Moral Vegetarianism
    2018 2018, The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy. Edward N. Zalta (ed.).
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The topic of this entry is moral vegetarianism and the arguments for it. Strikingly, most contemporary arguments for moral vegetarianism start with premises about the wrongness of producing meat and move to conclusions about the wrongness of consuming it. They do not fasten on some intrinsic feature of meat and insist that consuming things with such a feature is wrong. They do not fasten on some effect of meat-eating on the eater and insist that producing such an effect is wrong. Rather, they assert that the production of meat is wrong and that consumption bears a certain relation to production and that bearing such a relation to wrongdoing is wrong. So this entry gives significant space to food production as well as the tricky business of connecting production to consumption.

    Comment: A solid overview of the history and arguments of moral vegetarianism.

    Study Questions

    1. What are arguments against and what are arguments for the consumption of non-human animal meat? Try to take into account your knowledge of the Western, Buddhist, Maori, Indian and African traditions.
    2. What were the most prominent arguments vegetarism in its historical development?
    3. Is plant-consumption speciest?
    4. What do you think of arguments claiming a normative difference between different non-human species? Can there be valid arguments claiming the inferiority of certain species, eg. of fishes or insects?
    1. What are arguments against and what are arguments for the consumption of non-human animal meat? Try to take into account your knowledge of the Western, Buddhist, Maori, Indian and African traditions.
    2. What were the most prominent arguments vegetarism in its historical development?
    3. Is plant-consumption speciest?
    4. What do you think of arguments claiming a normative difference between different non-human species? Can there be valid arguments claiming the inferiority of certain species, eg. of fishes or insects?
    Week 9. Non-human Individuality
    On DRL Read free
    Skabelund, Aaron. A Dog’s Life: The Challenges and Possibilities of Animal
    2018 2018, In Animal Biography: Re-framing Animal Lives. André Krebber and Mieke Roscher (eds.). Palgrave Macmillan.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: If one were to write a biography of a nonhuman animal, a likely candidate is Hachikō, an Akita dog who became popular in 1932 when a newspaper claimed he had been awaiting the return of his master at a Tokyo train station since his owner’s death seven years earlier. That fame led to the production of an enormous variety of source material that a historian could use to reconstruct his life’s story. This chapter uses Hachikō to explore the methodological and theoretical challenges of animal biography. It argues that two new(er) kinds of primary sources—taxidermy and photography—allow Hachikō (and some other animals) to “speak” and play a collaborative role in telling their own stories.

    Comment: Using Hachikō as example (an Akita dog who became popular in 1932 when it was claimed it waited for his owner at a train station for seven years) this article explores the methodological and theoretical challenges of animal biography.

    On DRL Full text
    Baratay, Éric. Animal Biographies: Toward a History of Individuals
    2022 2022, Lindsay Turner (trans). University of Georgia Press.
    Chapter 7 'Bummer and Lazarus'
    Expand entry
    Abstract: What would we learn if animals could tell their own stories? Éric Baratay, a pioneering researcher in animal histories in France, applies his knowledge of historical methodologies to give voice to some of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries’ most interesting animals. He offers brief yet innovative accounts of these animals’ lives in a way that challenges the reader’s thinking about animals. Baratay illustrates the need to develop a nonanthropocentric means of viewing the lives of animals and including animals themselves in the narrative of their lives. Animal Biographies launches an all-new investigation into the lives of animals and is a major contribution to the field of animal studies. This English translation of Éric Baratay’s Biographies animales: Des Vies retrouvées, originally published in France in 2017 (Éditions du Seuil), uses firsthand accounts starting from the nineteenth century about specific animals who lived in Europe and the United States to reconstruct, as best as possible, their stories as they would have experienced them. History is, after all, not just the domain of humans. Animals have their own. Baratay breaks the model of human exceptionalism to give us the biographies of some of history and literature’s most famous animals. The reader will catch a glimpse of storied lives as told by Modestine, the donkey who carried Robert Louis Stevenson through the Alps; Warrior, the World War I horse made famous in Steven Spielberg’s War Horse; Islero, the bull who gored Spain’s greatest bullfighter; and others. Through these stories we discover their histories, their personalities, and their shared experiences with others of their species.

    Comment: The chapter provides one of the very few attempts to write the biography of a non-human animal; strictly focussing on the dogs Lazarus and Bummer and how they might have experienced the events of their lives.

    Study Questions

    1. Can non-human animals have a biography? Can non-human animals have a personal history?
    2. Can we – as human beings – know enough about a non-human being to write an autobiography?
    3. What could be the (ethical) purpose of non-human animal biographies?
    4. Why is the non-human animal biography such a rare literary genre?
    5. Is writing a non-human animal biography speciest?
    6. What are the ethical consequences of taking the idea of non-human biographies seriously?
    1. Can non-human animals have a biography? Can non-human animals have a personal history?
    2. Can we – as human beings – know enough about a non-human being to write an autobiography?
    3. What could be the (ethical) purpose of non-human animal biographies?
    4. Why is the non-human animal biography such a rare literary genre?
    5. Is writing a non-human animal biography speciest?
    6. What are the ethical consequences of taking the idea of non-human biographies seriously?
    Week 10: Utopia and Zoopolis: Philosophical and Artistic Visions of the Future
    On DRL Full text
    McKenna, Erin. Living with Animals: Rights, Responsibilities, and Respect
    2020 2020, Rowman and Littlefield.
    pp. 1-18
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Living with Animals brings a pragmatist ecofeminist perspective to discussions around animal rights, animal welfare, and animal ethics to move the conversation beyond simple use or non-use decisions. Erin McKenna uses a case study approach with select species to question how humans should live and interact with various animal beings through specific instances of such relationships. Addressing standard topics such as the use of animals for food, use for biomedical research, use in entertainment, use as companions, use as captive specimens in zoos, and use in hunting and ecotourism through a revolutionary pluralist and experimental approach, McKenna provides an uncommonly nuanced accounts for complex relationships and changing circumstances. Rather than seek absolute moral stands regarding human relationships with other animal beings, and rather than trying to end such relationships altogether, the books urges us to make existing relations better.

    Comment: This chapter provides philosophical arguments for a better understanding of the complexity of human relationships with other animal beings through a pragmatist and ecofeminist lens.

    On DRL Full text
    Donaldson, Sue, Kymlicka, Will. Zoopolis: A Political Theory of Animal Rights
    2011 2011, Oxford University Press.
    pp. 1-16
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Zoopolis offers a new agenda for the theory and practice of animal rights. Most animal rights theory focuses on the intrinsic capacities or interests of animals, and the moral status and moral rights that these intrinsic characteristics give rise to. Zoopolis shifts the debate from the realm of moral theory and applied ethics to the realm of political theory, focusing on the relational obligations that arise from the varied ways that animals relate to human societies and institutions. Building on recent developments in the political theory of group-differentiated citizenship, Zoopolis introduces us to the genuine "political animal". It argues that different types of animals stand in different relationships to human political communities. Domesticated animals should be seen as full members of human-animal mixed communities, participating in the cooperative project of shared citizenship. Wilderness animals, by contrast, form their own sovereign communities entitled to protection against colonization, invasion, domination and other threats to self-determination. `Liminal' animals who are wild but live in the midst of human settlement (such as crows or raccoons) should be seen as "denizens", resident of our societies, but not fully included in rights and responsibilities of citizenship. To all of these animals we owe respect for their basic inviolable rights. But we inevitably and appropriately have very different relations with them, with different types of obligations. Humans and animals are inextricably bound in a complex web of relationships, and Zoopolis offers an original and profoundly affirmative vision of how to ground this complex web of relations on principles of justice and compassion.

    Comment: An introduction to the groundbreaking theory of Zoopolis focussing on developing a political vision of human aninmals and non-human animals living together.

    Study Questions

    1. What is a Zoopolis?
    2. What are the ethical consequences to accept non-human animals as citizens?
    3. How would our lives change if non-human animals had enforceable rights?
    4. Is Anti-speciesim possible? How could we live anti-speciestically? Can and should Anti-Speciesism become codified law?
    5. What does it mean when a non-human animal has rights? What would be the consequences for our understanding of the human species?
    1. What is a Zoopolis?
    2. What are the ethical consequences to accept non-human animals as citizens?
    3. How would our lives change if non-human animals had enforceable rights?
    4. Is Anti-speciesim possible? How could we live anti-speciestically? Can and should Anti-Speciesism become codified law?
    5. What does it mean when a non-human animal has rights? What would be the consequences for our understanding of the human species?

PDF11Level

Mind, Cognition, and the Self: an Embodied Perspective

Expand entry

by María Jimena Clavel Vázquez
Funded by: American Philosophical Association Small Grant

Introduction

Embodied cognition is a subset of theses that pertains to what is known as 4EA approaches or situated approaches to cognition. The acronym “4EA” refers, more specifically, to the theses that cognition is Extended, Embodied, Enacted, Embedded, and Affective. While typically treated as a block, the views and theses that populate the 4EA approach are often disparate. Regardless, they are united by a revisionary attitude towards cognitivism, the paradigm that dominates cognitive sciences, and an emphasis on the non-trivial roles played by the non-neural body and the environment on cognition. The views that can be identified as committed to the embodiment of cognition are neither entirely unified nor homogeneous, either. In fact, it is possible to find some formulation of the embodiment of cognition in many of the theses that populate the 4EA approach. In this blueprint, we mostly focus on proposals that fall within enactivism, a framework that thinks of the mind as continuous with life. From this perspective, meaning arises from the interactions between an agent and its environment. Enactivism also emphasizes the active nature of cognition, broadly construed. In virtue of its themes and theses, enactivism offers a rich alternative to think about cognition and the mind, while maintaining an open dialogue with various disciplines and traditions. Despite the focus on enactivism, we have also included papers that are, more broadly, committed to the embodiment of cognition and that have enriched these debates. The result is a collection of papers characterized, thus, not only by their commitment to the thesis of embodiment, but also by the diversity of approaches they bring together and their interdisciplinarity.

This blueprint focuses on the work of female researchers working in embodied cognition. The aims of this blueprint are to: (1) introduce key concepts within the embodied cognition program, (2) introduce the work of central researchers within the program, and (3) discuss the contributions of the research program to other philosophical disciplines. To this end, the blueprint is organized in two main parts. The first part (weeks 1 to 6) focuses on key aspects of this research program and the contributions of female researchers to it. The second part (weeks 7 to 11), in turn, focuses on the contributions of the embodied cognition program to and from topics that have been traditionally overlooked in philosophy. This second section has been labelled feminist embodied cognition because these topics have received attention from feminist philosophers. However, these topics have been widely discussed in the context of other (philosophical) disciplines. The papers selected as essential were considered, in most cases, more accessible for students who are less familiar with the literature. They also allow for a good organization of the topics discussed. The discussion questions are related to these essential readings. Suggested readings might constitute key contributions to the debate, or discuss important implications and provide alternative perspectives.


Contents

    Week 1. Introducing situated cognition

    Embodied approaches to the mind can be thought of as views and theses that engage in a dialogue with conceptions of the mind that disregard the role played by the body. To introduce this dialogue, the first session takes on a historical perspective. The proposal is to read some sections of Katalin Farkas’s “The boundaries of the mind” where she introduces a Cartesian internalism to which various philosophers in the 20th and 21st century have objected. The focus is on responses that come from a naturalistic perspective and, more specifically, from theses on the extended and embodied character of the mind. Given that there are several approaches that join embodied cognition in its rejection of the traditional conception of the mind, the second text proposed for this week is “Situated Cognition” by Miriam Solomon, where she focuses on the various ways in which cognition and knowledge depend on the body and the environment. The third text by Dave Ward and Mog Stapleton is a suggestion to further understand the various views that pertain to 4EA approaches to cognition. The guiding questions focus on Farkas’s and Solomon’s papers.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Farkas, Katalin. The Boundaries of the Mind
    2017, In Amy Kind (ed.), Philosophy of Mind in the Twentieth and Twenty-First Centuries: The History of the Philosophy of Mind, Volume 6. New York: Routledge, pp. 256-279.
    pp. 256-258, 266 ss.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The subject of mental processes or mental states is usually assumed to be an individual, and hence the boundaries of mental features -  in a strict or metaphorical sense - are naturally regarded as reaching no further than the boundaries of the individual. This chapter addresses various philosophical developments in the 20th and 21st century that questioned this natural assumption. I will frame this discussion by first presenting a historically influential commitment to the individualistic nature of the mental in Descartes' theory. I identify various elements in the Cartesian conception of the mind that were subsequently criticized and rejected by various externalist theories, advocates of the extended mind hypothesis and defenders of embodied cognition. Then I will indicate the main trends in these critiques.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Solomon, Miriam. Situated cognition
    2006, In Paul Thagard (ed.) Handbook of the Philosophy of Psychology and Cognitive Science. Elsevier, pp. 413-428.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This chapter provides a structured overview of work on situated cognition. The main fields in which situated cognition is studied - cognitive science, feminist epistemology, and science studies - are unnecessarily isolated from one another. Cognition is always situated. It is always concretely instantiated in one way or another. There are no disembodied cognitive achievements. The situated cognition literature details the ways in which cognition can be instantiated and, instead of abstracting what is in common to all cognition, explores the epistemic significance of particular routes to cognitive accomplishment. The phenomena of situated cognition have been described in several disciplines. Cognitive scientists have described the ways in which representation of the world, learning, memory, planning, action, and linguistic meaning are embedded in the environment, tools, social arrangements, and configurations of the human body. The situated cognition approaches have in common the rejection of the ideas that cognition is individualistic, general, abstract, symbolic, explicit, language based, and located in the brain as mediator between sensory input and action output.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Ward, David, Mog Stapleton. Es are Good. Cognition as enacted, embodied, embedded, affective and extended
    2012, In Fabio Paglieri (ed.), Consciousness in Interaction: The role of the natural and social context in shaping consciousness. John Benjamins Publishing, pp. 89-104.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: We present a specific elaboration and partial defense of the claims that cognition is enactive, embodied, embedded, affective and (potentially) extended. According to the view we will defend, the enactivist claim that perception and cognition essentially depend upon the cognizer's interactions with their environment is fundamental. If a particular instance of this kind of dependence obtains, we will argue, then it follows that cognition is essentially embodied and embedded, that the underpinnings of cognition are inextricable from those of affect, that the phenomenon of cognition itself is essentially bound up with affect, and that the possibility of cognitive extension depends upon the instantiation of a specific mode of skillful interrelation between cognizer and environment. Thus, if cognition is enactive then it is also embodied, embedded, affective and potentially extended.

    Study Questions

    1. Why is Descartes’ conception of the mind characterized as internalistic, if he was concerned with the contributions of the body to cognition?
    2. What is the Cartesian idea that the computationalist-functionalist conception of mental processes was able to accommodate?
    3. Why can a functionalist defend that mental states can be realized by more than the brain and even include elements external to the body of the agent?
    4. What are some of the themes of the embodied cognition programme? How does it differ from the externalism that arises within functionalism?
    5. Solomon shows that cognition and knowledge depend on the environment, goals, social and political position, tools, context, embodiment. Can this dependence be articulated in the same way across these domains?
    6. To what extent do these cases of situated cognition and knowledge challenge traditional views of cognition and the mind? For instance, do they necessarily involve a rejection of functionalism or of computationalism?
    Week 2. Cognition and normativity

    This week focuses on enactivism and its conception of cognition and normativity. Embodied cognition is closely associated with enactivism, a view of cognition that takes this to be continuous with life. Embodiment is, for enactivism, a central feature of cognition. In their paper, Evan Thompson and Mog Stapleton distinguish enactivism from the thesis of the extended mind. To do so, they provide a helpful overview of the central concepts of enactivism and, more specifically, of the concept of sense-making. This paper serves as a good basis to understand some of the concepts that will become important for other weeks, as well as to understand the enactivist understanding of cognition. By characterising cognition as sense-making, enactivism emphasizes that the normative character of cognition arises from the interactions between the agent and the environment, and has biological normativity at its basis. This last point is also explored by Laura Mojica who argues for the continuity between biological, cognitive and social normativity. To do so, she draws on Wittgenstein’s considerations on public norms, and engages with the debate on the naturalization of content. Thus showing how enactivism can further contribute to this debate. The suggested reading is Chapter 8 of The Embodied Mind, where Francisco Varela, Evan Thompson and Eleanor Rosch present their view of embodied cognition and enactivism. They start off from a reconstruction of some of the main ideas within cognitivism to then turn to their proposal of embodied cognition where they take cognition to arise from the sensorimotor interactions between an agent and its environment. They take colour as a case study to show that colour can only be understood considering the relation between the perceiver and the world.

    On DRL
    Thompson, Evan, Stapleton, Mog. Making Sense of Sense-Making: Reflections on Enactive and Extended Mind Theories
    2009, Topoi 28: 23-30.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This paper explores some of the differences between the enactive approach in cognitive science and the extended mind thesis. We review the key enactive concepts of autonomy and sense-making. We then focus on the following issues: (1) the debate between internalism and externalism about cognitive processes; (2) the relation between cognition and emotion; (3) the status of the body; and (4) the difference between ‘incorporation’ and mere ‘extension’ in the body-mind-environment relation.

    Comment: The paper is a good introduction to enactivism within the context of other situated approaches to cognition (i.e., the extended mind thesis, the thesis of embodied cognition, the thesis of embedded cognition). It can be used in an intermediate or advanced course in philosophy of mind or philosophy of cognitive science.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Mojica, Laura. The enactive naturalization of normativity: from self-maintenance to situated interactions
    2021, History and Philosophy of the Life Sciences 43(4), pp. 1-27.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The autopoietic enactive account of cognition explains the emergence of normativity in nature as the norm of self-maintenance of life. The autonomous nature of living agents implies that they can differentiate events and regulate their responses in terms of what is better or worse to maintain their own precarious identity. Thus, normative behavior emerges from living organisms. Under this basic understanding of normativity as self-maintenance, autopoietic enactivism defends a continuity between biological, cognitive, and social norms. The self-maintenance of an agent’s sensorimotor identity establishes the cognitive norms that regulate its behavior, and the self-maintenance of its social identity determines the social norms. However, there is no clear explanation of how individuals, who by their very constitution are primarily moved to interact with the world under the norm of self-maintenance, could interact with the world driven by non-individual norms. Furthermore, understanding all normativity as self-maintenance makes it unclear how agents establish genuine social interactions and acquire habits that have no implication for their constitution as individuals. So, to face these challenges, I propose an alternative notion of normativity grounded on a Wittgensteinian, action-oriented, and pragmatic conception of meaning that distinguishes between an agent with a normative point of view and external normative criteria. I defend that a normative phenomenon is an interaction that is established by an individual point of view as defined by autopoietic enactivism and that is part of a self-maintaining system. The latter establishes the external normative criteria to evaluate the interaction, and it may or may not coincide with the identity of the interacting agent. Separating external normative criteria from the self-constitution of the interactant agent not only solves the challenge but potentially explains the situated and relational character of agency.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Varela, Francisco, Evan Thompson, Eleanor Rosch. The Embodied Mind
    1991, MIT Press, pp. 147-184.
    Chapter 8
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The Embodied Mind provides a unique, sophisticated treatment of the spontaneous and reflective dimension of human experience. The authors argue that only by having a sense of common ground between mind in Science and mind in experience can our understanding of cognition be more complete. Toward that end, they develop a dialogue between cognitive science and Buddhist meditative psychology and situate it in relation to other traditions such as phenomenology and psychoanalysis.

    Study Questions

    1. From the perspective of enactivism, what is characteristic of living systems that are cognitive?
    2. What is an autonomous system? Think of an example. Why is this an autonomous system? What is the difference between autonomous and autopoietic systems?
    3. Why isn’t enactivism neither internalistic nor externalistic? In what sense is cognition relational?
    4. How do Thompson and Stapleton defend the idea that cognition is embodied action?
    5. Why isn’t cognition rightly characterised as information processing?
    6. What is, according to Mojica, the distinction between intrinsic and extrinsic normativity? Why does intrinsic normativity imply that there is an individual interacting with a world? Why does it imply external normative criteria?
    7. How does Mojica show that normative criteria must be publicly available and that this is the case for all living beings?
    8. What advantage do interactive accounts and autopoietic enactivism have over evolutionary accounts of normativity (e.g., teleosemantics)?
    9. Why is the third kind of normativity identified by enactivism interactive? How does it emerge?
    10. How does Mojica propose to overcome the gap between self-centered biological normativity and normativity oriented to action?
    Week 3. The continuity of perception, action, and cognition

    This week focuses on enactive accounts of perception. In one of the readings of the previous week it is noted that for enactivism cognition can be described as sensorimotor interaction. Similar ideas can be found in other views within 4EA approaches which emphasize the continuity between perception, action, and cognition. In their paper, Nivedita Gangopadhyay and Julian Kiverstein discuss a couple of different conceptions of perception found in enactivism: Susan Hurley’s and Alva Noë & Kevin O’Regan’s. In this discussion, they advance arguments to show that perception is inseparable from cognition and action. This paper will be helpful to further understand the conception of the mind that is at play in the embodied cognition program, as well as to understand the relation between perception, cognition, and action. While many discussions on perception focus on vision, the paper by Becky Millar advances a sensorimotor view of chemical senses. This paper not only focuses on senses that aren’t typically discussed, but also addresses some concerns that arise for enactivist views of perception. The suggested paper is by Susan Hurley. Here she presents a criticism to the classical view of cognition and introduces the two-level interdependence view on the relation between action and perception. This is one of the views discussed by Gangopadhyay and Kiverstein.

    On DRL Full text
    Gangopadhyay, Nivedita, Julian Kiverstein. Enactivism and the Unity of Perception and Action
    2009 2009, Topoi 28: 63-73.
    Expand entry

    Abstract: This paper contrasts two enactive theories of visual experience: the sensorimotor theory (O’Regan and Noë, Behav Brain Sci 24(5):939–1031, 2001; Noë and O’Regan, Vision and mind, 2002; Noë, Action in perception, 2004) and Susan Hurley’s (Consciousness in action, 1998, Synthese 129:3–40, 2001) theory of active perception. We criticise the sensorimotor theory for its commitment to a distinction between mere sensorimotor behaviour and cognition. This is a distinction that is firmly rejected by Hurley. Hurley argues that personal level cognitive abilities emerge out of a complex dynamic feedback system at the subpersonal level. Moreover reflection on the role of eye movements in visual perception establishes a further sense in which a distinction between sensorimotor behaviour and cognition cannot be sustained. The sensorimotor theory has recently come under critical fire (see e.g. Block, J Philos CII(5):259–272, 2005; Prinz, Psyche, 12(1):1–19, 2006; Aizawa, J Philos CIV(1), 2007) for mistaking a merely causal contribution of action to perception for a constitutive contribution. We further argue that the sensorimotor theory is particularly vulnerable to this objection in a way that Hurley’s active perception theory is not. This presents an additional reason for preferring Hurley’s theory as providing a conceptual framework for the enactive programme.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Millar, Becky. Towards a sensorimotor approach to flavour and smell
    2020, Millar, Becky. Towards a sensorimotor approach to flavour and smell. Mind and Language 36(2), pp. 221-240.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Sensorimotor enactivism takes perceptual experience to be constituted by a kind of attunement to sensorimotor contingencies - law-like relations between sensory inputs and bodily activity. The chemical senses have traditionally been construed as especially simple and passive, and a number of philosophers have argued that flavour and smell are problem cases for the sensorimotor approach. In this article, I respond to these objections to the sensorimotor approach, and in doing so offer the beginnings of a sensorimotor account of the chemical senses.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Hurley, Susan. Perception and Action: Alternative Views
    2001 2001, Synthese 129(1): 3-40.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: A traditional view of perception and action makes two assumptions: that the causal flow between perception and action is primarily linear or one-way, and that they are merely instrumentally related to each other, so that each is a means to the other. Either or both of these assumptions can be rejected. Behaviorism rejects the instrumental but not the one-way aspect of the traditional view, thus leaving itself open to charges of verificationism. Ecological views reject the one-way aspect but not the instrumental aspect of the traditional view, so that perception and action are seen as instrumentally interdependent. It is argued here that a better alternative is to reject both assumptions, resulting in a two-level interdependence view in which perception and action co-depend on dynamically circular subpersonal relations and as a result may be more than merely instrumentally interdependent. This is illustrated by reference to motor theories of perception and control theories of action.

    Study Questions

    1. How do the versions of enactivism introduced in this paper differ from the one discussed in the previous week? What are the points of agreement?
    2. How does enactivism differ from computational theories of vision? In what sense do these views characterize perception as passive and disembodied?
    3. Why does Hurley characterize Gibson’s description of the relation between action and perception as an instrumental relation?
    4. How does the two-level interdependence view of Hurley differ from the sandwich view of the mind?
    5. Why does Noë and O’Regan’s separation between sensitivity and awareness lead back to a separation between perception, action, and cognition?
    6. How do Gangopadhyay and Kiverstein account for experiential blindness? How does this allow them to show that sensorimotor behaviour and cognition are inseparable?
    7. What is, according to Millar, sensorimotor understanding?
    8. Why does the lack of bodily activities involved in olfaction and flavour perception is a challenge for sensorimotor theories of perception? How can this objection be addressed?
    9. Why don’t the chemical senses seem to involve the detection of invariances? How does Millar argue against this concern?
    10. What is the notion of sensorimotor understanding to which Millar arrives?
    Week 4. Social cognition and the intersubjective dimension of cognition

    This week focuses on social cognition and on the intersubjective aspects of knowledge and cognition that follow from some embodied accounts of cognition. Within the context of enactivism, some have applied the concept of sense-making to social cognition. To do so, they advance the concept of participatory sense-making to account for our capacity to understand each other (see, De Jaegher, H. & Di Paolo, E., (2007), “Participatory sense-making” Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences). In her paper, Hanne De Jaegher applies this notion of participatory sense-making to what she calls human knowledge. For her, human knowledge is at the basis of many activities that have an epistemic component that goes unnoticed and is central to it (e.g., dementia care). To capture and articulate this epistemic component, De Jaegher draws on participatory sense-making understood as the coordination between two or more autonomous agents. This paper allows for an articulation of social cognition as participatory sense-making. It also allows for the identification of intersubjective aspects of knowledge, and the epistemic aspects of many intersubjective activities. The second essential reading, the paper by Cuffari et al., further expands on the notion of participatory sense-making. It also shows how enactivism can account for language by characterising it as a form of sense-making and showing that it plays a central role in social coordination. The suggested reading is “Participatory Sense-Making” by Hanne De Jagher and Ezequiel Di Paolo. In this paper, they introduce the concept of participatory sense-making to provide an enactivist account on social understanding. This is the view on which De Jagher and Cuffari et al. draw in the essential readings.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    De Jaegher, Hanne. Loving and knowing: reflections for an engaged epistemology
    2019, Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences 20(5), pp. 847-870.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In search of our highest capacities, cognitive scientists aim to explain things like mathematics, language, and planning. But are these really our most sophisticated forms of knowing? In this paper, I point to a different pinnacle of cognition. Our most sophisticated human knowing, I think, lies in how we engage with each other, in our relating. Cognitive science and philosophy of mind have largely ignored the ways of knowing at play here. At the same time, the emphasis on discrete, rational knowing to the detriment of engaged, human knowing pervades societal practices and institutions, often with harmful effects on people and their relations. There are many reasons why we need a new, engaged - or even engaging - epistemology of human knowing. The enactive theory of participatory sense-making takes steps towards this, but it needs deepening. Kym Maclaren's idea of letting be invites such a deepening. Characterizing knowing as a relationship of letting be provides a nuanced way to deal with the tensions between the knower's being and the being of the known, as they meet in the process of knowing-and-being-known. This meeting of knower and known is not easy to understand. However, there is a mode of relating in which we know it well, and that is: in loving relationships. I propose to look at human knowing through the lens of loving. We then see that both knowing and loving are existential, dialectic ways in which concrete and particular beings engage with each other.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Cuffari, Elena Clare, Ezequiel Di Paolo, Hanne De Jaegher. From participatory sense-making to language: there and back again
    2015, Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences 14(4), pp. 1089-1125.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The enactive approach to cognition distinctively emphasizes autonomy, adaptivity, agency, meaning, experience, and interaction. Taken together, these principles can provide the new sciences of language with a comprehensive philosophical framework: languaging as adaptive social sense-making. This is a refinement and advancement on Maturana's idea of languaging as a manner of living. Overcoming limitations in Maturana's initial formulation of languaging is one of three motivations for this paper. Another is to give a response to skeptics who challenge enactivism to connect "lower-level" sense-making with "higher-order" sophisticated moves like those commonly ascribed to language. Our primary goal is to contribute a positive story developed from the enactive account of social cognition, participatory sense-making. This concept is put into play in two different philosophical models, which respectively chronicle the logical and ontogenetic development of languaging as a particular form of social agency. Languaging emerges from the interplay of coordination and exploration inherent in the primordial tensions of participatory sense-making between individual and interactive norms; it is a practice that transcends the self-other boundary and enables agents to regulate self and other as well as interaction couplings. Linguistic sense-makers are those who negotiate interactive and internalized ways of meta-regulating the moment-to-moment activities of living and cognizing. Sense-makers in enlanguaged environments incorporate sensitivities, roles, and powers into their unique yet intelligible linguistic bodies. We dissolve the problematic dichotomies of high/low, online/offline, and linguistic/nonlinguistic cognition, and we provide new boundary criteria for specifying languaging as a prevalent kind of human social sense-making
    On DRL Full text Read free
    De Jaegher, Hanne, Ezequiel Di Paolo. Participatory sense-making: An enactive approach to social cognition
    2007, Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences, 6(4), pp. 485-507.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: As yet, there is no enactive account of social cognition. This paper extends the enactive concept of sense-making into the social domain. It takes as its departure point the process of interaction between individuals in a social encounter. It is a well-established finding that individuals can and generally do coordinate their movements and utterances in such situations. We argue that the interaction process can take on a form of autonomy. This allows us to reframe the problem of social cognition as that of how meaning is generated and transformed in the interplay between the unfolding interaction process and the individuals engaged in it. The notion of sense-making in this realm becomes participatory sense-making. The onus of social understanding thus moves away from strictly the individual only.

    Study Questions

    1. How does De Jaegher understand human knowledge? How is it exemplified in the cases she discusses?
    2. What is participatory sense-making? How does it feature self-organization?
    3. In what sense do we require a different epistemology to account for human knowledge?
    4. What is letting-be and why is it embodied and intersubjective?
    5. What does it mean to understand knowing as loving?
    6. What is characteristic of an enactive approach to language, according to Cuffari et al.?
    7. How does enactivism articulate an understanding of cognition as decoupled and offline?
    8. What is languaging? How does this form of sense-making allow for the regulation of other forms of social agency?
    9. What are linguistic sensitivities?
    10. How does the incorporation of linguistic sensitivities transform our embodied way of being?
    Week 5. Self, embodiment, and intersubjectivity

    This week turns to conceptions of the self that grant a central role the embodied and situated aspects of cognition. In the first paper, Catriona Mackenzie discusses the embodied dimension of self-narratives. She defends the view that these are constituted against the background of embodiment. To make her case, Mackenzie draws on discussions on embodiment and the self that lie at the intersection of philosophy of cognitive science and phenomenology. The second paper, by Miriam Kyselo, discusses pluralistic views of the self that seek to do justice to the many dimensions that constitute it. Kyselo brings forward a tension that arises between views that emphasize the bodily constitution of the self and those that emphasize the social constitution. To address this tension, she draws on the enactive concept of autonomy. This allows her to articulate how these two dimensions of the self interact. The suggested readings is a paper by Nick Brancazio where she discusses the role of gender in the ways we perceive our interactions with the world. In this paper, she articulates the self in terms of agency to show that the self is always embodied and embedded.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Mackenzie, Catriona. Embodied agents, narrative selves
    2014, Philosophical Explorations 17 (2), pp. 154-171.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Recent work on diachronic agency has challenged the predominantly structural or synchronic approach to agency that is characteristic of much of the literature in contemporary philosophical moral psychology. However, the embodied dimensions of diachronic agency continue to be neglected in the literature. This article draws on phenomenological perspectives on embodiment and narrative conceptions of the self to argue that diachronic agency and selfhood are anchored in embodiment. In doing so, the article also responds to Diana Meyers' recent work on corporeal selfhood.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Kyselo, Miriam. The Body Social: An Enactive Approach to the Self
    2014, Frontiers in Psychology 5, pp. 1-16.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This paper takes a new look at an old question: what is the human self? It offers a proposal for theorizing the self from an enactive perspective as an autonomous system that is constituted through interpersonal relations. It addresses a prevalent issue in the philosophy of cognitive science: the body-social problem. Embodied and social approaches to cognitive identity are in mutual tension. On the one hand, embodied cognitive science risks a new form of methodological individualism, implying a dichotomy not between the outside world of objects and the brain-bound individual but rather between body-bound individuals and the outside social world. On the other hand, approaches that emphasize the constitutive relevance of social interaction processes for cognitive identity run the risk of losing the individual in the interaction dynamics and of downplaying the role of embodiment. This paper adopts a middle way and outlines an enactive approach to individuation that is neither individualistic nor disembodied but integrates both approaches. Elaborating on Jonas' notion of needful freedom it outlines an enactive proposal to understanding the self as co-generated in interactions and relations with others. I argue that the human self is a social existence that is organized in terms of a back and forth between social distinction and participation processes. On this view, the body, rather than being identical with the social self, becomes its mediator.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Brancazio, Nick. Gender and the senses of agency
    2018, Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences, 18, pp. 425-440.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This paper details the ways that gender structures our senses of agency on an enactive framework. While it is common to discuss how gender influences higher, narrative levels of cognition, as with the formulation of goals and in considerations about our identities, it is less clear how gender structures our more immediate, embodied processes, such as the minimal sense of agency. While enactivists often acknowledge that gender and other aspects of our socio-cultural situatedness shape our cognitive processes, there is little work on how this shaping takes place. In order to provide such an account, I will first look at the minimal and narrative senses of agency (Gallagher in New Ideas in Psychology, 30(1), 15-31, 2012), a distinction that draws from work on minimal and narrative selves (Zahavi 2010). Next I will explain the influence of the narrative sense of agency on the minimal sense of agency through work on intention-formation (Pacherie in Psyche, 13(1), 1-30, 2007). After a discussion of the role of gender in the narrative sense of agency, I'll expand on work by Haslanger (2012) and Young (1990) to offer three ways in which gender influences the minimal sense of agency, showing the effect that gender has on how we perceive our possibilities for interaction in a phenomenologically immediate, pre-reflective manner.

    Study Questions

    1. What are the three dimensions from which we can say that the first-person perspective is anchored in our embodiment? How are these dimensions articulated? How do they relate to each other?
    2. In what sense is Zahavi’s notion of the experiential self an abstraction? How does this idea relate to Mackenzie’s view that the self in an achievement of an concrete embodied agent?
    3. How does Mackenzie defend the view that selfhood is constituted against the background of our bodily lives?
    4. Why does the phenomenon of bodily alienation represent a challenge for Mackenzie’s view?
    5. What are the constraints that self-narratives must meet to be autonomous?
    6. How can you compare and relate the pattern view of the self with the distinction between the experiential and the narrative self?
    7. What’s the challenge faced by pluralistic accounts of the self?
    8. What’s the body-social problem? Why does it arise? What are the two broad positions that can be taken to address it?
    9. How would you chracterize the principle of needful freedom? What’s social nedful freedom and how does it allow for an articulation of social autonomy?
    10. How does Kyselo’s proposal address the body-social problem?
    Week 6. Affectivity

    This week focuses on discussions on affective phenomena and the extended, enactive mind. The first recommended reading is by Giovanna Colombetti where she defends the idea that affective phenomena can be extended. Rather than drawing on the extended mind, however, she draws on enactivism and the continuity between mind and life. The idea of affectivity extending into the environment is also explored in the paper by Giulia Piredda, where she articulates the concept of affective artifacts. These discussions have become relevant to discuss not only the role of environmental elements in our mental and cognitive life, but also on the role political and social artifacts might play in them. The suggested paper is a chapter by Lisa F. Barrett that provides an overview of the history of the theorizing about emotions and the role of embodied theories within it.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Colombetti, Giovanna. Enactive Affectivity, Extended
    2017, Topoi, 36(3), pp. 445-455.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In this paper I advance an enactive view of affectivity that does not imply that affectivity must stop at the boundaries of the organism. I first review the enactive notion of "sense-making", and argue that it entails that cognition is inherently affective. Then I review the proposal, advanced by Di Paolo (Topoi 28:9-21, 2009), that the enactive approach allows living systems to "extend". Drawing out the implications of this proposal, I argue that, if enactivism allows living systems to extend, then it must also allow sense-making, and thus cognition as well as affectivity, to extend†- in the specific sense of allowing the physical processes (vehicles) underpinning these phenomena to include, as constitutive parts, non-organic environmental processes. Finally I suggest that enactivism might also allow specific human affective states, such as moods, to extend.
    On DRL Full text
    Piredda, Giulia. What is an affective artifact? A further development in situated affectivity
    2020, Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences 19(3), pp. 549-567.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In this paper I would like to propose the notion of "affective artifact", building on an analogy with theories of cognitive artifacts (cf. Casati 2017; Fasoli 2018; Heersmink, 2013, 2016; Hutchins 1999) and referring to the development of a situated affective science (cf. Colombetti 2014; Colombetti and Krueger 2015; Colombetti and Roberts 2015; Griffiths and Scarantino 2009). Affective artifacts are tentatively defined as objects that have the capacity to alter the affective condition of an agent, and that in some cases play an important role in defining that agent's self.The notion of affective artifacts will be presented by means of examples supported by empirical findings, by discussing a tentative definition and classification, and by considering several related but differing notions (cf. Colombetti and Krueger 2015; Heersmink 2018). Within the framework of situated affectivity, the notion of affective artifacts will represent a further step in the enterprise of understanding how the environment helps us scaffold our affective processes. I will conclude that affective artifacts play a key role in the philosophy of cognitive science, the philosophy of technology and in the debate about the self.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Barrett, Lisa F., Kristen A. Lindquist. The embodiment of emotion
    2008, In Gün R. Semin & Eliot R. Smith (eds.), Embodied grounding: social, cognitive, affective, and neuroscientific approaches. New York: Cambridge University Press, pp. 237 - 262.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Historically, almost all psychological theories of emotion have proposed that emotional reactions are constituted by the body in some fashion, but those theories utilized a common metaphor that the body and mind are separate and independent forces in an emotional episode. Current embodiment theories of the mind challenge this assumption, however, by suggesting that the body helps to constitute the mind in shaping an emotional response. We briefly review new theories of embodied cognition in light of accumulating findings from emotion research, to lay the foundation for novel hypotheses about how the conceptual system for emotion is constituted and used. Finally, we discuss how an embodied perspective can help to usher in a paradigm shift in scientific approaches to what emotions are and how they work

    Study Questions

    1. How is it that, for enactivism, cognition is intrinsically affective? How is affectivity and its relation to concern understood?
    2. How does enactivism defend that living systems can extend beyond the boundaries of the organism? Colombetti goes through some examples found in nature. Think of an example of extended life that involves human beings.
    3. How does the conception of life as extended change how we think of affectivity?
    4. What is an extended mood? Think of an example.
    5. What are affective artifacts? Piredda discusses several examples. Come up with your own example. To what extent is this case one of an affective artifact that is part of someone’s self?
    6. How do affective artifacts extend the self?
    7. Are all affective artifacts cases of extended affectivity? Why?
    8. Some have discussed the political dimension of affective scaffoldings (e.g., its contribution to affective imperialism and oppression). Do you think the concept of affective artifacts has a political dimension, too?
    Week 7. Feminist embodied cognition

    The next five weeks turn to the contributions to and from embodied cognition and debates that focus on traditionally marginalized and undertheorized topics in philosophy. To introduce these readings, the first week engages with two texts that put some pressure on these contributions. The first paper, by Victoria Pitts-Taylor, goes back to an idea found in Miriam Solomon’s text: that situated cognition encompasses both proposals in situated cognitive science and situated epistemology. Pitts-Taylor agrees with Solomon to some extent, but argues that some aspects of embodiment and situatedness and left out of the discussion on embodiment that is at play in cognitive science. Donna Haraway’s text, in turn, proposes the myth of the cyborg as a way of articulating the situation of woman in the last part of the XXth century. Her proposal can be helpful to further articulate the questions that remain open when thinking about embodiment from a situated perspective, as well as the dichotomies that should be surpassed. The suggested reading by Anya Daly takes a closer look at the interaction between enactivism and feminism. According to Daly, enactivism can provide feminism with a metaphysical grounding that does justice to its moral and political concerns.

    On DRL Read free
    Pitts-Taylor, Victoria. The Mind in the Body: Feminist and Neurocognitive Perspectives on Embodiment
    2014, In Sigrid Schmitz & Grit Höppner (ed.), Gendered Neurocultures: Feminist and Queer Perspectives on Current Brain Discourses. Zaglossus, pp. 187-202.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: From the introduction: The body's epistemic significance is a shared preoccupation for both feminist theory and neurophilosophy, two fields that rarely interact. Neurocognitive theories of embodied mind seek to identify the features of embodiment that inform cognition and consciousness. They share with feminist epistemologies a view that consciousness is inextricably linked to lived embodiment and situated in the environment, and they each offer powerful challenges to the disembodied, abstract Cartesian subject. This convergence bears deeper consideration. In this chapter I address claims of their compatibility, and also how feminist concerns trouble neurophilosophical interpretations of the embodied mind. I begin with a brief introduction to neurobiologically informed views of mind that embrace reductive physicalism, and then I describe the non-reductive physicalism of embodied mind theories. Later, I take up feminist epistemology and its parallels and tensions with this subfield of neurophilosophy. I raise the question of epistemic difference as an opening for critical engagement. (p. 1 - online version)
    On DRL Full text
    Haraway, Donna. A Manifesto for Cyborgs: Science, Technology, and Socialist Feminism in the 1980s
    1989, In Linda Nicholson (ed.) Feminism/Postmodernism, Routledge, pp. 190-233.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: From the introduction: "This chapter is an effort to build an ironic political myth faithful to feminism, socialism, and materialism. Perhaps more faithful as blasphemy is faithful, than as reverent worship and identification. Blasphemy has always seemed to require taking things very seriously. I know no better stance to adopt from within the secular religious, evangelical traditions of U.S. politics, including the politics of socialist feminism. Blasphemy protects one from the Moral Majority within, while still insisting on the need for community. Blasphemy is not apostasy. Irony is about contradictions that do not resolve into larger wholes, even dialectically, about the tension of holding incompatible things together because both or all are necessary and true. Irony is about humor and serious play. It is also a rhetorical strategy and a political method, one I would like to see more honored within socialist feminism. At the center of my ironic faith, my blasphemy, is the image of the cyborg." (pp. 190-191)
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Daly, Anya. The Declaration of Interdependence! Feminism, Grounding and Enactivism
    2021, Human Studies 45(1), pp. 43-62.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This paper explores the issue whether feminism needs a metaphysical grounding, and if so, what form that might take to effectively take account of and support the socio-political demands of feminism; addressing these demands I further propose will also contribute to the resolution of other social concerns. Social constructionism is regularly invoked by feminists and other political activists who argue that social injustices are justified and sustained through hidden structures which oppress some while privileging others. Some feminists (Haslanger and Sveinsdóttir, Feminist metaphysics. In E. N. Zalta (Ed.), Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy. Stanford: Stanford University, 2011) argue that the constructs appealed to in social constructivism are real but not metaphysically fundamental because they are contingent. And this is exactly the crux of the problem—is it possible to sustain an engaged feminist socio-political critique for which contingency is central (i.e., that things could be otherwise) and at the same time retain some kind of metaphysical grounding. Without metaphysical grounding it has been argued, the feminist project may be rendered nonsubstantive (Sider, Substantivity in feminist metaphysics. Philosophical Studies, 174(2017), 2467–2478, 2017). There has been much debate around this issue and Sider (as an exemplar of the points under contention) nuances the claims expressed in his earlier writings (Sider, Writing the book of the world. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 2011) and later presents a more qualified account (Sider, Substantivity in feminist metaphysics. Philosophical Studies, 174(2017), 2467–2478, 2017). Nonetheless, I propose the critiques and defences offered by the various parties continue to depend on certain erroneous assumptions and frameworks that are challengeable. I argue that fundamentality as presented in many of these current accounts, which are underpinned by the explicit or implicit ontologies of monism and dualism and argued for in purely rationalist terms which conceive of subjects as primarily reason-responding agents, reveal basic irresolvable problems. I propose that addressing these concerns will be possible through an enactivist account which, following phenomenology, advances an ontology of interdependence and reconceives the subject as first and foremost an organism immersed in a meaningful world as opposed to a primarily reason-responding agent. Enactivism is thus, I will argue, able to legitimize feminist socio-political critiques by offering a non-reductive grounding in which not only are contingency and fundamentality reconciled, but in which fundamentality is in fact defined by radical contingency. My paper proceeds in dialogue with feminists generally addressing this ‘metaphysical turn’ in feminism and specifically with Sally Haslanger and Mari Mikkola.

    Study Questions

    1. In what sense can we say that 4EA approaches to cognition are accidental feminists, according to Pitts-Taylor?
    2. What is left out of the conception of embodiment of these approaches (e.g., in Clark’s distinction between the special contribution view and the extended functionalist views of embodiment)?
    3. What are the questions that remain open for 4EA approaches? What other questions would you add?
    4. What are the three boundary break-downs identified by Haraway?
    5. What are the short-comings of Marxist and socialist feminim and radical feminism?
    6. What does Haraway mean when she claims that “”Epistemology is about knowing the difference””? In her text, Haraway emphasizes the value of the liminal or marginal position. How does this relate to her claim about difference?
    7. Haraway lists a series of dichotomies. What is characteristic of them? How do they relate to more ‘traditional’ dichotomies? How does the situation of women relate to them?
    8. What’s the homework economy? In this context, what is the feminization of labour?
    9. Haraway asks: “”Why should our bodies end at the skin or include at best other beings encapsulated by skin?””. This question is similar to those asked by extended theories of the mind. What is the difference in the articulation of these questions?
    10. How would you articulate the concept of embodiment at play in Haraway’s proposal?
    Week 8. Gender, sex and the body

    This week looks into two discussions on gender, sex, and the body that are concerned with questions about the boundaries of the body, and the relation between embodied agents and their environment. In the first paper, Saray Ayala and Nadya Vasilyeva advance a concept of extended sex. The draw on the extended cognition thesis to argue that sex can be extended into the environment in a way that allows us to go beyond the dichotomy between male and female. They argue that this process of extension should be recognized as one form of biological construction. In this way, their paper further contributes to the articulation of the extended mind. Alejandra Martínez Quintero and Hanne De Jaegher, in turn, provide an enactive analysis of pregnancy. They argue that pregnancy should be understood as the relation between three autonomous systems, the mother, the foetus, and pregnancy itself. In pregnancy, foetus and mother engage in a relation of sense-making, and both participate in the processes of individuation. The suggested reading is the paper by Iris Marion Young, “Throwing like a girl”, where she proposes that our spatial and motor experience is shaped by gender. This phenomenological analysis has been central to the understanding of the role played by gender on our embodied experiences.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Ayala, Saray, Nadya Vasilyeva. Extended Sex: An Account of Sex for a More Just Society
    2015, Hypatia 30(4), pp. 725-742.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: We propose an externalist understanding of sex that builds upon extended and distributed approaches to cognition, and contributes to building a more just, diversity-sensitive society. Current sex categorization practices according to the female/male dichotomy are not only inaccurate and incoherent, but they also ground moral and political pressures that harm and oppress people. We argue that a new understanding of sex is due, an understanding that would acknowledge the variability and, most important, the flexibility of sex properties, as well as the moral and political meaning of sex categorization. We propose an externalist account of sex, elaborating on extended and distributed approaches to cognition that capitalize on the natural capacity of organisms to couple with environmental resources. We introduce the notion of extended sex, and argue that properties relevant for sex categorization are neither exclusively internal to the individual skin, nor fixed. Finally, we spell out the potential of extended sex to support an active defense of diversity and an intervention against sex-based discrimination.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Marti­nez Quintero, Alejandra, Hanne De Jaegher. Pregnant Agencies: Movement and Participation in Maternal-Fetal Interactions
    2020, Frontiers in Psychology 11.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Pregnancy presents some interesting challenges for the philosophy of embodied cognition. Mother and fetus are generally considered to be passive during pregnancy, both individually and in their relation. In this paper, we use the enactive operational concepts of autonomy, agency, individuation, and participation to examine the relation between mother and fetus in utero. Based on biological, physiological, and phenomenological research, we explore the emergence of agentive capacities in embryo and fetus, as well as how maternal agency changes as pregnancy advances. We show that qualitatively different kinds of agency have their beginnings already in utero, and to what extent fetal and maternal movement modulate affectivity and individuation in pregnancy. We thus propose that mother and fetus are both agents who participate in pregnancy. Pregnancy then emerges as a relational developmental organization that anchors and holds its developing participants. We end the paper with reflections on ethical implications of this proposal, and suggestions for future research.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Young, Iris Marion. Throwing Like a Girl: A Phenomenology of Feminine Body Comportment, Motility and Spatiality
    1980, Human Studies 3(1), pp. 137 - 156.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    From the introduction: This paper seeks to begin to fill a gap that thus exists both in existential phenomenology and feminist theory. It traces in a provisional way some of the basic modalities of feminine body comportment, manner of moving, and relation in space. It brings intelligibility and significance to certain observable and rather ordinary ways in which women in our society typically comport themselves and move differently from the ways that men do. In accordance with the existentialist concern with the situatedness of human experience, I make no claim to the universality of this typicality of the bodily comportment of women and the phenonemological description based on it. The account developed here claims only to describe the modalities of feminine bodily existence for women situated in contemporary advanced industrial, urban, and commercial society. Elements of the account developed here may or may not apply to the situation of woman in other societies and other epoch, but it is not the concern of this paper to determine to which, if any, other social circumstances this account applies.

    Study Questions

    1. What’s the prescriptive force of sex categories? And why do they embody an oppressive hierarchy?
    2. How do environmental or external elements need to be incorporated into a process or system in order to extend it?
    3. In what sense is environmental construction comparable to body construction? How does this relate to the notion of biological construction?
    4. What does it mean to extend sex? And how does this go beyond the dichotomy between male and female?
    5. What’s the difference between the personal and political dimensions? How does this relate to the ameliorative aim of Ayala and Vasileya’s project?
    6. What are the processes of self-individuation and self-production? How do they relate to each other? How is individuation an open-ended process?
    7. Why do the authors argue that in implantation there’s agency? Why don’t the previous processes of self-individuation don’t amount to agency?
    8. Why is there a movement from self-organizing patterns to adaptive self-regulation patterns in fetal movements?
    9. In what sense is the interactive relation between fetus and mother one of negotiation?
    10. Why are mother and fetus participating in sense-making? Why is this characterized as minimal sense-making?
    Week 9. Materialized and institutionalised oppression
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Merritt, Michele. Instituting impairment: Extended cognition and the construction of Female Sexual Dysfunction
    2013, Cognitive Systems Research, 25-26, pp. 47-53.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: I further the argument for a socially extended mind by examining gender and the role it plays in cognition. My first claim is that gender is a social institution that often if not always subtends our cognitive processes, especially those that are maximally embodied. The social institution of gender often serves to inhibit female embodied cognitive processing, as a quick glance at the myriad of oppressive forces at play in gender dynamics illustrates. To combat the potential objection that gender is not a vehicle for extending cognitive processes, but rather plays a shaping role in embodied practice, I propose looking at the history of Female Sexual Dysfunction and its construction by the social institutions of the pharmaceutical companies and media. By doing so, I claim a case can be made that these institutions have actually invaded the minds of many women to the point that cognition pertaining to sex, sexual functioning, and health are wholly dependent upon and constituted by the interplay of these social systems.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Liao, Shen-yi, Vanessa Carbonell. Materialized Oppression in Medical Tools and Technologies
    2023, American Journal of Bioethics 23(4), pp. 9-23.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: It is well-known that racism is encoded into the social practices and institutions of medicine. Less well-known is that racism is encoded into the material artifacts of medicine. We argue that many medical devices are not merely biased, but materialize oppression. An oppressive device exhibits a harmful bias that reflects and perpetuates unjust power relations. Using pulse oximeters and spirometers as case studies, we show how medical devices can materialize oppression along various axes of social difference, including race, gender, class, and ability. Our account uses political philosophy and cognitive science to give a theoretical basis for understanding materialized oppression, explaining how artifacts encode and carry oppressive ideas from the past to the present and future. Oppressive medical devices present a moral aggregation problem. To remedy this problem, we suggest redundantly layered solutions that are coordinated to disrupt reciprocal causal connections between the attitudes, practices, and artifacts of oppressive systems.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Maiese, Michelle. Mindshaping, Enactivism, and Ideological Oppression
    2021, Topoi 41 (2), pp. 341-354.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: One of humans' distinctive cognitive abilities is that they develop an array of capacities through an enculturation process. In "Cognition as a Social Skill", Sally points to one of the dangers associated with enculturation: ideological oppression. To conceptualize how such oppression takes root, Haslanager appeals to notions of mindshaping and social coordination, whereby people participate in oppressive social practices unthinkingly or even willingly. Arguably, an appeal to mindshaping provides a new kind of argument, grounded in philosophy of mind, which supports the claims that feminist and anti-racist want to defend. However, some theorists worry that Haslanger's account does not shed much light on how individuals could exert their agency to resist oppression. I argue that enactivist conceptions of mindshaping and habit can help us to make sense of the power of social influences and how they have the potential to both enable and undermine cognition and agency. This moves us toward increased understanding of the workings of social oppression - distinguishing between constructive and enabling forms of heteronomy, and overdetermining and pernicious modes that lead to atrophied moral cognition and a narrowing of the field of affordances.

    Study Questions

    1. What is characteristic of the fourth scenario described by Merrit? Why is it that, in this case, the cognitive process of Alex is partly constituted by social institutions?
    2. What is the difference between the thesis of extended cognition and the thesis of socially extended cognition? In what way is cognition subtended by social processes according to this view? How is the mind invaded rather than extended?
    3. Why should we consider gender a mental institution? What is a mental institution? What would other examples be of mental institutions?
    4. How is the case of Female Sexual Dysfunction an example of social mind invasion?
    5. How does the claim that gender is a mental institution relate to the concept of extended sex?
    6. How can medical technology contribute to the construction of subordinate social categories?
    7. What is the dynamic of oppression into which these medical devices are inserted?
    8. How do Liao and Carbonell understand oppression? Why might a device materialize bias but not oppression?
    9. What is the proposed strategy to address this concern?
    10. Are there other lessons from embodied cognition that can further support the proposed strategy?
    Week 10. Embodiment and disability

    This week turns to contributions to debates on disability from theses of embodied and extended cognition. The first paper, by Zoe Drayson and Andy Clark, discusses the various ways in which extending the cognitive machinery beyond the brain can change the way we think about cognitive disabilities, as well as its diagnosis and treatment. They also turn to the way in which the debate on models of disability can change in virtue of these theses. The second paper, by Catriona Mackenzie and Jackie L. Scully, focus on moral imagination, more specifically. They are interested in showing the limitations of this capacity when it comes to moral judgments that are concerned with the quality of life of individuals who are differently embodied from us. To make this claim, they draw on the claim that imagination is embodied. The suggested reading turns to psychiatry to propose a enactivist model that encompasses the various dimensions that constitute psychiatric disorders. To this end, de Haan discusses the various models of disorders that have been proposed in this context.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Drayson, Zoe, Andy Clark. Cognitive disability and embodied, extended minds
    2020, In Adam Cureton & David Wasserman (eds.), Oxford Handbook of Philosophy and Disability. Oxford University Press, pp. 580-597.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Many models of cognitive ability and disability rely on the idea of cognition as abstract reasoning processes implemented in the brain. Research in cognitive science, however, emphasizes the way that our cognitive skills are embodied in our more basic capacities for sensing and moving, and the way that tools in the external environment can extend the cognitive abilities of our brains. This chapter addresses the implications of research in embodied cognition and extended cognition for how we think about cognitive impairment and rehabilitation, how cognitive reserve mitigates neural impairment, and the distinction between medical and social models of disability.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Mackenzie, Catriona, Jackie Leach Scully. Moral imagination, disability and embodiment
    2007, Journal of Applied Philosophy 24(4), pp. 335-351.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In this paper we question the basis on which judgements are made about the ‘quality’ of the lives of people whose embodied experience is anomalous, specifically in cases of impairments. In moral and political philosophy it is often assumed that, suitably informed, we can overcome epistemic gaps through the exercise of moral imagination: ‘putting ourselves in the place of others’, we can share their points of view. Drawing on phenomenology and theories of embodied cognition, and on empirical studies, we suggest that there are barriers to imagining oneself differently situated, or imagining being another person, arising in part from the way imagination is constrained by embodied experience. We argue that the role of imagination in moral engagement with others is to expand the scope of our sympathies rather than to enable us to put ourselves in the other's place. We argue for explicit acknowledgement that our assessments of others’ QOL are likely to be shaped by the specifics of our own embodiment, and by the assumptions we make as a consequence about what is necessary for a good quality of life.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    de Haan, Sanneke. An Enactive Approach to Psychiatry
    2020, Philosophy, Psychiatry, and Psychology 27 (1), pp. 3-25.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This article addresses the integration problem in psychiatry: the explanatory problem of integrating such heterogeneous factors as cause or contribute to the problems at hand, ranging from traumatic experiences, dysfunctional neurotransmitters, existential worries, economic deprivation, social exclusion, and genetics. In practice, many mental health professionals work holistically in a pragmatic and eclectic way. Such pragmatic approaches often function well enough. Yet an overarching framework provides orientation, treatment rationale, a shared language for communication with all those involved, and the means to explain treatment decisions to health insurers and to society at large. It also helps to relate findings from different areas and types of research. In this article, I introduce an enactive framework that supports holistic psychiatric practice by offering an integrating account of how the diverse aspects of psychiatric disorders relate. The article starts with a short overview both of the four main dimensions of psychiatric disorders and of the currently available models. I then introduce enactivism and the enactive notion of sense-making. Subsequently, I discuss how this enactive outlook helps explicate the relation between the four dimensions and what that implies regarding the causality involved. The article concludes with an overview of treatment implications.

    Study Questions

    1. How can theses of embodied cognition explain some cognitive abilities without relying on internal representations?
    2. What consequences do the theses of extended and embodied cognition have on considerations about cognitive disabilities?
    3. Consider the case of ideomotor apraxia. Why do the authors argue that the environment not only compensates but restores impairment?
    4. How does the debate on models of disability change when we consider theses on extended and embodied cognition? How would you articulate a model of disability that considers the lessons of these two theses?
    5. Why do Drayson and Clark reject arguments in favour of the view that the thesis of extended cognition can enhance rational autonomy? Based on other views discussed in previous weeks, can you think of an argument that could allow you to support some kind of ‘extended’ rational autonomy?
    6. According to Mackenzie and Scully, in order to properly make quality of life judgments, we need to have knowledge of the features of the life in question, of the way in which we should weight these features and of the standards used to make these assessments. Considering this, why does non-normative embodiment raise difficulties for these assessments?
    7. What role is typically attributed to moral imagination in moral judgments?
    8. In what senses is imagination embodied? How do the authors support these ideas?
    9. What role do Mackenzie and Scully assign to moral imagination in moral judgments?
    10. Why do we have a moral obligation to develop and cultivate our capacity for moral imagination?
    Week 11. Embodiment, enactivism and education

    This week focuses on embodied cognition and education. The first paper, by Michelle Maiese, provides a brief overview on transformative learning and proposes a enactive articulation of it. For Maiese, transformative learning involves a change in one’s affective framing, constituted by beliefs and habits of mind in which cognition and affection are deeply intertwined. Drawing on her proposal, Mog Stapleton analyses a case study of philosophy in prisons. She argues that the modelled applied in this case allowed for transformative learning due to its particular ritualistic. These papers show how theses on embodied cognition can enrich both the education theory and practice. They also show, however, how certain reflections and practices in education can allow the re-articulation of concepts that are central in philosophy of mind such as perspective-taking. The proposed reading by Melina Gastelum (in Spanish) draws on 4E approaches to cognition to propose an intercultural approach to education given the focus of these approaches on embodied practices.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Maiese, Michelle. Transformative Learning, Enactivism, and Affectivity
    2015, Studies in Philosophy and Education 36(2), pp. 197-216.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Education theorists have emphasized that transformative learning is not simply a matter of students gaining access to new knowledge and information, but instead centers upon personal transformation: it alters students' perspectives, interpretations, and responses. How should learning that brings about this sort of self-transformation be understood from the perspectives of philosophy of mind and cognitive science? Jack Mezirow has described transformative learning primarily in terms of critical reflection, meta-cognitive reasoning, and the questioning of assumptions and beliefs. And within mainstream philosophy of mind, there has been a long-standing assumption that cognition and thought are brain-based, computational, disembodied processes that occur separately from emotion and affect. According to this view, selftransformation might be construed as the forging of new neural connections and the development of new cognitive “programs.” However, I will argue that the literature on embodiment and enactivism that has emerged in recent years offers us a different and more productive way to conceptualize the intended effects of transformative learning. From the standpoint of enactivism, the experience of transformative learning is thoroughly bound up with the cognitive shifts that it involves, and it also involves significant changes to the neurobiological dynamics of the living body. Moreover, personal transformation is not simply something that happens to subjects, but rather a process in which they are actively and dynamically engaged. In addition, this enactivist approach emphasizes that the learning process is fully embodied and fundamentally affective. From a phenomenological perspective, personal transformation can be understood as a pronounced alteration in cognitive-affective orientation; and from a neurobiological perspective, the development of new habits of mind can be understood as the formation of highly integrated patterns of bodily engagement and response. The upshot is that it is not just subjects’ brains that are altered over the course of transformative learning, but also their overall bodily and affective attunement to their surroundings.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Stapleton, Mog. Enacting Education
    2020, Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences 20(5), pp. 887-913.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Education can transform our cognitive world. Recent use of enactivist and enactivist-friendly work to propose understanding transformational learning in terms of affective reframing is a promising first step to understanding how we can have or inculcate transformational learning in different ways without relying on meta-cognition. Building on this work, I argue that to fully capture the kind of perspectival changes that occur in transformational learning we need to further distinguish between ways of reorienting one’s perspective, and I specify why different ways are differently valuable. I propose that recent approaches to Confucian ritual provide a clue to what is missing in characterisations of perspective transformation and the resultant transformed perspective. I argue that focussing on ritualised interpersonal interactions provides a further clue as to what’s missing from a mere appeal to the ritual-based inculcation of new perspectives, namely the kind of lightness and flexibility that some ritualised interactions encourage participants to have, and the deepening of perspective associated with that lightness. I argue that a case study of a project implementing a highly ritualised philosophical practice with prisoners in Scotland shows how these constraints, seemingly paradoxically, function so as to actually deepen the perspectival spaces of those agents. This case study provides a proof of concept for the proposal that certain forms of ritual engagement can reliably bring about the kind of transformation of perspective that is the target phenomenon of transformative learning theory.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Gastelum, Melina. Intercultural education based on situated cognition practices
    2024, Una educación intercultural basada en prácticas cognitivas situadas. Andamios 21(54), pp. 83-109.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In this article we want to enrich a view of intercultural education that can use the conceptualizations of 4E cognition (enactive, embedded, embodied and extended). We follow the idea that education can be understood as a community of situated practices. We argue that the perspective of practices acquires a sense from the 4E cognition that will help to promote an educational epistemology that does not only hover over gnoseological processes but brings into play other categories of the sociocultural environment that help other types of reflections that lead towards a critical, political and ethical interculturality.

    Study Questions

    1. How is transformative learning articulated from the perspective of the cognitive approach? What are the limitations of this approach?
    2. Why does ideology critique require challenging both held beliefs and habits of mind?
    3. Why is affective self-transformation central for the pursuit of social justice?
    4. What is affective framing? How should we understand its neurobiology? How are cognition and affect intertwined?
    5. How does Maiese tackle the concern that affective phenomena can have a negative impact on learning?
    6. The CoPI model analysed by Stapleton asks participants to not draw on their own experiences. How does this contrast with views that value the epistemic role of one’s perspective and experience?
    7. What are the different forms of learning identified by Mezirow and articulated by Stapleton?
    8. What is the relation between perspective holding, and perspective taking, concatenation, and broadening?
    9. In what sense do Confucian rituals support perspective holding?
    10. What’s the similarity between these rituals and the CoPI model?

PDF11Level

People and Proofs

Expand entry

by Fenner Stanley Tanswell

Introduction

This blueprint is about the role that people play in mathematics and its practices. Traditional philosophy of mathematics tends to idealise away from and ignore the human contexts, cultures, and practices that shape and underlie it. However, despite its abstract subject matter, mathematics is a social human discipline involving collaborations, communication, subjective evaluative judgements, power dynamics, norms, fallibility, and disagreements. The aim of this blueprint is to look at works that engage with these ways in which social features of mathematical practice affect the mathematics that is produced, who gets to produce it, and how it is evaluated.

A central theme of the blueprint will be about proofs and knowledge in mathematics. We will look at how the traditional notion of proof and its link to absolute certainty is challenged by practices involving testimony, probabilistic reasoning, large-scale and online collaboration, diagrams, and computer proofs. To engage with these topics, this blueprint contains a selection of readings that include works by philosophers, mathematicians, historians, social scientists, and data scientists. This emphasises the point that multiple perspectives and approaches are valuable in addressing philosophical issues in mathematics. While several of the papers do mathematical content, some of it a bit tricky, I have attempted to make this blueprint accessible to interested participants without a mathematical background. The mathematical content that there is can mostly be skimmed over or skipped altogether without losing too much of the spirit of the papers.

Each week contains a main reading and a secondary reading or other resource. These have been paired to complement one another, but the secondary resource can be set aside for a shorter discussion.


Contents

    Week 1. What is the role of philosophy in mathematics?
    On DRL Read free
    Cheng, Eugenia. Mathematics, Morally
    2004 2004, Cambridge University Society for the Philosophy of Mathematics..
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    A source of tension between Philosophers of Mathematics and Mathematicians is the fact that each group feels ignored by the other; daily mathematical practice seems barely affected by the questions the Philosophers are considering. In this talk I will describe an issue that does have an impact on mathematical practice, and a philosophical stance on mathematics that is detectable in the work of practising mathematicians. No doubt controversially, I will call this issue ‘morality’, but the term is not of my coining: there are mathematicians across the world who use the word ‘morally’ to great effect in private, and I propose that there should be a public theory of what they mean by this. The issue arises because proofs, despite being revered as the backbone of mathematical truth, often contribute very little to a mathematician’s understanding. ‘Moral’ considerations, however, contribute a great deal. I will first describe what these ‘moral’ considerations might be, and why mathematicians have appropriated the word ‘morality’ for this notion. However, not all mathematicians are concerned with such notions, and I will give a characterisation of ‘moralist’ mathematics and ‘moralist’ mathematicians, and discuss the development of ‘morality’ in individuals and in mathematics as a whole. Finally, I will propose a theory for standardising or universalising a system of mathematical morality, and discuss how this might help in the development of good mathematics.

    Comment: Cheng is a mathematician working in Category Theory. In this article she complains about traditional philosophy of mathematics that it has no bearing on real mathematics. Instead, she proposes a system of “mathematical morality” about the normative intuitions mathematicians have about how it ought to be.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Cheng complains about philosophy of mathematics having no relevance to mathematical practice, and even gives a short dialogue featuring an obstinate philosopher. What do you think the impact of philosophy of mathematics on mathematics should be?
    2. What is Cheng’s notion of “mathematical moral truth”? Do you think it picks out a robust phenomenon?
    3. Cheng says morality is about “how mathematics ought to behave”. What kind of normativity do you think she has in mind?
    4. What is the connection between expertise and feelings of mathematical morality?
    5. Should/would a mathematician on a desert island do mathematics differently?
    1. Cheng complains about philosophy of mathematics having no relevance to mathematical practice, and even gives a short dialogue featuring an obstinate philosopher. What do you think the impact of philosophy of mathematics on mathematics should be?
    2. What is Cheng’s notion of “mathematical moral truth”? Do you think it picks out a robust phenomenon?
    3. Cheng says morality is about “how mathematics ought to behave”. What kind of normativity do you think she has in mind?
    4. What is the connection between expertise and feelings of mathematical morality?
    5. Should/would a mathematician on a desert island do mathematics differently?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Tao, Terence. What is good mathematics?
    2007 2007, Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society, 44(4): 623-634..
    Section 1, pp 623-626
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Some personal thoughts and opinions on what “good quality mathematics” is and whether one should try to define this term rigorously. As a case study, the story of Szemer´edi’s theorem is presented.

    Comment: Tao is a mathematician who has written extensively about mathematics as a discipline. In this piece he considers what counts as “good mathematics”. The opening section that I’ve recommended has a long list of possible meanings of “good mathematics” and considers what this plurality means for mathematics. (The remainder details the history of Szemerédi’s theorem, and argues that good mathematics also involves contributing to a great story of mathematics. However, it gets a bit technical, so only look into it if you’re particularly interested in the details of the case.)

    Discussion Questions

    1. Which of the listed qualities of good mathematics would benefit most from philosophical analysis?
    2. Are some qualities of good mathematics more important than others?
    3. Do you think mathematicians would agree on how to apply the various qualities? For example, would they agree on what counts as: rigorous maths? good pedagogy? mathematical beauty? good taste?
    4. Do you agree with Tao that the standards of good mathematics in a field should be constantly debated and updated? Or do there exist eternal standards of good mathematics?
    1. Which of the listed qualities of good mathematics would benefit most from philosophical analysis?
    2. Are some qualities of good mathematics more important than others?
    3. Do you think mathematicians would agree on how to apply the various qualities? For example, would they agree on what counts as: rigorous maths? good pedagogy? mathematical beauty? good taste?
    4. Do you agree with Tao that the standards of good mathematics in a field should be constantly debated and updated? Or do there exist eternal standards of good mathematics?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Hamami, Yacin, Morris, Rebecca Lea. Philosophy of mathematical practice: a primer for mathematics educators
    2020 2020, ZDM, 52(6): 1113-1126..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In recent years, philosophical work directly concerned with the practice of mathematics has intensified, giving rise to a movement known as the philosophy of mathematical practice. In this paper we offer a survey of this movement aimed at mathematics educators. We first describe the core questions philosophers of mathematical practice investigate as well as the philosophical methods they use to tackle them. We then provide a selective overview of work in the philosophy of mathematical practice covering topics including the distinction between formal and informal proofs, visualization and artefacts, mathematical explanation and understanding, value judgments, and mathematical design. We conclude with some remarks on the potential connections between the philosophy of mathematical practice and mathematics education.

    Comment: While this paper by Hamami & Morris is not a necessary reading, it provides a fairly broad overview of the practical turn in mathematics. Since it was aimed at mathematics educators, it is a very accessible piece, and provides useful directions to further reading beyond what is included in this blueprint.

    Week 2. Proof and Fallibility
    On DRL Full text
    De Toffoli, Silvia. Groundwork for a Fallibilist Account of Mathematics
    2021 2021, The Philosophical Quarterly, 71(4)..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: According to the received view, genuine mathematical justification derives from proofs. In this article, I challenge this view. First, I sketch a notion of proof that cannot be reduced to deduction from the axioms but rather is tailored to human agents. Secondly, I identify a tension between the received view and mathematical practice. In some cases, cognitively diligent, well-functioning mathematicians go wrong. In these cases, it is plausible to think that proof sets the bar for justification too high. I then propose a fallibilist account of mathematical justification. I show that the main function of mathematical justification is to guarantee that the mathematical community can correct the errors that inevitably arise from our fallible practices.

    Comment: De Toffoli makes a strong case for the importance of mathematical practice in addressing important issues about mathematics. In this paper, she looks at proof and justification, with an emphasis on the fact that mathematicians are fallible. With this in mind, she argues that there are circumstances under which we can have mathematical justification, despite a possibility of being wrong. This paper touches on many cases and questions that will reappear later across the Blueprint, such as collaboration, testimony, computer proofs, and diagrams.

    Discussion Questions

    1. People often talk of proofs giving an unusual sense of certainty in what they prove, that it can be no other way. Can this be reconciled with De Toffoli’s fallibilist account?
    2. Do you think proofs should be shareable?
    3. De Toffoli says an argument that is convincing for aliens might not be shareable with humans. How do you think alien proofs might be different from human ones?
    4. Is having a simil-proof enough to justify a mathematical belief?
    5. Will what counts as a proof change over time? What about what counts as a simil-proof?
    1. People often talk of proofs giving an unusual sense of certainty in what they prove, that it can be no other way. Can this be reconciled with De Toffoli’s fallibilist account?
    2. Do you think proofs should be shareable?
    3. De Toffoli says an argument that is convincing for aliens might not be shareable with humans. How do you think alien proofs might be different from human ones?
    4. Is having a simil-proof enough to justify a mathematical belief?
    5. Will what counts as a proof change over time? What about what counts as a simil-proof?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Müller-Hill, Eva. Formalizability and Knowledge Ascriptions in Mathematical Practice
    2009 2009, Philosophia Scientiæ. Travaux d'histoire et de philosophie des sciences, (13-2): 21-43..
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    We investigate the truth conditions of knowledge ascriptions for the case of mathematical knowledge. The availability of a formalizable mathematical proof appears to be a natural criterion:

    (*) X knows that p is true iff X has available a formalizable proof of p.

    Yet, formalizability plays no major role in actual mathematical practice. We present results of an empirical study, which suggest that certain readings of (*) are not necessarily employed by mathematicians when ascribing knowledge. Further, we argue that the concept of mathematical knowledge underlying the actual use of “to know” in mathematical practice is compatible with certain philosophical intuitions, but seems to differ from philosophical knowledge conceptions underlying (*).

    Comment: Müller-Hill is interested in the question of when mathematicians have mathematical knowledge and to what extent it relies on the formalisability of proofs. In this paper, she undertakes an empirical investigation of mathematicians’ views of when mathematicians know a theorem is true. Amazingly, while they say that they believe proofs have an exact definition and that the standards of knowledge are invariant, when presented with various toy scenarios, their judgements seem to suggest systematic context-sensitivity of a number of factors.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Why do you think mathematicians might say they believe one thing, while applying different standards in practice?
    2. How surprising are the findings?
    3. What do Müller-Hill’s results mean for the nature of mathematical knowledge?
    1. Why do you think mathematicians might say they believe one thing, while applying different standards in practice?
    2. How surprising are the findings?
    3. What do Müller-Hill’s results mean for the nature of mathematical knowledge?
    Week 3. Testimony and Mathematics 1
    On DRL Full text
    Andersen, Line Edslev, Hanne Andersen, Kragh Sørensen, Henrik. The Role of Testimony in Mathematics
    2021 2021, Synthese, 199(1): 859-870..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Mathematicians appear to have quite high standards for when they will rely on testimony. Many mathematicians require that a number of experts testify that they have checked the proof of a result p before they will rely on p in their own proofs without checking the proof of p. We examine why this is. We argue that for each expert who testifies that she has checked the proof of p and found no errors, the likelihood that the proof contains no substantial errors increases because different experts will validate the proof in different ways depending on their background knowledge and individual preferences. If this is correct, there is much to be gained for a mathematician from requiring that a number of experts have checked the proof of p before she will rely on p in her own proofs without checking the proof of p. In this way a mathematician can protect her own work and the work of others from errors. Our argument thus provides an explanation for mathematicians’ attitude towards relying on testimony.

    Comment: The orthodox picture of mathematical knowledge is so individualistic that it often leaves out the mathematician themselves. In this piece, Andersen et al. look at what role testimony plays in mathematical knowledge. They thereby emphasise social features of mathematical proofs, and why this can play an important role in deciding which results to trust in the maths literature.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What are some of the ways that expertise is important in mathematics? What might it mean to be an expert mathematician?
    2. How important is it for maths papers to go through peer review?
    3. Should mathematicians rely on testimony? When is it acceptable to do so?
    4. Should mathematicians be epistemically autonomous? Under what circumstances?
    5. What reasons can you think of that someone might claim to have checked a proof when they actually haven’t?
    1. What are some of the ways that expertise is important in mathematics? What might it mean to be an expert mathematician?
    2. How important is it for maths papers to go through peer review?
    3. Should mathematicians rely on testimony? When is it acceptable to do so?
    4. Should mathematicians be epistemically autonomous? Under what circumstances?
    5. What reasons can you think of that someone might claim to have checked a proof when they actually haven’t?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Inglis, Matthew, et al.. On Mathematicians’ Different Standards When Evaluating Elementary Proofs
    2013 2013, Topics in cognitive science, 5(2): 270-282..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In this article, we report a study in which 109 research-active mathematicians were asked to judge the validity of a purported proof in undergraduate calculus. Significant results from our study were as follows: (a) there was substantial disagreement among mathematicians regarding whether the argument was a valid proof, (b) applied mathematicians were more likely than pure mathematicians to judge the argument valid, (c) participants who judged the argument invalid were more confident in their judgments than those who judged it valid, and (d) participants who judged the argument valid usually did not change their judgment when presented with a reason raised by other mathematicians for why the proof should be judged invalid. These findings suggest that, contrary to some claims in the literature, there is not a single standard of validity among contemporary mathematicians.

    Comment: In this paper, Inglis et al. carry out an empirical study to see whether mathematicians will agree in their judgements of validity. The surprising finding is that they might not, and that this cannot be explained by some simply being better at detecting errors: there seem to be substantial disagreements about what counts as a valid inference.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Do mathematicians have a special level of agreement?
    2. These results do not fit well with the general view that a piece of reasoning is either a proof or it isn’t. What do these results mean for the nature of proof?
    1. Do mathematicians have a special level of agreement?
    2. These results do not fit well with the general view that a piece of reasoning is either a proof or it isn’t. What do these results mean for the nature of proof?
    Week 4. Testimony and Mathematics 2
    On DRL Full text
    Easwaran, Kenny. Rebutting and Undercutting in Mathematics
    2015 2015, Philosophical Perspectives, 29(1): 146-162..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In my (2009) I argued that a central component of mathematical practice is that published proofs must be “transferable” — that is, they must be such that the author's reasons for believing the conclusion are shared directly with the reader, rather than requiring the reader to essentially rely on testimony. The goal of this paper is to explain this requirement of transferability in terms of a more general norm on defeat in mathematical reasoning that I will call “convertibility”. I begin by discussing two types of epistemic defeat: “rebutting” and “undercutting”. I give examples of both of these kinds of defeat from the history of mathematics. I then argue that an important requirement in mathematics is that published proofs be detailed enough to allow the conversion of rebutting defeat into undercutting defeat. Finally, I show how this sort of convertibility explains the requirement of transferability, and contributes to the way mathematics develops by the pattern referred to by Lakatos (1976) as “lemma incorporation”.

    Comment: Easwaran brings the notions of undercutting and rebutting from epistemology to bare on the mathematical realm. These serve as motivation for conditions on proofs that Easwaran calls “transferability” and “convertibility”. He argues that proposed proofs should be convertible, so that if one finds a counterexample, one can also figure out where the proof went wrong. This paper is rich with examples, though if the mathematics is too tricky for the reader one can skim over it without losing too much.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Easwaran discusses mathematical discovery, from students solving homework questions to mathematicians working on open problems, as a process of defeasible reasoning. Can we ever get certainty from mathematics on this picture?
    2. Should proofs be transferable? Should they be convertible? What reasons might there be to reject this?
    3. Easwaran links his notion of transferability to the intellectual virtue of epistemic autonomy (like Andersen et al. did above). What other intellectual virtues might it link to?
    4. If convertibility is incompatible with relying on testimony in mathematics, is one of them more important than the other? Which would you rather give up?
    5. In what ways can mistaken proofs still be valuable?
    1. Easwaran discusses mathematical discovery, from students solving homework questions to mathematicians working on open problems, as a process of defeasible reasoning. Can we ever get certainty from mathematics on this picture?
    2. Should proofs be transferable? Should they be convertible? What reasons might there be to reject this?
    3. Easwaran links his notion of transferability to the intellectual virtue of epistemic autonomy (like Andersen et al. did above). What other intellectual virtues might it link to?
    4. If convertibility is incompatible with relying on testimony in mathematics, is one of them more important than the other? Which would you rather give up?
    5. In what ways can mistaken proofs still be valuable?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Andersen, Line Edslev, Johansen, Mikkel Willum, Kragh Sørensen, Henrik. Mathematicians Writing for Mathematicians
    2021 2021, Synthese, 198(26): 6233-6250..
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    We present a case study of how mathematicians write for mathematicians. We have conducted interviews with two research mathematicians, the talented PhD student Adam and his experienced supervisor Thomas, about a research paper they wrote together. Over the course of 2 years, Adam and Thomas revised Adam’s very detailed first draft. At the beginning of this collaboration, Adam was very knowledgeable about the subject of the paper and had good presentational skills but, as a new PhD student, did not yet have experience writing research papers for mathematicians. Thus, one main purpose of revising the paper was to make it take into account the intended audience. For this reason, the changes made to the initial draft and the authors’ purpose in making them provide a window for viewing how mathematicians write for mathematicians. We examined how their paper attracts the interest of the reader and prepares their proofs for validation by the reader. Among other findings, we found that their paper prepares the proofs for two types of validation that the reader can easily switch between.

    Comment: In this paper, Andersen et al. track the genesis of a maths research paper written in collaboration between a PhD student and his supervisor. They track changes made to sequential drafts and interview the two authors about the motivations for them, and show how the edits are designed to engage the reader in a mathematical narrative on one level, and prepare the paper for different types of validation on another level.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What are the two levels that a mathematical article is arguing at? How are they related?
    2. How much does of the writing process described by Andersen et al. tracks making the paper’s proofs more transferable in Easwaran’s sense?
    3. To what extent should telling a coherent story about the mathematics affect how it is validated?
    4. What does the collaboration between supervisor and student tell us about mathematical collaboration?
    5. What does the way a paper is best written in maths tell us about how mathematicians pass knowledge from one to another?
    1. What are the two levels that a mathematical article is arguing at? How are they related?
    2. How much does of the writing process described by Andersen et al. tracks making the paper’s proofs more transferable in Easwaran’s sense?
    3. To what extent should telling a coherent story about the mathematics affect how it is validated?
    4. What does the collaboration between supervisor and student tell us about mathematical collaboration?
    5. What does the way a paper is best written in maths tell us about how mathematicians pass knowledge from one to another?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Schattschneider, Doris. Marjorie Rice (16 February 1923–2 July 2017)
    2018 2018, Journal of Mathematics and the Arts, 12(1): 51-54..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Marjorie Jeuck Rice, a most unlikely mathematician, died on 2 July 2017 at the age of 94. She was born on 16 February 1923 in St. Petersburg, Florida, and raised on a tiny farm near Roseburg in southern Oregon. There she attended a one-room country school, and there her scientific interests were awakened and nourished by two excellent teachers who recognized her talent. She later wrote, ‘Arithmetic was easy and I liked to discover the reasons behind the methods we used.… I was interested in the colors, patterns, and designs of nature and dreamed of becoming an artist’?

    Comment: Easwaran discusses the case of Marjorie Rice, an amateur mathematician who discovered new pentagon tilings. This obituary gives some details of her life and the discovery.

    Discussion Questions

    1. It is fairly unusual for an amateur to make important discoveries in maths. How could it be made more open to this kind of contribution? Should it?
    1. It is fairly unusual for an amateur to make important discoveries in maths. How could it be made more open to this kind of contribution? Should it?
    Week 5. The Gender Gap in Mathematics
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Barrow-Green, June. Historical Context of the Gender Gap in Mathematics
    2019 2019, in World Women in Mathematics 2018: Proceedings of the First World Meeting for Women in Mathematics, Carolina Araujo et al. (eds.). Springer, Cham..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This chapter is based on the talk that I gave in August 2018 at the ICM in Rio de Janeiro at the panel on The Gender Gap in Mathematical and Natural Sciences from a Historical Perspective. It provides some examples of the challenges and prejudices faced by women mathematicians during last two hundred and fifty years. I make no claim for completeness but hope that the examples will help to shed light on some of the problems many women mathematicians still face today.

    Comment: Barrow-Green is a historian of mathematics. In this paper she documents some of the challenges that women faced in mathematics over the last 250 years, discussing many famous women mathematicians and the prejudices and injustices they faced.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What social mechanisms were used to exclude women from professional mathematical practices?
    2. One common theme is that the work of women mathematicians has been obscured to the historical record in various ways. How do you think this perpetuates stereotypes today?
    3. To what extent were supposedly objective judgements of mathematics used to make biased assessments of women’s work?
    4. Why is it valuable to research the history of mathematics?
    1. What social mechanisms were used to exclude women from professional mathematical practices?
    2. One common theme is that the work of women mathematicians has been obscured to the historical record in various ways. How do you think this perpetuates stereotypes today?
    3. To what extent were supposedly objective judgements of mathematics used to make biased assessments of women’s work?
    4. Why is it valuable to research the history of mathematics?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Mihaljević, Helena, Santamaría, Lucía. Authorship in top-ranked mathematical and physical journals: Role of gender on self-perceptions and bibliographic evidence
    2020 2020, Quantitative Science Studies, 1(4): 1468-1492..
    Introduction, pp1468-1471, and Section 4, pp1487-1489.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Despite increasing rates of women researching in math-intensive fields, publications by female authors remain underrepresented. By analyzing millions of records from the dedicated bibliographic databases zbMATH, arXiv, and ADS, we unveil the chronological evolution of authorships by women in mathematics, physics, and astronomy. We observe a pronounced shortage of female authors in top-ranked journals, with quasistagnant figures in various distinguished periodicals in the first two disciplines and a significantly more equitable situation in the latter. Additionally, we provide an interactive open-access web interface to further examine the data. To address whether female scholars submit fewer articles for publication to relevant journals or whether they are consciously or unconsciously disadvantaged by the peer review system, we also study authors’ perceptions of their submission practices and analyze around 10,000 responses, collected as part of a recent global survey of scientists. Our analysis indicates that men and women perceive their submission practices to be similar, with no evidence that a significantly lower number of submissions by women is responsible for their underrepresentation in top-ranked journals. According to the self-reported responses, a larger number of articles submitted to prestigious venues correlates rather with aspects associated with pronounced research activity, a well-established network, and academic seniority.

    Comment: Mihaljević and Santamaría here use large-scale quantitative research methods to investigate the gender gap in contemporary mathematics. I’ve recommended reading the introduction and conclusion in order to see what they were doing and what they found out, but the rest of the paper is worth looking at if you want more detailed methods and results.

    Discussion Questions

    1. How has the gender gap in mathematics continued in present day mathematics?
    2. How objective is mathematical peer review?
    1. How has the gender gap in mathematics continued in present day mathematics?
    2. How objective is mathematical peer review?
    Week 6. Computer Proofs
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Secco, Gisele Dalva, Pereira, Luiz Carlos. Proofs Versus Experiments: Wittgensteinian Themes Surrounding the Four-Color Theorem
    2017 2017, in How Colours Matter to Philosophy, Marcos Silva (ed.). Springer, Cham..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The Four-Colour Theorem (4CT) proof, presented to the mathematical community in a pair of papers by Appel and Haken in the late 1970's, provoked a series of philosophical debates. Many conceptual points of these disputes still require some elucidation. After a brief presentation of the main ideas of Appel and Haken’s procedure for the proof and a reconstruction of Thomas Tymoczko’s argument for the novelty of 4CT’s proof, we shall formulate some questions regarding the connections between the points raised by Tymoczko and some Wittgensteinian topics in the philosophy of mathematics such as the importance of the surveyability as a criterion for distinguishing mathematical proofs from empirical experiments. Our aim is to show that the “characteristic Wittgensteinian invention” (Mühlhölzer 2006) – the strong distinction between proofs and experiments – can shed some light in the conceptual confusions surrounding the Four-Colour Theorem.

    Comment: Secco and Pereira discuss the famous proof of the Four Colour Theorem, which involved the essential use of a computer to check a huge number of combinations. They look at whether this constitutes a real proof or whether it is more akin to a mathematical experiment, a distinction that they draw from Wittgenstein.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Does the 4CT represent a significant change to mathematical practice
    2. Does a computer proof like that of the 4CT lack certain virtues that we would want from a proof?
    3. Can mathematics have empirical elements? Should maths use experiments?
    4. Are computer proofs more or less fallible than human proofs?
    5. Returning to the questions of week 1 above about the relation between philosophy and mathematics, who gets to decide whether the computer proof of the 4CT is properly part of mathematics?
    6. How does surveyability and the “easy reproduction of a proof” relate to the notions of shareability, transferability and convertibility seen in previous readings?
    1. Does the 4CT represent a significant change to mathematical practice
    2. Does a computer proof like that of the 4CT lack certain virtues that we would want from a proof?
    3. Can mathematics have empirical elements? Should maths use experiments?
    4. Are computer proofs more or less fallible than human proofs?
    5. Returning to the questions of week 1 above about the relation between philosophy and mathematics, who gets to decide whether the computer proof of the 4CT is properly part of mathematics?
    6. How does surveyability and the “easy reproduction of a proof” relate to the notions of shareability, transferability and convertibility seen in previous readings?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Dick, Stephanie. AfterMath: The Work of Proof in the Age of Human–Machine Collaboration
    2011 2011, Isis, 102(3): 494-505..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: During the 1970s and 1980s, a team of Automated Theorem Proving researchers at the Argonne National Laboratory near Chicago developed the Automated Reasoning Assistant, or AURA, to assist human users in the search for mathematical proofs. The resulting hybrid humans+AURA system developed the capacity to make novel contributions to pure mathematics by very untraditional means. This essay traces how these unconventional contributions were made and made possible through negotiations between the humans and the AURA at Argonne and the transformation in mathematical intuition they produced. At play in these negotiations were experimental practices, nonhumans, and nonmathematical modes of knowing. This story invites an earnest engagement between historians of mathematics and scholars in the history of science and science studies interested in experimental practice, material culture, and the roles of nonhumans in knowledge making.

    Comment: Dick traces the history of the AURA automated reasoning assistant in the 1970s and 80s, arguing that the introduction of the computer system led to novel contributions to mathematics by unconventional means. Dick’s emphasis is on the AURA system as changing the material culture of mathematics, and thereby leading to collaboration and even negotiations between the mathematicians and the computer system.

    Discussion Questions

    1. How can collaborating with a computer affect how one does mathematics?
    2. Is working with a computer different to collaborating with another human mathematician? Will this change what the “negotiations” are?
    1. How can collaborating with a computer affect how one does mathematics?
    2. Is working with a computer different to collaborating with another human mathematician? Will this change what the “negotiations” are?
    Week 7. Diagrammatic Proofs 1
    On DRL Full text Read free
    De Toffoli, Silvia, Giardino, Valeria. An Inquiry into the Practice of Proving in Low-Dimensional Topology
    2015 2015, in From Logic to Practice, Gabriele Lolli, Giorgio Venturi and Marco Panza (eds.). Springer International Publishing..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The aim of this article is to investigate specific aspects connected with visualization in the practice of a mathematical subfield: low-dimensional topology. Through a case study, it will be established that visualization can play an epistemic role. The background assumption is that the consideration of the actual practice of mathematics is relevant to address epistemological issues. It will be shown that in low-dimensional topology, justifications can be based on sequences of pictures. Three theses will be defended. First, the representations used in the practice are an integral part of the mathematical reasoning. As a matter of fact, they convey in a material form the relevant transitions and thus allow experts to draw inferential connections. Second, in low-dimensional topology experts exploit a particular type of manipulative imagination which is connected to intuition of two- and three-dimensional space and motor agency. This imagination allows recognizing the transformations which connect different pictures in an argument. Third, the epistemic—and inferential—actions performed are permissible only within a specific practice: this form of reasoning is subject-matter dependent. Local criteria of validity are established to assure the soundness of representationally heterogeneous arguments in low-dimensional topology.

    Comment: De Toffoli and Giardino look at proof practices in low-dimensional topology, and especially a proof by Rolfsen that relies on epistemic actions on a diagrammatic representation. They make the case that the many diagrams are used to trigger our manipulative imagination to make inferential moves which cannot be reduced to formal statements without loss of intuition.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Many traditional approaches to proof rule out diagrams as an extraneous part of proofs that cannot play an essential role. How well does that stand up to De Toffoli & Giardino’s case study?
    2. What is the role of manipulative imagination in mathematical reasoning in topology?
    3. How much do you think being able to “see” topological transformations depends on being an experienced topologist? Does intuition have to be trained?
    4. What is the relationship between a normal topology proof and a formalisation of it? What does a formalisation capture? What might it miss?
    5. Is a subcommunity of mathematics free to choose any criteria of validity they like for proofs?
    1. Many traditional approaches to proof rule out diagrams as an extraneous part of proofs that cannot play an essential role. How well does that stand up to De Toffoli & Giardino’s case study?
    2. What is the role of manipulative imagination in mathematical reasoning in topology?
    3. How much do you think being able to “see” topological transformations depends on being an experienced topologist? Does intuition have to be trained?
    4. What is the relationship between a normal topology proof and a formalisation of it? What does a formalisation capture? What might it miss?
    5. Is a subcommunity of mathematics free to choose any criteria of validity they like for proofs?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    McCallum, Kate. Untangling Knots: Embodied Diagramming Practices in Knot Theory
    2019 2019, Journal of Humanistic Mathematics, 9(1): 178-199..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The low visibility and specialised languages of mathematical work pose challenges for the ethnographic study of communication in mathematics, but observation-based study can offer a real-world grounding to questions about the nature of its methods. This paper uses theoretical ideas from linguistic pragmatics to examine how mutual understandings of diagrams are achieved in the course of conference presentations. Presenters use shared knowledge to train others to interpret diagrams in the ways favoured by the community of experts, directing an audience’s attention so as to develop a shared understanding of a diagram’s features and possible manipulations. In this way, expectations about the intentions of others and appeals to knowledge about the manipulation of objects play a part in the development and communication of concepts in mathematical discourse.

    Comment: McCallum is an ethnographer and artist, who in this piece explores the way in which mathematicians use diagrams in conference presentations, especially in knot theory. She emphasises that there are a large number of ways that diagrams can facilitate communication and understanding. The diagrams are dynamic in many way, and she shows how the way in which a speaker interacts with the diagram (through drawing, erasing, labelling, positioning, emphasising etc.) is part of explaining the mathematics it represents.

    Discussion Questions

    1. How might the active presentation of a diagram aid the audience’s manipulative imagination?
    2. How important are the physical materials of mathematics?
    3. I was once subjected to a training day in which a Pro-Dean of Research declared they wanted to remove all blackboards from the maths department. Would this make a difference to the mathematical practices? What about to the mathematics produced?
    1. How might the active presentation of a diagram aid the audience’s manipulative imagination?
    2. How important are the physical materials of mathematics?
    3. I was once subjected to a training day in which a Pro-Dean of Research declared they wanted to remove all blackboards from the maths department. Would this make a difference to the mathematical practices? What about to the mathematics produced?
    Week 8. Diagrammatic Proofs 2
    On DRL Full text
    Carter, Jessica. Diagrams and Proofs in Analysis
    2010 2010, International Studies in the Philosophy of Science, 24(1): 1-14..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This article discusses the role of diagrams in mathematical reasoning in the light of a case study in analysis. In the example presented certain combinatorial expressions were first found by using diagrams. In the published proofs the pictures were replaced by reasoning about permutation groups. This article argues that, even though the diagrams are not present in the published papers, they still play a role in the formulation of the proofs. It is shown that they play a role in concept formation as well as representations of proofs. In addition we note that 'visualization' is used in two different ways. In the first sense 'visualization' denotes our inner mental pictures, which enable us to see that a certain fact holds, whereas in the other sense 'visualization' denotes a diagram or representation of something.

    Comment: In this paper, Carter discusses a case study from free probability theory in which diagrams were used to inspire definitions and proof strategies. Interestingly, the diagrams were not present in the published results making them dispensable in one sense, but Carter argues that they are essential in the sense that their discovery relied on the visualisation supplied by the diagrams.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Do you think it is important that diagrams are dispensable in a mathematical proof?
    2. What are the two senses of visualisation that Carter discusses? Are the two related?
    3. In what sense are the diagrams Carter considers essential to the discovery of proofs and definitions?
    4. How do you think a mathematician might read a paper in which the diagrams have been omitted? Would they reconstruct them to gain understanding?
    5. Compare Carter’s claims with those of De Toffoli & Giardino before. In one case the focus is on the context of discovery, while the other is on the context of justification. How separate are these contexts? Are the claims in these papers in tension?
    1. Do you think it is important that diagrams are dispensable in a mathematical proof?
    2. What are the two senses of visualisation that Carter discusses? Are the two related?
    3. In what sense are the diagrams Carter considers essential to the discovery of proofs and definitions?
    4. How do you think a mathematician might read a paper in which the diagrams have been omitted? Would they reconstruct them to gain understanding?
    5. Compare Carter’s claims with those of De Toffoli & Giardino before. In one case the focus is on the context of discovery, while the other is on the context of justification. How separate are these contexts? Are the claims in these papers in tension?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Francois, Karen, Vandendriessche, Eric. Reassembling Mathematical Practices: a Philosophical-Anthropological Approach
    2016 2016, Revista Latinoamericana de Etnomatemática Perspectivas Socioculturales de la Educación Matemática, 9(2): 144-167..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In this paper we first explore how Wittgenstein’s philosophy provides a conceptual tools to discuss the possibility of the simultaneous existence of culturally different mathematical practices. We will argue that Wittgenstein’s later work will be a fruitful framework to serve as a philosophical background to investigate ethnomathematics (Wittgenstein 1973). We will give an overview of Wittgenstein’s later work which is referred to by many researchers in the field of ethnomathematics. The central philosophical investigation concerns Wittgenstein’s shift to abandoning the essentialist concept of language and therefore denying the existence of a universal language. Languages—or ‘language games’ as Wittgenstein calls them—are immersed in a form of life, in a cultural or social formation and are embedded in the totality of communal activities. This gives rise to the idea of rationality as an invention or as a construct that emerges in specific local contexts. In the second part of the paper we introduce, analyse and compare the mathematical aspects of two activities known as string figure-making and sand drawing, to illustrate Wittgenstein’s ideas. Based on an ethnomathematical comparative analysis, we will argue that there is evidence of invariant and distinguishing features of a mathematical rationality, as expressed in both string figure-making and sand drawing practices, from one society to another. Finally, we suggest that a philosophical-anthropological approach to mathematical practices may allow us to better understand the interrelations between mathematics and cultures. Philosophical investigations may help the reflection on the possibility of culturally determined ethnomathematics, while an anthropological approach, using ethnographical methods, may afford new materials for the analysis of ethnomathematics and its links to the cultural context. This combined approach will help us to better characterize mathematical practices in both sociological and epistemological terms.

    Comment: Francois and Vandendriessche here present a later Wittgensteinian approach to “ethnomathematics”: mathematics practiced outside of mainstream Western contexts, often focused on indigenous or tribal groups. They focus on two case studies, string-figure making and sand-drawing, in different geographic and cultural contexts, looking at how these practices are mathematical.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What makes a practice like string-figure making or sand-drawing mathematical?
    2. What is the relationship between mathematics and culture?
    3. How are the sand-drawing practices similar to Carter’s diagram case studies? How are they different?
    1. What makes a practice like string-figure making or sand-drawing mathematical?
    2. What is the relationship between mathematics and culture?
    3. How are the sand-drawing practices similar to Carter’s diagram case studies? How are they different?
    Week 9. Online Mathematics
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Martin, Ursula, Pease, Alison. Mathematical Practice, Crowdsourcing, and Social Machines
    2013 2013, in Intelligent Computer Mathematics. CICM 2013. Lecture Notes in Computer Sciences, Carette, J. et al. (eds.). Springer..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The highest level of mathematics has traditionally been seen as a solitary endeavour, to produce a proof for review and acceptance by research peers. Mathematics is now at a remarkable inflexion point, with new technology radically extending the power and limits of individuals. Crowdsourcing pulls together diverse experts to solve problems; symbolic computation tackles huge routine calculations; and computers check proofs too long and complicated for humans to comprehend. The Study of Mathematical Practice is an emerging interdisciplinary field which draws on philosophy and social science to understand how mathematics is produced. Online mathematical activity provides a novel and rich source of data for empirical investigation of mathematical practice - for example the community question-answering system mathoverflow contains around 40,000 mathematical conversations, and polymath collaborations provide transcripts of the process of discovering proofs. Our preliminary investigations have demonstrated the importance of “soft” aspects such as analogy and creativity, alongside deduction and proof, in the production of mathematics, and have given us new ways to think about the roles of people and machines in creating new mathematical knowledge. We discuss further investigation of these resources and what it might reveal. Crowdsourced mathematical activity is an example of a “social machine”, a new paradigm, identified by Berners-Lee, for viewing a combination of people and computers as a single problem-solving entity, and the subject of major international research endeavours. We outline a future research agenda for mathematics social machines, a combination of people, computers, and mathematical archives to create and apply mathematics, with the potential to change the way people do mathematics, and to transform the reach, pace, and impact of mathematics research.

    Comment: In this paper, Martin and Pease look at how mathematics happens online, emphasising how this embodies the picture of mathematics given by Polya and Lakatos, two central figures in philosophy of mathematical practice. They look at multiple venues of online mathematics, including the polymath projects of collaborative problem-solving, and mathoverflow, which is a question-and-answer forum. By looking at the discussions that take place when people are doing maths online, they argue that you can get rich new kinds of data about the processes of mathematical discovery and understanding. They discuss how online mathematics can become a “social machine”, and how this can open up new ways of doing mathematics.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Is “massively” collaborative mathematics possible?
    2. In their analysis of the mini-polymath, Martin & Pease found a large number of examples being used. What is the role of examples in coming to understand a problem?
    3. Are collaborative proofs more reliable?
    4. Do you think online mathematics leads to the emergence of its own mathematical culture?
    5. Is online mathematics a social machine? Has research mathematics always been a social machine, or is this a radical change in mathematics?
    6. Can a social machine “think like a mathematician”? Can it do even better?
    1. Is “massively” collaborative mathematics possible?
    2. In their analysis of the mini-polymath, Martin & Pease found a large number of examples being used. What is the role of examples in coming to understand a problem?
    3. Are collaborative proofs more reliable?
    4. Do you think online mathematics leads to the emergence of its own mathematical culture?
    5. Is online mathematics a social machine? Has research mathematics always been a social machine, or is this a radical change in mathematics?
    6. Can a social machine “think like a mathematician”? Can it do even better?
    On DRL Full text
    Melfi, Theodore. Hidden Figures
    2016 2016, [Feature film], 20th Century Fox..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The story of a team of female African-American mathematicians who served a vital role in NASA during the early years of the U.S. space program.

    Comment: This film depicts a historical biopic of African American female mathematicians working at NASA in the 1960s, focusing on the story of Katherine Johnson. In it, the plot depicts struggles with racism and sexism, as well as the impacts of the move from human calculation to the use of computers.

    Week 10. Enormous Proofs
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Steingart, Alma. A Group Theory of Group Theory: Collaborative Mathematics and the ‘Uninvention’ of a 1000-page Proof
    2012 2012, Social Studies of Science, 42(2): 185-213..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Over a period of more than 30 years, more than 100 mathematicians worked on a project to classify mathematical objects known as finite simple groups. The Classification, when officially declared completed in 1981, ranged between 300 and 500 articles and ran somewhere between 5,000 and 10,000 journal pages. Mathematicians have hailed the project as one of the greatest mathematical achievements of the 20th century, and it surpasses, both in scale and scope, any other mathematical proof of the 20th century. The history of the Classification points to the importance of face-to-face interaction and close teaching relationships in the production and transformation of theoretical knowledge. The techniques and methods that governed much of the work in finite simple group theory circulated via personal, often informal, communication, rather than in published proofs. Consequently, the printed proofs that would constitute the Classification Theorem functioned as a sort of shorthand for and formalization of proofs that had already been established during personal interactions among mathematicians. The proof of the Classification was at once both a material artifact and a crystallization of one community’s shared practices, values, histories, and expertise. However, beginning in the 1980s, the original proof of the Classification faced the threat of ‘uninvention’. The papers that constituted it could still be found scattered throughout the mathematical literature, but no one other than the dwindling community of group theorists would know how to find them or how to piece them together. Faced with this problem, finite group theorists resolved to produce a ‘second-generation proof’ to streamline and centralize the Classification. This project highlights that the proof and the community of finite simple groups theorists who produced it were co-constitutive–one formed and reformed by the other.

    Comment: Steingart is a sociologist who charts the history and sociology of the development of the extremely large and highly collaborative Classification Theorem. She shows that the proof involved a community deciding on shared values, standards of reliability, expertise, and ways of communicating. For example, the community became tolerant of so-called “local errors” so long as these did not put the main result at risk. Furthermore, Steingart discusses how the proof’s text is distributed across a wide number of places and requires expertise to navigate, leaving the proof in danger of uninvention if the experts retire from mathematics.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Does it challenge the traditional conception of mathematical knowledge if no mathematician individually knows all of the pieces of the proof of the Classification Theorem?
    2. Steingart claims that the circulation of knowledge and adjudication cannot be separated. Is this a necessary feature of mathematical knowledge, or is it a problem for its reliability? Or both/neither?
    3. Does this case make us rethink the role of testimony in mathematics?
    4. What does the danger of the theorem being “uninvented” mean for the idea that mathematical knowledge is cumulative and eternal?
    5. Should the group theorists really be confident that there are only fixable, local errors in the proof, and not a more major error?
    1. Does it challenge the traditional conception of mathematical knowledge if no mathematician individually knows all of the pieces of the proof of the Classification Theorem?
    2. Steingart claims that the circulation of knowledge and adjudication cannot be separated. Is this a necessary feature of mathematical knowledge, or is it a problem for its reliability? Or both/neither?
    3. Does this case make us rethink the role of testimony in mathematics?
    4. What does the danger of the theorem being “uninvented” mean for the idea that mathematical knowledge is cumulative and eternal?
    5. Should the group theorists really be confident that there are only fixable, local errors in the proof, and not a more major error?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Habgood-Coote, Joshua, Tanswell, Fenner. Group Knowledge and Mathematical Collaboration: A Philosophical Examination of the Classification of Finite Simple Groups
    2021 2021, Episteme, pp.1-27. doi:10.1017/epi.2021.26..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In this paper we apply social epistemology to mathematical proofs and their role in mathematical knowledge. The most famous modern collaborative mathematical proof effort is the Classification of Finite Simple Groups. The history and sociology of this proof have been well-documented by Alma Steingart (2012), who highlights a number of surprising and unusual features of this collaborative endeavour that set it apart from smaller-scale pieces of mathematics. These features raise a number of interesting philosophical issues, but have received very little attention. In this paper, we will consider the philosophical tensions that Steingart uncovers, and use them to argue that the best account of the epistemic status of the Classification Theorem will be essentially and ineliminably social. This forms part of the broader argument that in order to understand mathematical proofs, we must appreciate their social aspects.

    Comment: In this paper, we take on some of the philosophical issues raised by Steingart’s case study. We look at how notions of proof and justification need to be understood as social in order to apply to the practices of the group theory community. We draw on recent work in social epistemology to try to explain some of the otherwise surprising standards of the mathematicians, such as by using the concept of “coverage-supported justification” to explain how mathematicians may be justified in believing there are no major errors in their work.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Is it okay for proofs to contain errors, so long as they are “fixable”
    2. What does it mean to “know a proof”?
    3. Who knows the proof of the classification theorem?
    4. Should the group theorists really be confident there are no more finite simple groups they’ve missed?
    1. Is it okay for proofs to contain errors, so long as they are “fixable”
    2. What does it mean to “know a proof”?
    3. Who knows the proof of the classification theorem?
    4. Should the group theorists really be confident there are no more finite simple groups they’ve missed?
    Week 11. Proofs as Dialogues
    On DRL Full text
    Dutilh Novaes, Catarina. The Dialogical Roots of Deduction: Historical, Cognitive, and Philosophical Perspectives on Reasoning
    2020 2020, Cambridge University Press..
    Chapter 11, "A Dialogical Account of Proofs in Mathematical Practice"
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This comprehensive account of the concept and practices of deduction is the first to bring together perspectives from philosophy, history, psychology and cognitive science, and mathematical practice. Catarina Dutilh Novaes draws on all of these perspectives to argue for an overarching conceptualization of deduction as a dialogical practice: deduction has dialogical roots, and these dialogical roots are still largely present both in theories and in practices of deduction. Dutilh Novaes' account also highlights the deeply human and in fact social nature of deduction, as embedded in actual human practices; as such, it presents a highly innovative account of deduction. The book will be of interest to a wide range of readers, from advanced students to senior scholars, and from philosophers to mathematicians and cognitive scientists.

    Comment: This book by Dutilh Novaes recently won the coveted Lakatos Award. In it, she develops a dialogical account of deduction, where she argues that deduction is implicitly dialogical. Proofs represent dialogues between Prover, who is aiming to establish the theorem, and Skeptic, who is trying to block the theorem. However, the dialogue is both partially adversarial (the two characters have opposite goals) and partially cooperative: the Skeptic’s objections make sure that the Prover must make their proof clear, convincing, and correct. In this chapter, Dutilh Novaes applies her model to mathematical practice, and looks at the way social features of maths embody the Prover-Skeptic dialogical model.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What is the difference between a proof and a proof presentation?
    2. Is the peer review process like a dialogue between author and referee? In what ways might it be different?
    3. Is mathematics a collaboratively adversarial enterprise?
    4. One trouble with the controversy about Mochizuki’s proposed proof of the abc conjecture is the disagreement over who counts as a relevant expert. Who do you think should count?
    5. Dutilh Novaes lists a number of different functions of proofs. How well do the various unusual proofs (e.g. probabilistic, computer, diagrammatic, collaborative etc.) we have seen in previous weeks match the different functions?
    1. What is the difference between a proof and a proof presentation?
    2. Is the peer review process like a dialogue between author and referee? In what ways might it be different?
    3. Is mathematics a collaboratively adversarial enterprise?
    4. One trouble with the controversy about Mochizuki’s proposed proof of the abc conjecture is the disagreement over who counts as a relevant expert. Who do you think should count?
    5. Dutilh Novaes lists a number of different functions of proofs. How well do the various unusual proofs (e.g. probabilistic, computer, diagrammatic, collaborative etc.) we have seen in previous weeks match the different functions?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Morris, Rebecca Lea. Intellectual Generosity and the Reward Structure of Mathematics
    2021 2021, Synthese, 199(1): 345-367..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Prominent mathematician William Thurston was praised by other mathematicians for his intellectual generosity. But what does it mean to say Thurston was intellectually generous? And is being intellectually generous beneficial? To answer these questions I turn to virtue epistemology and, in particular, Roberts and Wood's (2007) analysis of intellectual generosity. By appealing to Thurston's own writings and interviewing mathematicians who knew and worked with him, I argue that Roberts and Wood's analysis nicely captures the sense in which he was intellectually generous. I then argue that intellectual generosity is beneficial because it counteracts negative effects of the reward structure of mathematics that can stymie mathematical progress.

    Comment: In this paper, Morris looks at ascriptions of intellectual generosity in mathematics, focusing on the mathematician William Thurston. She looks at how generosity should be characterised, and argues that it is beneficial in counteract some of the negative effects of the reward structure of mathematics.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What does it mean to be intellectually generous?
    2. Does being generous make you a better mathematician?
    3. What is the relationship between the intellectual virtues of individuals and the state of a subfield of mathematics?
    4. Are theorem-credits a good reward system for maths?
    5. Will the priority rule always make sure the first person to prove something gets the credit? In what ways might this go wrong?
    1. What does it mean to be intellectually generous?
    2. Does being generous make you a better mathematician?
    3. What is the relationship between the intellectual virtues of individuals and the state of a subfield of mathematics?
    4. Are theorem-credits a good reward system for maths?
    5. Will the priority rule always make sure the first person to prove something gets the credit? In what ways might this go wrong?

PDF12Level

Immoral Monuments and the Commemoration Debate

Expand entry

by Ten-Herng Lai
Funded by: British Society of Aesthetics

Introduction

Recently, statues, monuments, and commemorations of oppressors, such as Confederate monuments, that of Cecil Rhodes, John A. Macdonald, and Chiang Kai-shek, etc., have become the targets of protests and even vandalism. Correspondingly, there is a recent boom in philosophical interest in the ethics and aesthetics of commemorations. What are we to do with these artefacts of the past that honour the immoral? What reason, if any, do we have to preserve or remove them? In this blueprint, we shall read about cases from different countries, from authors from diverse backgrounds, with the hope of coming to have a better understanding of what justice may demand of us in an imperfect world in confronting our uncomfortable past.

This blueprint will be suitable for students with some preliminary philosophical background, such as second and third-year undergraduates. It not only aims at helping the readers to properly grasp how moral principles can be applied to real-life cases, but also to understand the practical value of seemingly abstract philosophical work – such as the philosophy of language – in our everyday lives and struggles. Each paper is designed to provide one week, or session’s worth of content.


Contents

    On DRL Full text
    1.
    Tsai, George. The morality of state symbolic power
    2016 2016, Social Theory and Practice, 42(2):318–342.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Philosophical interest in state power has tended to focus on the state’s coercive powers rather than its expressive powers. I consider an underexplored aspect of the state’s expressive capacity: its capacity to use symbols (such as monuments, memorials, and street names) to promote political ends. In particular, I argue that the liberal state’s deployment of symbols to promote its members’ commitment to liberal ideals is in need of special justification. This is because the state’s exercise of its capacity to use symbols may be in tension with respecting individual autonomy, particularly in cases in which the symbols exert influence without engaging citizens’ rational capacities. But despite the fact that the state’s deployment of symbols may circumvent citizens’ rational capacities, I argue that it may nonetheless be permissible when surrounded by certain liberal institutions and brought about via democratic procedures.

    Comment: This paper is not about objectionable commemorations in particular, but sets out to explore how any political symbols can be justified at all in a liberal democratic state. This should be a preliminary to any discussion we have about statues and monuments. A particular point of interest is that, according to Tsai, the state ought to engage with its citizens through rational persuasion. This will be relevant to latter discussions regarding the nature of moral education, and the role emotions play in it.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What, according to Tsai, are “state-sponsored symbols”? And what does the example of renaming of the “War Department” to “Department of Defense” try to show?
    2. In what sense do political symbols bypass our rational scrutiny? And why is this a problem?
    3. What is justice in contrast to legitimacy? And how do these two notions relate to the state’s expressive power?
    4. Which noncoercive modes of state influence require special justification? And which do not? (And why is “for your own good” an insufficient justification?)
    5. When, if ever, according to Tsai, can nonrational political symbolism be justified? (Keywords to look for include “respecting autonomy” “democratic procedures” “transparency” “publicity” etc.)
    1. What, according to Tsai, are “state-sponsored symbols”? And what does the example of renaming of the “War Department” to “Department of Defense” try to show?
    2. In what sense do political symbols bypass our rational scrutiny? And why is this a problem?
    3. What is justice in contrast to legitimacy? And how do these two notions relate to the state’s expressive power?
    4. Which noncoercive modes of state influence require special justification? And which do not? (And why is “for your own good” an insufficient justification?)
    5. When, if ever, according to Tsai, can nonrational political symbolism be justified? (Keywords to look for include “respecting autonomy” “democratic procedures” “transparency” “publicity” etc.)
    On DRL Full text Read free
    2.
    Burch-Brown, Joanna. Is it Wrong to Topple Statues and Rename Schools?
    2017 2017, Journal of Political Theory and Philosophy 1(1):59-88.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In recent years, campaigns across the globe have called for the removal of objects symbolic of white supremacy. This paper examines the ethics of altering or removing such objects. Do these strategies sanitize history, destroy heritage and suppress freedom of speech? Or are they important steps towards justice? Does removing monuments and renaming schools reflect a lack of parity and unfairly erase local identities? Or can it sometimes be morally required, as an expression of respect for the memories of people who endured past injustices; a recognition of this history's ongoing legacies; and a repudiation of unjust social hierarchies?

    Comment: It is often thought that statues and monuments, even those of terrible people, are innocuous, that they cannot harm or affect us negatively. This paper helps to spell out the harms of preserving these commemorations. Among other important issues, this paper also engages with the “anachronism” problem, that we are judging people of the past with contemporary standards. This paper also gives a good introduction on the notion of “ideology” and its relation to objectionable commemorations.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What is an ideology? And what is the relation between ideology and social practices? (And it is worth trying to find another example of an ideology that fits the definition in this paper)
    2. What, according to Burch-Brown, are the harms of colonialist, racist, or white supremacist symbols? (And do you think these harms are real? Or what would you say to someone who believes that these harms are unreal?)
    3. What does it mean to say some monument of an unjust figure is “inert”? And do you think monuments central to current debates are inert?
    4. What is the duty of non-erasure (or the duty to of sanitizing history)? And how can it be fulfilled?
    5. What, if anything, is problematic about judging historical figures by contemporary moral standards?
    6. Is it reasonable to interpret the removal of some symbols as an attack on one’s identity? (And is the social tension that comes with removal bad?)
    1. What is an ideology? And what is the relation between ideology and social practices? (And it is worth trying to find another example of an ideology that fits the definition in this paper)
    2. What, according to Burch-Brown, are the harms of colonialist, racist, or white supremacist symbols? (And do you think these harms are real? Or what would you say to someone who believes that these harms are unreal?)
    3. What does it mean to say some monument of an unjust figure is “inert”? And do you think monuments central to current debates are inert?
    4. What is the duty of non-erasure (or the duty to of sanitizing history)? And how can it be fulfilled?
    5. What, if anything, is problematic about judging historical figures by contemporary moral standards?
    6. Is it reasonable to interpret the removal of some symbols as an attack on one’s identity? (And is the social tension that comes with removal bad?)
    On DRL Full text Read free
    3.
    Frowe, Helen. The Duty to Remove Statues of Wrongdoers
    2019 2019, Journal of Practical Ethics 7(3):1-31.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This paper argues that public statues of persons typically express a positive evaluative attitude towards the subject. It also argues that states have duties to repudiate their own historical wrongdoing, and to condemn other people’s serious wrongdoing. Both duties are incompatible with retaining public statues of people who perpetrated serious rights violations. Hence, a person’s being a serious rights violator is a sufficient condition for a state’s having a duty to remove a public statue of that person. I argue that this applies no less in the case of the ‘morally ambiguous’ wrongdoer, who both accomplishes significant goods and perpetrates serious rights violations. The duty to remove a statue is a defeasible duty: like most duties, it can be defeated by lesser-evil considerations. If removing a statue would, for example, spark a violent riot that would risk unjust harm to lots of people, the duty to remove could be outweighed by the duty not to foreseeably cause unjust harm. This would provide a lesser-evil justification for keeping the statue. But it matters that the duty to remove is outweighed, rather than negated, by these consequences. Unlike when a duty is negated, one still owes something in cases of outweighing. And it especially matters that it is outweighed by the predicted consequences of wrongful behaviour by others.

    Comment: This paper highlights several important things. First, statues are blunt tools and express pro-attitudes to the persons they represent as a whole. Second, it sets out a clear standard for removal, and defends the conclusion that we should remove many or even most existing statues. Third, to the question “what if removal incites violence?” this paper provides a good answer. Fourth, a legitimate question is what we should do about statues of wrongdoers of the distant past? The discussion on this here is insightful.

    Discussion Questions

    1. In what sense do public statues (normally) express positive evaluative attitude towards the figures they represent? (Contrast this to the mere historical importance view and the historical record view. Also consider the claim that statues honour someone as a whole.)
    2. What is the difference between participation in a wrongful practice and committing serious rights violation? And why does this distinction matter? (Consider the implications of statue removal according to Frowe’s account if we have different answers to this question.)
    3. What is the difference between condemnation and repudiation? And what’s the difference between a state having a duty to condemn and a duty to repudiate? Furthermore, what actions are required of the state when they have such duties?
    4. Why may it be wrong to honour someone despite their wrongdoing? (In contrast to merely “because” of their wrongdoing?)
    5. Should we confront statues of wrongdoers of the distant past?
    6. Consider the lesser evil justification of preserving statues of wrongdoers. Do you think it is plausible?
    1. In what sense do public statues (normally) express positive evaluative attitude towards the figures they represent? (Contrast this to the mere historical importance view and the historical record view. Also consider the claim that statues honour someone as a whole.)
    2. What is the difference between participation in a wrongful practice and committing serious rights violation? And why does this distinction matter? (Consider the implications of statue removal according to Frowe’s account if we have different answers to this question.)
    3. What is the difference between condemnation and repudiation? And what’s the difference between a state having a duty to condemn and a duty to repudiate? Furthermore, what actions are required of the state when they have such duties?
    4. Why may it be wrong to honour someone despite their wrongdoing? (In contrast to merely “because” of their wrongdoing?)
    5. Should we confront statues of wrongdoers of the distant past?
    6. Consider the lesser evil justification of preserving statues of wrongdoers. Do you think it is plausible?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    4.
    Chong-Ming Lim. Vandalizing tainted commemorations
    2020 2020, Philosophy and Public Affairs, 1-32.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: What should we do about “tainted” public commemorations? Recent events have highlighted the urgency of reaching a consensus on this question. However, existing discussions appear to be dominated by two naïve opposing views – to remove or preserve them. My aims in this essay are two-fold. First, I argue that the two views are not naïve, but undergirded by concerns with securing self-respect and with the character of our engagement with the past. Second, I offer a qualified defence of vandalising tainted commemorations. The defence comprises two parts. I consider two prominent suggestions – to install counter-commemorations and to add contextualising plaques – and argue that they are typically beset with difficulties. I then argue that in some circumstances, constrained vandalism is a response to tainted commemorations which effectively adjudicates the demands of the two opposing views

    Comment: Lim’s paper represents one of the best attempts to charitably understand the view of those who support preservation, and furthermore constructively engages with them to the extent where a reasonable yet striking solution is proposed. Encouraged to be read with Lim, C.-M. (2020), “Transforming problematic commemorations through vandalism”, Journal of Global Ethics, 16(3): 414–421, where Lim defends the feasibility of his radical solution.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What do “degrade” and “alienate” mean?
    2. Why doesn’t Lim believe that “counter commemorations” suffice?
    3. What are a) the publicity requirement and b) the incorporation requirement?
    4. Why does vandalism have a bad reputation? How does Lim address this?
    5. Do you think vandalising and preserving is a feasible policy proposal?
    1. What do “degrade” and “alienate” mean?
    2. Why doesn’t Lim believe that “counter commemorations” suffice?
    3. What are a) the publicity requirement and b) the incorporation requirement?
    4. Why does vandalism have a bad reputation? How does Lim address this?
    5. Do you think vandalising and preserving is a feasible policy proposal?
    On DRL Full text
    5.
    Lai, Ten-Herng. Political vandalism as counter-speech: A defense of defacing and destroying tainted monuments
    2020 2020, European Journal of Philosophy 28 (3):602-616.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Tainted political symbols ought to be confronted, removed, or at least recontextualized. Despite the best efforts to achieve this, however, official actions on tainted symbols often fail to take place. In such cases, I argue that political vandalism—the unauthorized defacement, destruction, or removal of political symbols—may be morally permissible or even obligatory. This is when, and insofar as, political vandalism serves as fitting counter-speech that undermines the authority of tainted symbols in ways that match their publicity, refuses to let them speak in our name, and challenges the derogatory messages expressed through a mechanism I call derogatory pedestalling: the glorification or honoring of certain individuals or ideologies that can only make sense when members of a targeted group are taken to be inferior.

    Comment: This paper provides two main contributions: first, it talks about not just that but also how tainted commemorations harm; and second, it not only discusses what the state ought to do about tainted commemorations, but attempts to justify existing activism that defaces them. There are many papers on this topic, but this one is among the few that directly engages with the justifiability of vandalism as a form of activism. May also fit courses on activism, racism, and speech act theory.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What is derogatory pedestalling? And what does it mean to say that some harmful message is “indirect?”
    2. Why, according to Lai, are state-sponsored symbols more harmful than private speech?
    3. What are felicity conditions? And how can they be undermined by “counter-speech?” (And why is counter-speech sometimes difficult?)
    4. What is the necessity condition? And can the vandalism of tainted symbols ever meet this condition?
    5. Is the vandalism of problematic symbols intolerant?
    1. What is derogatory pedestalling? And what does it mean to say that some harmful message is “indirect?”
    2. Why, according to Lai, are state-sponsored symbols more harmful than private speech?
    3. What are felicity conditions? And how can they be undermined by “counter-speech?” (And why is counter-speech sometimes difficult?)
    4. What is the necessity condition? And can the vandalism of tainted symbols ever meet this condition?
    5. Is the vandalism of problematic symbols intolerant?
    On DRL Full text
    6.
    Shahvisi, Arianne. Colonial monuments as slurring speech acts
    2021 2021, Journal of Philosophy of Education 55(3):453-468.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In recent years, the removal of monuments which glorify historical figures associated with racism and colonialism has become one of the most visible and contested forms of decolonisation. Yet many have objected that there is educational value in leaving such monuments standing. In this paper, I argue that public monuments can be understood as speech acts which communicate messages to those who live among them. Some of those speech acts derogate particular social groups, contributing to their marginalisation in much the way that slurs do. Comparing derogating monuments to slurs is also productive in suggesting morally appropriate responses to their harms. I explore the limits of the use-mention distinction in relation to the harmfulness of slurs and apply this to show that attempting to recontextualise harmful monuments in situ—by, for example, changing the text on an accompanying plaque in order to retain the monument for its educational value—will not solve the problem in most cases. I conclude that the removal of slurring monuments, or their relocation to museum exhibitions dedicated to presenting a more critical view of history, is a more robust and reliable way of protecting against harm, and that this consideration outweighs any purported educational value in leaving monuments in place.

    Comment: Speech act theory is a very good way to understand why problematic monuments are problematic. It also has some important implications concerning what we ought to do with these monuments and whether they have good educational value. Especially regarding the second thing, the analogy with slurs is an illuminating one. There are better ways to teach the objectionableness of slurs than mentioning them constantly. Similarly, there are better ways to teach historical lessons than preserving problematic monuments.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Why does Shahvisi hold that removal can educate us about history better than letting monuments stand as they are?
    2. In what sense can speech acts be performed by objects? (What are speech acts? And in what sense can objects communicate messages?) and what are the illocutionary and perlucutionary acts typical of monuments and statues?
    3. What do slurs do? And in what sense are certain monuments similar to slurs?
    4. Why may museums not be the best place to display problematic monuments? And can the problem raised regarding museums be overcome?
    5. Why is in situ contextualisation often insufficient?
    1. Why does Shahvisi hold that removal can educate us about history better than letting monuments stand as they are?
    2. In what sense can speech acts be performed by objects? (What are speech acts? And in what sense can objects communicate messages?) and what are the illocutionary and perlucutionary acts typical of monuments and statues?
    3. What do slurs do? And in what sense are certain monuments similar to slurs?
    4. Why may museums not be the best place to display problematic monuments? And can the problem raised regarding museums be overcome?
    5. Why is in situ contextualisation often insufficient?
    On DRL Full text
    7.
    Miranda, Dana Francisco. Critical commemorations
    2020 2020, Journal of Global Ethics 16(3): 422-430.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Drawing on the works of Friedrich Nietzsche, this contribution will examine commemorative practices alongside critical modes of historical engagement. In Untimely Meditations, Friedrich Nietzsche documents three historical methodologies—the monumental, antiquarian and critical—which purposely use history in non-objective ways. In particular, critical history desires to judge and reject historical figures rather than repeat the past or venerate the dead. For instance, in recent protests against racism there have also been calls to decolonize public space through the defacement, destruction, and removal of monuments. There is thus much potential in critical history being used to address ongoing harms.

    Comment: This paper brings out nicely doubts on the objectivity of history as it is presented to us. The pretence of objective history can be used as an oppressive tool to delegitimise the critical reflection of the history of the marginalised. A particular point of interest is objecting to the standards of "greatness," which could be found very plausible. It seems that we have indeed been honouring people who have done great (from a certain point of view) but terrible things.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What are “cold” monuments? And what does it mean for a commemoration to become “hot?”
    2. How can objectivity be “abused” regarding monuments? (And how can this abuse prevent critically examining history?)
    3. What does it mean to say that “history is put into service to the living? What sorts of services can be provided?
    4. Why, according to Miranda, is “greatness” not the best criterion?
    5. How can political vandalism be a form of critical engagement with history?
    1. What are “cold” monuments? And what does it mean for a commemoration to become “hot?”
    2. How can objectivity be “abused” regarding monuments? (And how can this abuse prevent critically examining history?)
    3. What does it mean to say that “history is put into service to the living? What sorts of services can be provided?
    4. Why, according to Miranda, is “greatness” not the best criterion?
    5. How can political vandalism be a form of critical engagement with history?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    8.
    Nguyen, C. Thi. Monuments as commitments: How art speaks to groups and how groups think in art
    2019 2019, Pacific Philosophical Quarterly 100(4), 971-994.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Art can be addressed, not just to individuals, but to groups. Art can even be part of how groups think to themselves – how they keep a grip on their values over time. I focus on monuments as a case study. Monuments, I claim, can function as a commitment to a group value, for the sake of long-term action guidance. Art can function here where charters and mission statements cannot, precisely because of art's powers to capture subtlety and emotion. In particular, art can serve as the vessel for group emotions, by making emotional content sufficiently public so as to be the object of a group commitment. Art enables groups to guide themselves with values too subtle to be codified.

    Comment: This paper highlights the role monuments can play as groups attempt to speak to itself to solidify its own commitment. As a form of art, it can publicly reinforce the commitments, especially through carrying the emotions, attitudes that cannot be easily expressed in propositions, towards certain individuals or ideals. The commitments can be something great, evil, or mediocre. Also consider the fact that art engages with our emotions rather than our rational capacity.

    Discussion Questions

    1. How can a piece of art be adopted to represent a group’s attitude?
    2. What does it mean to say that a piece of art is addressed to a group?
    3. What are robustly shared values?
    4. How can art engage with, e.g. challenge or propose, joint commitments?
    5. Can the persistent of street art evidence community’s approval? (Please consider alternative explanations to the persistence.)
    6. Consider the publicity and subtlety of art with regard to (group) emotions, and art’s advantage over propositional statements.
    1. How can a piece of art be adopted to represent a group’s attitude?
    2. What does it mean to say that a piece of art is addressed to a group?
    3. What are robustly shared values?
    4. How can art engage with, e.g. challenge or propose, joint commitments?
    5. Can the persistent of street art evidence community’s approval? (Please consider alternative explanations to the persistence.)
    6. Consider the publicity and subtlety of art with regard to (group) emotions, and art’s advantage over propositional statements.
    On DRL Full text
    9.
    Bell, Macalester. Against Simple Removal: A Defence of Defacement as a Response to Racist Monuments
    , Journal of Applied Philosophy.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In recent years, protesters around the world have been calling for the removal of commemorations honouring those who are, by contemporary standards, generally regarded as seriously morally compromised by their racism. According to one line of thought, leaving racist memorials in place is profoundly disrespectful, and doing so tacitly condones, and perhaps even celebrates, the racism of those honoured and memorialized. The best response is to remove the monuments altogether. In this article, I first argue against a prominent offense-based account of the wrong of simply leaving memorials in place, unaltered, before offering my own account of this wrong. In at least some cases, these memorials wrong insofar as they express and exemplify a morally objectionable attitude of race-based contempt. I go on to argue that the best way of answering this disrespect is through a process of expressively “dehonouring” the subject. Removal of these commemorations is ultimately misguided, in many cases, because removal, by itself, cannot adequately dishonour, and simple removal does not fully answer the ways in which these memorials wrong. I defend a more nuanced approach to answering the wrong posed by these monuments, and I argue that public expressions of contempt through defacement have an ineliminable role to play in an apt dishonouring process.

    Comment: Two things should be noted in this paper. First, many have discussed the importance of stopping or blocking the harm of objectionable commemorations. This paper goes a step further and discusses the importance of “answering” the wrong done by these monuments. Second, the paper engages with a “negative” emotion, namely, contempt, that is present at both racist monuments and the effort to confront them. It allows us to see the legitimate role this negative emotion may play in the struggle for equality: contempt can be apt towards inapt contempt expressed through racist monuments. It also nicely spells out the potential practical implications of taking this negative emotion seriously.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What does it mean to “answer” wrong?
    2. What is wrong, according to Bell, with the “harm-based argument”?
    3. What is contempt? And when is contempt “apt”? (And what are “vices of superiority”?)
    4. What are the four primary reasons methods of dehonouring is super to simple removal?
    5. What, if anything, is wrong with taking pleasure in confronting racism?
    1. What does it mean to “answer” wrong?
    2. What is wrong, according to Bell, with the “harm-based argument”?
    3. What is contempt? And when is contempt “apt”? (And what are “vices of superiority”?)
    4. What are the four primary reasons methods of dehonouring is super to simple removal?
    5. What, if anything, is wrong with taking pleasure in confronting racism?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    10.
    Lai, Ten-Herng. Objectionable Commemorations, Historical Value, and Repudiatory Honouring
    , Australasian Journal of Philosophy.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Many have argued that certain statues or monuments are objectionable, and thus ought to be removed. Even if their arguments are compelling, a major obstacle is the apparent historical value of those commemorations. Preservation in some form seems to be the best way to respect the value of commemorations as connections to the past or opportunities to learn important historical lessons. Against this, I argue that we have exaggerated the historical value of objectionable commemorations. Sometimes commemorations connect to biased or distorted versions of history, if not mere myths. We can also learn historical lessons through what I call repudiatory honouring: the honouring of certain victims or resistors that can only make sense if the oppressor(s) or target(s) of resistance are deemed unjust, where no part of the original objectionable commemorations is preserved. This type of commemorative practice can even help to overcome some of the obstacles objectionable commemorations pose against properly connecting to the past.

    Comment: Many scholars in this debate have been too charitable to racists, colonialists, oppressors, and their sympathisers. While admirable, I think it is important to expose the flaws of preservationism: there is simply not much value in preservation.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What is simple preservationism and why is it implausible? (Consider the strengths recontextualised preservationism has over simple preservationism.)
    2. In what sense do some objectionable commemorations totally fail to connect to the past? And why, according to Lai, do those that seem to connect to the past also sometimes hinder connecting to the past?
    3. Consider when and why vandalised or defaced commemorations may present better opportunities to than learning in schools, museums, through documentaries etc.
    4. What is repudiatory honouring? And how does it help to connect to the past or contribute to learning historical lessons?
    5. Do you think repudiatory honouring captures all the purported historical values of vandalised or defaced objectionable commemorations?
    1. What is simple preservationism and why is it implausible? (Consider the strengths recontextualised preservationism has over simple preservationism.)
    2. In what sense do some objectionable commemorations totally fail to connect to the past? And why, according to Lai, do those that seem to connect to the past also sometimes hinder connecting to the past?
    3. Consider when and why vandalised or defaced commemorations may present better opportunities to than learning in schools, museums, through documentaries etc.
    4. What is repudiatory honouring? And how does it help to connect to the past or contribute to learning historical lessons?
    5. Do you think repudiatory honouring captures all the purported historical values of vandalised or defaced objectionable commemorations?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    11.
    Berninger, Anja. Commemorating Public Figures–In Favour of a Fictionalist Position
    2020 2020, Journal of Applied Philosophy.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In this article, I discuss the commemoration of public figures such as Nelson Mandela and Yitzhak Rabin. In many cases, our commemoration of such figures is based on the admiration we feel for them. However, closer inspection reveals that most (if not all) of those we currently honour do not qualify as fitting objects of admiration. Yet, we may still have the strong intuition that we ought to continue commemorating them in this way. I highlight two problems that arise here: the problem that the expressed admiration does not seem appropriate with respect to the object and the problem that continued commemorative practices lead to rationality issues. In response to these issues, I suggest taking a fictionalist position with respect to commemoration. This crucially involves sharply distinguishing between commemorative and other discourses, as well as understanding the objects of our commemorative practices as fictional objects.

    Comment: This is a persuasive article arguing for a somewhat counter-intutive conclusion. The fictionalist approach, that what we honour is not the historical figure, but some idealised version of them, seems to capture what we actually do in the real world, even if we think we are not doing this. Do compare the position on eliminativism with Frowe's paper.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Why does the author think that talking about “good cases” is (also) important? (Note that questions of this sort lead us to understand why a paper makes a contribution to the literature.
    2. What is “naïve admiration” and why is it difficult to uphold through time?
    3. Action cannot be easily separated from a person’s intention, reasons, and motivations. What problem does this create for our admiration practices? (Please consider in light of the appropriateness problem and the rationality problem.)
    4. What is de facto eliminativism and why isn’t it something we should accept according to Berninger? (Reflecting upon Helen Frowe’s paper would be interesting.)
    5. Try to iterate with your own words what the fictionalism Berninger proposes is. Try also to consider whether some form of fictionalism is something we really do when engaging in commemorative practices. And before moving onto section 5, try to think why it avoids the appropriateness problem and rationality problem, and consider why some may find this position unacceptable.
    6. If fictionalism is correct, can we still discover historical facts that lead us to stop commemorating certain figures?
    1. Why does the author think that talking about “good cases” is (also) important? (Note that questions of this sort lead us to understand why a paper makes a contribution to the literature.
    2. What is “naïve admiration” and why is it difficult to uphold through time?
    3. Action cannot be easily separated from a person’s intention, reasons, and motivations. What problem does this create for our admiration practices? (Please consider in light of the appropriateness problem and the rationality problem.)
    4. What is de facto eliminativism and why isn’t it something we should accept according to Berninger? (Reflecting upon Helen Frowe’s paper would be interesting.)
    5. Try to iterate with your own words what the fictionalism Berninger proposes is. Try also to consider whether some form of fictionalism is something we really do when engaging in commemorative practices. And before moving onto section 5, try to think why it avoids the appropriateness problem and rationality problem, and consider why some may find this position unacceptable.
    6. If fictionalism is correct, can we still discover historical facts that lead us to stop commemorating certain figures?
    On DRL Full text
    12.
    Fabre, Cécile. Cosmopolitan peace
    2016 2016, Oxford University Press UK.
    Chapter 10 “Remembrance.”
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This chapter explores why, from a cosmopolitan point of view, we should remember some wars, and furthermore how we should remember them. It contrasts itself with remembering war for partial and/or nationalist purposes, and also deals with the particularity problem, on why people of certain countries should remember their past wars.

    Comment: There are several articles on why some commemorations are unacceptable. Remembering war appropriately could shed some light on what good commemorations consist in. Moreover, this paper also discusses why some of our war remembrances are suboptimal.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Why does Fabre believe that collective shame and pride don’t constitute sufficient reason to commemorate wars of the community’s past?
    2. When, if ever, should we be grateful to those who have participated in wars that benefited us and/or contributed to our existence?
    3. How can commemorating wars be exclusionary? (i.e., further marginalises the marginalised)
    4. Fabre holds that “as a participant in a political relationship” one may have reasons to commemorate certain wars. How different is this from the collective shame/pride consideration?
    5. What are the appropriate emotions felt towards war (and the specific events that happened during war)?
    1. Why does Fabre believe that collective shame and pride don’t constitute sufficient reason to commemorate wars of the community’s past?
    2. When, if ever, should we be grateful to those who have participated in wars that benefited us and/or contributed to our existence?
    3. How can commemorating wars be exclusionary? (i.e., further marginalises the marginalised)
    4. Fabre holds that “as a participant in a political relationship” one may have reasons to commemorate certain wars. How different is this from the collective shame/pride consideration?
    5. What are the appropriate emotions felt towards war (and the specific events that happened during war)?

    Study Questions

    Final note

    This Blueprint addressed the issue of problematic remembrance. It would be fitting to also engage with problematic forgetting, including issues such as genocide denialism. For those of you interested in the topic, the following texts will offer a good place to start:

    • Oranlı, I. (2021). Epistemic Injustice from Afar: Rethinking the Denial of Armenian Genocide. Social Epistemology, 35(2): 120-132.
    • Altanian, M. (2021). Remembrance and Denial of Genocide: On the Interrelations of Testimonial and Hermeneutical Injustice. International Journal of Philosophical Studies, 1-18.

    Final note

    This Blueprint addressed the issue of problematic remembrance. It would be fitting to also engage with problematic forgetting, including issues such as genocide denialism. For those of you interested in the topic, the following texts will offer a good place to start:

    • Oranlı, I. (2021). Epistemic Injustice from Afar: Rethinking the Denial of Armenian Genocide. Social Epistemology, 35(2): 120-132.
    • Altanian, M. (2021). Remembrance and Denial of Genocide: On the Interrelations of Testimonial and Hermeneutical Injustice. International Journal of Philosophical Studies, 1-18.

PDF12Level

The Wartime Quartet

Expand entry

by Ellie Robson, Sasha Lawson-Frost, Amber Donovan, Anne-Marie McCallion, with special thanks to Clare MacCumhail and Rachael Wiseman

Introduction

This reading list has been designed specifically to introduce undergraduates to the work of the Wartime quartet. It contains selected extracts from various texts, introductory readings and audio recordings alongside questions to accompany each extract, reading or audio recording. It has been written and put together by former members of In Parenthesis reading groups with the intention of inspiring future generations of IP reading groups to continue exploring the work of these wonderful women. With this in mind, we have each selected our favourite texts from the quartet and put together accompanying questions for them; we have for the most part only recommended extracts – as opposed to full texts – for this reading list as we are aware that the undergraduate workload can make it difficult to engage in reading groups such as this one. We very much hope that the addition of extracts does something to offset this and our questions function as a useful tool to facilitate your own discussions around the work of the quartet.

This reading list will be best utilised if the texts contained within it are followed week by week in the order that they are presented as the texts and extracts get progressively more complex as the weeks go by. The reading list begins and ends with work by Clare MacCumhail and Rachael Wiseman – an interview discussion in the beginning and the transcription of a talk at the end – which tackle the subject of these women as a unified philosophical school; they have been strategically placed at the beginning and end of this list in order to ensure that participants of the reading group are reading and engaging with each text with an eye to the bigger picture of the quartet’s unified philosophy. It is strongly recommended – even if participants wish to dip in and out of the other readings on this list – that these two pieces provide the introduction and the conclusion to the reading group.

In addition to this, the women are also presented as individual philosophers within this list. The list of extracts and accompanying questions begin firstly with an exploration of Mary Midgley’s work; specifically, her discussions of philosophical pluming, ‘Beastliness’ and Gaia; before moving on to the work of Philippa Foot. Chapter 1 of Foot’s Natural Goodness appears twice during this list, the first appearance deals exclusively with a small extract and the following entry deals with the chapter as a whole. Readers can either choose to do one or the other, however it is recommended that readers do both as the accompanying questions provide very different discussion topics. If both are read together, it is recommended that the general questions – which pertain to the whole chapter – are looked at after the more specific questions. Following this, an extract from Foot’s A Philosopher’s defence of Morality is presented before transitioning into the work of Iris Murdoch. We provide accompanying questions for two chapters taken from Existentialists and Mystics including ‘Against Dryness’ and ‘The Darkness of Practical Reason’. This list closes with an exploration of the work of Elizabeth Anscombe; beginning with an extract taken from her seminal text Modern Moral Philosophy, then moving on to an extract from Thought and Action in Aristotle and closing with a presentation of her work on the First Person.

We all very much hope that you will get as much enjoyment out of using this list as we did putting it together.


Contents

    Part 1: Introduction
    On DRL Full text Read free
    1.
    Wiseman, Rachael, Cumhail, Clare. Re-writing C20th British Philosophy: an interview with Rachael Wiseman and Clare MacCumhail discussing the Warime Quartet
    2018 2018, BBC Radio 3 Free Thinking; Women in Parenthesis website.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    The history of Analytic Philosophy we are familiar with is a story about men. It begins with Frege, Russell, Moore. Wittgenstein appears twice, once as the author of the Tractatus and then again later as the author of the Philosophical Investigations. Between Wittgenstein’s first and second appearance are Carnap and Ayer and the all-male Vienna Circle. Then come the post-second-world war Ordinary Language Philosophers – Ryle, and Austin. After that Strawson and Grice, Quine and Davidson.

    The male dominance is not just in the names of the ‘star’ players. Michael Beaney’s 2013 Oxford Handbook of the History of Analytic Philosophy begins by listing the 150 most important analytic philosophers. 146 of them are men. For women who wish to join in this conversation, the odds seem formidably against one.

    Today we will be speaking about two of the four women who warrant an entry in Beaney’s list – Elizabeth Anscombe and Philippa Foot. We will be talking about them alongside two other women Iris Murdoch and Mary Midgley. We think they should also be in the top 150, but our broader aims are more ambitious than increasing the proportion of important women from 2.7% to 4%.

    Discussion Questions

    Questions by Annie McCallion

    1. Do you think Mary Midgley, Philippa Foot, Elizabeth Anscombe and Iris Murdoch would have become a philosophical school if the men at Oxford had not gone off to war?
    2. How different, if at all, do you think your own philosophical educations would have been if the men of today were at war?
    3. Do you think you would be more or less inclined to pursue philosophy as a career after your degree (or become a member of your own philosophical school)?
    4. To what extent, if at all, do you think the task of the philosopher is distinct from that of the scientist?
    5. Is the separation between philosophy and science an important one? If so, why? If not why not?
    6. “Man is a creature who creates pictures of himself then comes to resemble those pictures”: What pictures do you think are prominent within our contemporary culture and in what way do you think we resemble them?
    7. Do you think consequentialist moral reasoning corrupts us?
    8. How prominent do you think the picture of the philosopher as an enlightenment hero is today? To what extent has this influenced the way you have been taught to approach philosophy?
    9. What does doing philosophy collaboratively mean to you?
    10. What are some practical ways in which we could create a collaborative environment within this reading group?

    Questions by Annie McCallion

    1. Do you think Mary Midgley, Philippa Foot, Elizabeth Anscombe and Iris Murdoch would have become a philosophical school if the men at Oxford had not gone off to war?
    2. How different, if at all, do you think your own philosophical educations would have been if the men of today were at war?
    3. Do you think you would be more or less inclined to pursue philosophy as a career after your degree (or become a member of your own philosophical school)?
    4. To what extent, if at all, do you think the task of the philosopher is distinct from that of the scientist?
    5. Is the separation between philosophy and science an important one? If so, why? If not why not?
    6. “Man is a creature who creates pictures of himself then comes to resemble those pictures”: What pictures do you think are prominent within our contemporary culture and in what way do you think we resemble them?
    7. Do you think consequentialist moral reasoning corrupts us?
    8. How prominent do you think the picture of the philosopher as an enlightenment hero is today? To what extent has this influenced the way you have been taught to approach philosophy?
    9. What does doing philosophy collaboratively mean to you?
    10. What are some practical ways in which we could create a collaborative environment within this reading group?
    Part 2: Mary Midgley
    On DRL Full text Read free
    2.
    Midgley, Mary. Philosophical Plumbing
    1992 1992, Royal Institute of Philosophy Supplements 33: 139-151.
    Expand entry

    Introduction: Is philosophy like plumbing? I have made this comparison a number of times when I have wanted to stress that philosophising is not just grand and elegant and difficult, but is also needed. It is not optional. The idea has caused mild surprise, and has sometimes been thought rather undignified. The question of dignity is a very interesting one, and I shall come back to it at the end of this article. But first, I would like to work the comparison out a bit more fully.

    Comment: This text offers an accessible and vibrant discussion of meta-philosophical concerns regarding the nature and purpose of philosophical enquiry. It raises questions about what philosophy is, and what philosophy is for. No prior knowledge is assumed, and the text would make for a fruitful starting point – or introductory reading to – the topic of metaphilosophy or philosophical methods. It will be particularly useful for sparking interest in philosophical methods and demonstrating to students the purpose and value of asking meta-philosophical questions. Very suitable for students that are new to philosophy, for example in a first year History of Philosophy module.

    Discussion Questions

    Questions by Ellie Robson

    1. What do you make of Midgley’s analogy between plumbing and philosophy? Is it centrally a methodological comparison that she is trying to make?
      • Why you think the analytic philosopher would describe the philosophical plumber as ‘undignified’
      • Midgley claims ‘when trouble arises, specialized skill is needed if there is to be any hope of locating it and putting it right.’ (139) Do conceptual problems need professional/trained philosophers, just like plumbing needs trained plumbers?
    2. What does Midgley suggest is the key role of (philosophical) creativity, (or ‘the poet’) in the myth of philosophical plumbing?
      • (Hint.) Consider the claim that ‘these new suggestions usually come in part from sages who are not full-time philosophers, notably from poetry and the other arts. Shelley was indeed right to say that poets are among the unacknowledged legislators of mankind. They can show us the new vision.’ (140)
    3. ‘Great philosophers, then, need a combination of gifts that is extremely rare. They must be lawyers as well as poets. (141)
      • Do you think the roles of the ‘lawyer’ and ‘the poet’ may be combined to make the philosophical plumber? What traits does Midgley suggest we ought to take from both?
    4. Midgley claims ‘philosophising is not just grand and elegant and difficult but is also needed. It is not optional’ (139). And ‘It can spoil the lives even of people with little interest in thinking, and its pressure can be vaguely felt by anyone who tries to think at all. (140).
      • To what extent do you think human beings are naturally philosophical beings?
      • Do you think philosophy and human life are necessarily/inherently intertwined with one another?
    5. Do you think an overly ‘lawyerly’ approach to philosophy is combative? And if so, is this approach to philosophy is counterproductive to philosophical progress?
    6. Can you think of any examples of large-scale issues that have begun to work badly, resulting in a blockage in our thinking?
      • (Hint.) Think of some contemporary problems. What about dualisms of sexuality and its effects on transgender individuals?
    7. ‘The specialized scientists who claim that nothing counts as ‘science’ except the negative results of control-experiments performed inside laboratories, and the specialized historians who insist that only value-free, non-interpreted bits of information can count as history.’ (141)
      • Can you think of any examples of these kind of thinkers?
    8. What do you think of the broader analogy between water and thought that runs throughout this paper?
      • (Hint.) Consider the quote ‘The conceptual schemes used in every study are not stagnant ponds; they are streams that are fed from our everyday thinking, are altered by the learned, and eventually flow back into it and influence our lives.’ (141). And ‘Useful and familiar though water is, it is not really tame stuff. It is life-giving and it is wild.’ (149)

    Questions by Ellie Robson

    1. What do you make of Midgley’s analogy between plumbing and philosophy? Is it centrally a methodological comparison that she is trying to make?
      • Why you think the analytic philosopher would describe the philosophical plumber as ‘undignified’
      • Midgley claims ‘when trouble arises, specialized skill is needed if there is to be any hope of locating it and putting it right.’ (139) Do conceptual problems need professional/trained philosophers, just like plumbing needs trained plumbers?
    2. What does Midgley suggest is the key role of (philosophical) creativity, (or ‘the poet’) in the myth of philosophical plumbing?
      • (Hint.) Consider the claim that ‘these new suggestions usually come in part from sages who are not full-time philosophers, notably from poetry and the other arts. Shelley was indeed right to say that poets are among the unacknowledged legislators of mankind. They can show us the new vision.’ (140)
    3. ‘Great philosophers, then, need a combination of gifts that is extremely rare. They must be lawyers as well as poets. (141)
      • Do you think the roles of the ‘lawyer’ and ‘the poet’ may be combined to make the philosophical plumber? What traits does Midgley suggest we ought to take from both?
    4. Midgley claims ‘philosophising is not just grand and elegant and difficult but is also needed. It is not optional’ (139). And ‘It can spoil the lives even of people with little interest in thinking, and its pressure can be vaguely felt by anyone who tries to think at all. (140).
      • To what extent do you think human beings are naturally philosophical beings?
      • Do you think philosophy and human life are necessarily/inherently intertwined with one another?
    5. Do you think an overly ‘lawyerly’ approach to philosophy is combative? And if so, is this approach to philosophy is counterproductive to philosophical progress?
    6. Can you think of any examples of large-scale issues that have begun to work badly, resulting in a blockage in our thinking?
      • (Hint.) Think of some contemporary problems. What about dualisms of sexuality and its effects on transgender individuals?
    7. ‘The specialized scientists who claim that nothing counts as ‘science’ except the negative results of control-experiments performed inside laboratories, and the specialized historians who insist that only value-free, non-interpreted bits of information can count as history.’ (141)
      • Can you think of any examples of these kind of thinkers?
    8. What do you think of the broader analogy between water and thought that runs throughout this paper?
      • (Hint.) Consider the quote ‘The conceptual schemes used in every study are not stagnant ponds; they are streams that are fed from our everyday thinking, are altered by the learned, and eventually flow back into it and influence our lives.’ (141). And ‘Useful and familiar though water is, it is not really tame stuff. It is life-giving and it is wild.’ (149)
    On DRL Full text
    3.
    Midgley, Mary. The Concept of Beastliness: Philosophy, Ethics and Animal Behaviour
    1973 1973, Philosophy 48 (184):111-135.
    From p113 “The general point…” to p122 “…in fact, invariably wicked”
    Expand entry

    Introduction: Every age has its pet contradictions. Thirty years ago, we used to accept Marx and Freud together, and then wonder, like the chameleon on the tartan, why life was so confusing. Today there is similar trouble over the question whether there is, or is not, something called Human Nature. On the one hand, there has been an explosion of animal behaviour studies, and comparisons between animals and men have become immensely popular. People use evidence from animals to decide whether man is naturally aggressive, or naturally territorial; even whether he has an Aggressive or Territorial Instinct. On the other hand, many sociologists and psychologists still seem to hold the Behaviourist view that man is a creature entirely without instincts, and so do existentialist philosophers. If so, all comparison with animals must be irrelevant. On that view, man is entirely the product of his culture. He starts off infinitely plastic, and is formed completely by the society in which he grows up.

    Comment: This text offers a relatively accessible and vibrant discussion of the concept of human nature as well as what can be learned philosophically about humanity by examining it in relation to the surrounding environment. It would be suitable for political theory classes – especially in relation to discussions on the State of Nature, Animal Ethics or Environmental ethics. Background knowledge of existing theories on human nature would be helpful though are not necessary in order to access the text.

    Discussion Questions

    Questions by Sasha Lawson-Frost

    1. Why does Midgley bring up examples from ethology in discussing the concept of beastliness? What is she trying to show?
    2. Why is it significant for Midgley that “most cosmogonies postulate strife in Heaven, and bloodshed is taken for granted as much in the Book of Judges as in the Iliad or the Sagas” (p115)? Is she right in taking this to be saying something important about human nature?
    3. Do you think Midgley is right that “man has always been unwilling to admit his own ferocity, and has tried to deflect attention from it by making animals out more ferocious than they are”(p117)? Do you think you’re willing to admit your own ferocity?
    4. Why would it be more natural to say “the beast within us gives us partial order; the business of conceptual thought will only be to complete it” (p118)?
    5. What does Midgley mean by the “pre-rational”? Is this a concept which other philosophers/thinkers use as well? (p119)
    6. Why is it significant for Midgley that the Gods are used as “scapegoats” in the Iliad (p120)? Is she right in taking this to be saying something important about human nature?

    Questions by Sasha Lawson-Frost

    1. Why does Midgley bring up examples from ethology in discussing the concept of beastliness? What is she trying to show?
    2. Why is it significant for Midgley that “most cosmogonies postulate strife in Heaven, and bloodshed is taken for granted as much in the Book of Judges as in the Iliad or the Sagas” (p115)? Is she right in taking this to be saying something important about human nature?
    3. Do you think Midgley is right that “man has always been unwilling to admit his own ferocity, and has tried to deflect attention from it by making animals out more ferocious than they are”(p117)? Do you think you’re willing to admit your own ferocity?
    4. Why would it be more natural to say “the beast within us gives us partial order; the business of conceptual thought will only be to complete it” (p118)?
    5. What does Midgley mean by the “pre-rational”? Is this a concept which other philosophers/thinkers use as well? (p119)
    6. Why is it significant for Midgley that the Gods are used as “scapegoats” in the Iliad (p120)? Is she right in taking this to be saying something important about human nature?
    On DRL Full text
    4.
    Midgley, Mary. Individualism and the Concept of Gaia
    2001 2001, Science and Poetry, chapter 17. Routledge..
    Expand entry

    Abstract: The idea of Gaia—of life on earth as a self-sustaining natural system—is not a gratuitous, semi-mystical fantasy. It is a really useful idea, a cure for distortions that spoil our current world-view. Its most obvious use is, of course, in suggesting practical solutions to environmental problems. But, more widely, it also attacks deeper tangles which now block our thinking. Some of these are puzzles about the reasons why the fate of our planet should concern us. We are bewildered by the thought that we might have a duty to something so clearly non-human. But more centrally, too, we are puzzled about how we should view ourselves. Current ways of thought still tend to trap us in the narrow, atomistic, seventeenth-century image of social life which grounds today's crude and arid individualism, though there are currently signs that we are beginning to move away from it. A more realistic view of the earth can give us a more realistic view of ourselves as its inhabitants.

    Comment: This is an easy text to read and so would be fine for less experienced philosophers. Midgley argues that Lovelock’s Gaia constitutes a way of seeing the world (or myth) that has important consequences for multiple aspects of our lives (social, political, moral, etc.) by combating the unhelpful individualism she sees as stemming from the social contract myth. Whilst this text is easy to read, there is a lot going on under the surface which arguably conflicts with standard assumptions about philosophical practice (in particular, Midgley’s pluralism and account of myths). As such, it is a great text for bringing these things to the fore and exploring a different view of what philosophy is for. It would be suitable for courses pertaining to environmental ethics, animal ethics or interdisciplinary discussions regarding the environment and ecology.

    Discussion Questions

    Questions by Amber Donovan

    1. What do you think about Midgley’s writing style – in particular her use of metaphor and general emotive language?
    2. What do you think is meant by a ‘conceptual emergency’ and do you think the ‘right idea’ is all we need in the way of a cure for such things?
    3. Do you agree with Midgley’s characterisation of our current situation (with respect to climate change) as a ‘conceptual emergency’? Why or why not?
    4. Why do you think Midgley says that science is not ‘an inert store of neutral facts’? In light of this, do you agree that the moral implications of scientific theories must be considered when we are deciding what to accept as true?
    5. Why do you think Midgley says that we need Gaia in our social and personal thinking? Do you agree and can you see how this idea could/would influence these spheres?
    6. How and why do you think science and imagination do/can/should fit together (if at all)?
    7. Midgley contends that our moral, psychological and political ideas have been ‘armed against holism’. Have they? Do you think more holistic thinking is key and if so, what do you think this would look like?
    8. Do you think adopting the Gaian framework alone would be sufficient to achieve more holistic thinking – especially within academia – or do we need more than this?
    9. What do you make of Midgley’s aquarium metaphor?
    10. Why does Midgley think there can be no grand unifying theory of everything? Do you agree?
    11. Do you think that Gaia is intended to be a grand unifying theory of everything or is a set of windows looking in on the aquarium?

    Questions by Amber Donovan

    1. What do you think about Midgley’s writing style – in particular her use of metaphor and general emotive language?
    2. What do you think is meant by a ‘conceptual emergency’ and do you think the ‘right idea’ is all we need in the way of a cure for such things?
    3. Do you agree with Midgley’s characterisation of our current situation (with respect to climate change) as a ‘conceptual emergency’? Why or why not?
    4. Why do you think Midgley says that science is not ‘an inert store of neutral facts’? In light of this, do you agree that the moral implications of scientific theories must be considered when we are deciding what to accept as true?
    5. Why do you think Midgley says that we need Gaia in our social and personal thinking? Do you agree and can you see how this idea could/would influence these spheres?
    6. How and why do you think science and imagination do/can/should fit together (if at all)?
    7. Midgley contends that our moral, psychological and political ideas have been ‘armed against holism’. Have they? Do you think more holistic thinking is key and if so, what do you think this would look like?
    8. Do you think adopting the Gaian framework alone would be sufficient to achieve more holistic thinking – especially within academia – or do we need more than this?
    9. What do you make of Midgley’s aquarium metaphor?
    10. Why does Midgley think there can be no grand unifying theory of everything? Do you agree?
    11. Do you think that Gaia is intended to be a grand unifying theory of everything or is a set of windows looking in on the aquarium?
    Part 3: Philippa Foot
    On DRL Full text
    5.
    Foot, Philippa. Natural Goodness
    2001 2001, Oxford University Press..
    Chapter 1 pp. 1-24
    Expand entry

    Publisher's Note: Philippa Foot has for many years been one of the most distinctive and influential thinkers in moral philosophy. Long dissatisfied with the moral theories of her contemporaries, she has gradually evolved a theory of her own that is radically opposed not only to emotivism and prescriptivism but also to the whole subjectivist, anti-naturalist movement deriving from David Hume. Dissatisfied with both Kantian and utilitarian ethics, she claims to have isolated a special form of evaluation that predicates goodness and defect only to living things considered as such; she finds this form of evaluation in moral judgements. Her vivid discussion covers topics such as practical rationality, erring conscience, and the relation between virtue and happiness, ending with a critique of Nietzsche's immoralism. This long-awaited book exposes a highly original approach to moral philosophy and represents a fundamental break from the assumptions of recent debates. Foot challenges many prominent philosophical arguments and attitudes; but hers is a work full of life and feeling, written for anyone intrigued by the deepest questions about goodness and human.

    Comment: This is an intermediate text which outlines and argues for the primary methodological differences between Foot’s account of the relationship between reason and morality, and the standard (broadly Humean) approach against which she is arguing. Some understanding of this standard approach is required to get the most out of this text. The text is clear throughout and would make a good compliment to courses which deal with the Humean account of Action or 20th century discussions concerning meta-ethics.

    Discussion Questions

    Questions by By Ellie Robson

    1. In her introduction, she states that she is rejecting the non-cognitivisms of her analytic counterparts such as R.M Hare and A.J Ayer.
      • In what ways do you think these thinkers make up an analytic school?
      • And if they do, how do they differ from Foot’s thought?
      • (Hint.) Consider: ‘Meaning was thus to be explained in terms of a speaker’s attitude, intentions, or state of mind’ and ‘thus it seemed that fact, complementary to assertion, had been distinguished from value, complementary to the expression of feeling, attitude, or commitment to action.’ (6)
    2. What it is for a moral judgement to be action-guiding? Must this be inherently practical?
      • (Foot regards the will as operating in action – in the actions we choose.)
    3. Three types of practical rationality are discussed by Foot. She talks about preconceived ideas of practical rationality such as the view that ‘rationality is the following of ‘perceived self‐interest; alternatively, that it is the pursuit, careful and cognizant, of the maximum satisfaction of present desires’ (13)
      • Foot claims we must not think in this preconceived manner – and that a composite conception of practical rationality arises by looking at certain action in humans.
      • What do you think of this idea?
      • This appears to be a methodological point – do you think it is representative of a wider difference between traditional analytic philosophy and Foot’s alternative approach?
    4. An implication of Foot’s theory is that the traditional distinction between the moral and the non-moral must disappear. What difference does it make if we remove the distinction between the moral and the non-moral?
    5. Foot suggests that ‘Life will be at the centre of my discussion, and the fact that a human action or disposition is good of its kind will be taken to be simply a fact about a given feature of a certain kind of living thing.’
      • However, she does not go into our human treatment of nonanimals, is this a mere oversight of her theory? Or do you think she retains an austere/narrowly human approach towards the animate world?
      • (Hint.) consider: ‘the fact that moral action is rational action, and in the fact that human beings are creatures with the power to recognize reasons for action and to act on them. (24) – does this make the moral action exclusively human action?
    6. ‘These ‘Aristotelian necessities’ depend on what the particular species of plants and animals need, on their natural habitat, and the ways of making out that are in their repertoire. These things together determine what it is for members of a particular species to be as they should be, and to do that which they should do. (15)
      • To what extent/how does this imply a union of fact and value?
      • Does the precept of something ‘living’ provide a good ground for this union?

    Questions by By Ellie Robson

    1. In her introduction, she states that she is rejecting the non-cognitivisms of her analytic counterparts such as R.M Hare and A.J Ayer.
      • In what ways do you think these thinkers make up an analytic school?
      • And if they do, how do they differ from Foot’s thought?
      • (Hint.) Consider: ‘Meaning was thus to be explained in terms of a speaker’s attitude, intentions, or state of mind’ and ‘thus it seemed that fact, complementary to assertion, had been distinguished from value, complementary to the expression of feeling, attitude, or commitment to action.’ (6)
    2. What it is for a moral judgement to be action-guiding? Must this be inherently practical?
      • (Foot regards the will as operating in action – in the actions we choose.)
    3. Three types of practical rationality are discussed by Foot. She talks about preconceived ideas of practical rationality such as the view that ‘rationality is the following of ‘perceived self‐interest; alternatively, that it is the pursuit, careful and cognizant, of the maximum satisfaction of present desires’ (13)
      • Foot claims we must not think in this preconceived manner – and that a composite conception of practical rationality arises by looking at certain action in humans.
      • What do you think of this idea?
      • This appears to be a methodological point – do you think it is representative of a wider difference between traditional analytic philosophy and Foot’s alternative approach?
    4. An implication of Foot’s theory is that the traditional distinction between the moral and the non-moral must disappear. What difference does it make if we remove the distinction between the moral and the non-moral?
    5. Foot suggests that ‘Life will be at the centre of my discussion, and the fact that a human action or disposition is good of its kind will be taken to be simply a fact about a given feature of a certain kind of living thing.’
      • However, she does not go into our human treatment of nonanimals, is this a mere oversight of her theory? Or do you think she retains an austere/narrowly human approach towards the animate world?
      • (Hint.) consider: ‘the fact that moral action is rational action, and in the fact that human beings are creatures with the power to recognize reasons for action and to act on them. (24) – does this make the moral action exclusively human action?
    6. ‘These ‘Aristotelian necessities’ depend on what the particular species of plants and animals need, on their natural habitat, and the ways of making out that are in their repertoire. These things together determine what it is for members of a particular species to be as they should be, and to do that which they should do. (15)
      • To what extent/how does this imply a union of fact and value?
      • Does the precept of something ‘living’ provide a good ground for this union?
    On DRL Full text
    6.
    Foot, Philippa. The Philosopher’s Defence of Morality
    1952 1952, Philosophy 27(103): 311-328.
    Expand entry

    Introduction: Philosophers are often asked whether they can provide a defence against hostile theories which are said to be “undermining the foundations of morality,” and they often try to do so. But before anything of this kind is attempted we should surely ask whether morality could be threatened in this way. If what people have in mind is simply that the spread of certain doctrines leads to the growth of indifference about right and wrong there is no philosophical problem involved. So long as we treat the matter as a case of cause and effect it will belong rather to the psychologist than the philosopher, and we have no reason for questioning that correlations of this kind may exist. But this is not the assumption, or not the only one, for people undoubtedly do think that if certain doctrines could be proved then moral judgment would have been shown to be “nonsensical,” “meaningless,” or “invalid,” so that thereafter it would be not merely difficult but positively irrational to formulate and attempt to follow moral principles. It would be simple enough if the attack was supposed to be against some particular moral code, for there are recognized ways of arguing that a thing is not right but wrong. But when it is morality in general which is to be disproved or discredited it is difficult to see what this means or how it could be done. What would have to be shown is not that this or that is not right, but that nothing is—or not in the old sense so that attacking moral judgment is not like attacking a theory but more like attacking theorizing itself, which shows where the difficulty lies. If something is stated it can be denied or disproved, but a moral judgment does not contain statements except about what in particular is right or wrong. Yet many people, though they would probably reject a request for a justification of morality in the form of some argument as to why we should do our duty, feel that morality would be in a positive sense unjustifiable if certain supporting truths were knocked away from the structure. This may indeed be so, but we are unable to show that it is, or to explain the matter by appealing to “presuppositions” of morality, which besides being far too vague would too easily include much that was linked merely psychologically to the recognition of obligation. I propose, therefore, to look at some specific arguments which are supposed by those who resist them to constitute a threat to morality, and to ask whether this supposition is justified.

    Comment: This text offers a persuasive and creative attack on the dominant meta-ethical views of the 20th century. Foot offers insightful reasons to reject the subjectivist, relativist and amoralist positions on ethics. As such this text would be suitable for intermediate level courses on moral philosophy, history of philosophy classes as well as – potentially – critical thinking courses, as Foot’s argumentational style in this paper would likely be illuminating to students when analysed.

    Part 4: Iris Murdoch
    On DRL Full text Read free
    7.
    Murdoch, Iris. Against Dryness
    1961 1961, Encounter, January issue: 16-20..
    Expand entry

    Abstract: The complaints which I wish to make are concerned primarily with prose, not with poetry, and primarily with novels, not with drama; and they are brief, simplified, abstract, and possibly insular. They are not to be construed as implying any precise picture of "the function of the writer." It is the function of the writer to write the best book he knows how to write. These remarks have to do with the background to present-day literature, in Liberal democracies in general and Welfare States in particular, in a sense in which this must be the concern of any serious critic.

    Comment: This text offers a vibrant reflection on the different writing styles within philosophy and literature throughout the centuries. It would be useful for courses which touch upon the subject of philosophical style, meta-philosophy or philosophical methods, as well as – more broadly – discussions which pertain to the importance of contextualising philosophy and situating thinkers within their surrounding political environments. Though this text is clearly written, it requires a good amount of background knowledge of the authors cited within the text and as such is probably best suited to intermediate or advanced students.

    Discussion Questions

    Questions by Sasha Lawson-Frost

    1. Murdoch describes how, on the existentialist and Humean pictures, “the only real virtue is sincerity” (p17). Why does Murdoch think this is insufficient? What does it leave out?
    2. What reasons might Murdoch have in mind when she says “there should have been a revolt against utilitarianism; but for many reasons it has not taken place” (p18)?
    3. Has there been a revolt against utilitarianism since 1961?
    4. Why is Murdoch talking about politics in an essay about literature?
    5. What does Murdoch mean by “a general loss of concepts” (p18)? (are we losing our concepts?)
    6. Can you think of any 20th Century authors which would escape Murdoch’s criticisms of 20th Century literature? (p18-19)
    7. What is the difference between fantasy and imagination in Murdoch’s vocab?
    8. What does Murdoch mean by “the other-centred concept of truth” (p20)?
    9. Do you think Murdoch is right that modern literature contains “few convincing pictures of evil” (p20)? What examples of literature do show us convincing pictures of evil?
    10. What is the significance of this paper being described “a polemical sketch”?

    Questions by Sasha Lawson-Frost

    1. Murdoch describes how, on the existentialist and Humean pictures, “the only real virtue is sincerity” (p17). Why does Murdoch think this is insufficient? What does it leave out?
    2. What reasons might Murdoch have in mind when she says “there should have been a revolt against utilitarianism; but for many reasons it has not taken place” (p18)?
    3. Has there been a revolt against utilitarianism since 1961?
    4. Why is Murdoch talking about politics in an essay about literature?
    5. What does Murdoch mean by “a general loss of concepts” (p18)? (are we losing our concepts?)
    6. Can you think of any 20th Century authors which would escape Murdoch’s criticisms of 20th Century literature? (p18-19)
    7. What is the difference between fantasy and imagination in Murdoch’s vocab?
    8. What does Murdoch mean by “the other-centred concept of truth” (p20)?
    9. Do you think Murdoch is right that modern literature contains “few convincing pictures of evil” (p20)? What examples of literature do show us convincing pictures of evil?
    10. What is the significance of this paper being described “a polemical sketch”?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    8.
    Murdoch, Iris. The Darkness of Practical Reason
    1998 1998, in Existentialists and Mystics: Writings on Philosophy and Literature. Allen Lane/the Penguin Press, 193-202.
    Expand entry

    Introduction: In his book, Freedom of the Individual, Stuart Hampshire argues as follows. In human beings (as opposed to things) power a function of will and will is a function of desire. Some desires are "thought-dependent" in that they depend on statable beliefs which, if they altered,- would alter the desires, and so such desires cannot be defined by purely behavioural criteria, since the subject’s conception of what he wants is constitutive of the wanting. We do not discover our thought-dependent desires inductively, by observation, we formulate them in the light of our beliefs. We have the experience of being convinced by evidence and of changing our beliefs and so willing differently, and there seems to be no set of sufficient conditions outside our thinking which could explain this situation equally well. [...] I wish to make an entry into Professor Hampshire’s argument at the point where he dismisses the doctrine of the transcendent will.

    Comment: This text offers an advanced-level criticism of Stuart Hampshire’s account of practical reason, it would be suitable for courses on the philosophy of action, philosophy of mind or philosophy of psychology. Since this text is very short, it would be best utilised as a supplement to Stuart Hampshire’s Thought and Action as knowledge of Hampshire’s account is necessary in order to follow this text. It could also be useful for facilitating/incorporating discussions of the imagination into any of the aforementioned potential courses.

    Discussion Questions

    Questions by Annie McCallion

    1. Do you think there is anything to be said in favour of Hampshire’s view here that Murdoch may have missed or given insufficient treatment to?
    2. (193) Murdoch writes of Hampshire’s view “We do not discover our thought-dependent desires inductively (by observation) we formulate them in light of our beliefs”. What is meant by this?
    3. How is the term ‘belief’ in the above quotation being utilised and do you agree with this definition of it?
    4. (194) “A man is free in so far as he is able to ‘step back’ from his data, including his own mind, and so to achieve what he intends” In what ways do you agree and disagree with this statement?
    5. What do you make of Hampshire’s distinction between the passive and the active mind? Do you agree with Murdoch that this is a troubling distinction?
    6. (196) “Science deals with the passive mind, and increases in scientific knowledge can be dominated by the agent’s ‘stepping back’ to review the situation. “ What is meant by this? Do you agree?
    7. (198) Why does Murdoch insist that the imagination is “awkward” for Hampshire’s theory?
    8. Do you agree with Murdoch on this?
    9. (199) “The world which we confront is not just a world of ‘facts’ but a world upon which our imagination has, at any given moment, already worked …” What does Murdoch mean by this?
    10. (199) “To be a human is to know more than one can prove, to conceive of a reality which goes ‘beyond the facts’ in these familiar and natural ways”. To what extent do you think this quotation brings out an important juxtaposition between human knowledge and what we call ‘proof’? Do you think our conception of ‘proof’ ought to change in light of this?

    Questions by Annie McCallion

    1. Do you think there is anything to be said in favour of Hampshire’s view here that Murdoch may have missed or given insufficient treatment to?
    2. (193) Murdoch writes of Hampshire’s view “We do not discover our thought-dependent desires inductively (by observation) we formulate them in light of our beliefs”. What is meant by this?
    3. How is the term ‘belief’ in the above quotation being utilised and do you agree with this definition of it?
    4. (194) “A man is free in so far as he is able to ‘step back’ from his data, including his own mind, and so to achieve what he intends” In what ways do you agree and disagree with this statement?
    5. What do you make of Hampshire’s distinction between the passive and the active mind? Do you agree with Murdoch that this is a troubling distinction?
    6. (196) “Science deals with the passive mind, and increases in scientific knowledge can be dominated by the agent’s ‘stepping back’ to review the situation. “ What is meant by this? Do you agree?
    7. (198) Why does Murdoch insist that the imagination is “awkward” for Hampshire’s theory?
    8. Do you agree with Murdoch on this?
    9. (199) “The world which we confront is not just a world of ‘facts’ but a world upon which our imagination has, at any given moment, already worked …” What does Murdoch mean by this?
    10. (199) “To be a human is to know more than one can prove, to conceive of a reality which goes ‘beyond the facts’ in these familiar and natural ways”. To what extent do you think this quotation brings out an important juxtaposition between human knowledge and what we call ‘proof’? Do you think our conception of ‘proof’ ought to change in light of this?
    Part 5: G. Elizabeth M. Anscombe
    On DRL Full text Read free
    9.
    Anscombe, G. Elizabeth M.. Modern Moral Philosophy
    1958 1958, Philosophy 33(124): 1-19..
    P143 (beginning) to p148“…the thing to do!”
    Expand entry

    Abstract: I will begin by stating three theses which I present in this paper. The first is that it is not profitable for us at present to do moral philosophy; that should be laid aside at any rate until we have an adequate philosophy of psychology, in which we are conspicuously lacking. The second is that the concepts of obligation, and duty - moral obligation and moral duty, that is to say - and of what is morally right and wrong, and of the moral sense of "ought," ought to be jettisoned if this is psychologically possible; because they are survivals, or derivatives from survivals, from an earlier conception of ethics which no longer generally survives, and are only harmful without it. My third thesis is that the differences between the wellknown English writers on moral philosophy from Sidgwick to the present day are of little importance.

    Comment: Classic text which raises key problems for any theory of moral obligation. Very short, although also very dense. It offers an advanced-level criticism of the dominant normative ethical theories of the 20th century (namely consequentialism and deontology). Since this is a seminal text, it would be suitable for history of philosophy courses, moral philosophy courses (especially sections pertaining to Aristotelian or Neo-Aristotelian Virtue ethics). It does require rudimentary knowledge of Consequentialism and Deontology and as such would be best utilised in second or third year undergraduate (or postgraduate) courses.

    Discussion Questions

    Questions by Annie McCallion

    1. What are the three theses that Anscombe sets out to expound in Modern Moral Philosophy? Which of these is most striking to you?
    2. Which parts of the abstract did you struggle most to read or understand? Why do you think that is the case?
    3. Anscombe mentions that there are striking differences between the ethics of Aristotle and modern moral philosophy; what do you think is the most striking difference between the two?
    4. Anscombe writes of Kant: “His own rigoristic convictions about lying were so intense that it never occurred to him that a lie could be described as anything but just a lie (e.g. as a lie in such and such circumstances)”. What do you think she means by this? Do you agree with the thought here?
    5. Borrowing from Wittgenstein’s discussion of meaning, Anscombe writes of pleasure, “pleasure cannot be an internal impression, for no internal impression could have the consequences of pleasure”. Firstly, what do you take Wittgenstein to have meant by this observation about meaning? Secondly, what do you think Anscombe is trying to suggest about pleasure in light of this?
    6. How does this differ from Bentham and Mill’s understanding of pleasure?
    7. What is a “brute” fact? Can you think of your own examples of brute facts – relative to descriptions of everyday situations?
    8. Why do you think Anscombe suggests – on page 4 – that an account of “what type of characteristic a virtue is” is not a problem for ethics but instead for conceptual analysis? Do you agree with her on this?
    9. What does Anscombe suggest is the legacy of Christian thought evidenced in modern moral philosophy? Why is this problematic in contemporary contexts?
    10. Do you think there ought to be a distinction between foreseen and intended consequences of an action as far as moral responsibility is concerned?

    Questions by Annie McCallion

    1. What are the three theses that Anscombe sets out to expound in Modern Moral Philosophy? Which of these is most striking to you?
    2. Which parts of the abstract did you struggle most to read or understand? Why do you think that is the case?
    3. Anscombe mentions that there are striking differences between the ethics of Aristotle and modern moral philosophy; what do you think is the most striking difference between the two?
    4. Anscombe writes of Kant: “His own rigoristic convictions about lying were so intense that it never occurred to him that a lie could be described as anything but just a lie (e.g. as a lie in such and such circumstances)”. What do you think she means by this? Do you agree with the thought here?
    5. Borrowing from Wittgenstein’s discussion of meaning, Anscombe writes of pleasure, “pleasure cannot be an internal impression, for no internal impression could have the consequences of pleasure”. Firstly, what do you take Wittgenstein to have meant by this observation about meaning? Secondly, what do you think Anscombe is trying to suggest about pleasure in light of this?
    6. How does this differ from Bentham and Mill’s understanding of pleasure?
    7. What is a “brute” fact? Can you think of your own examples of brute facts – relative to descriptions of everyday situations?
    8. Why do you think Anscombe suggests – on page 4 – that an account of “what type of characteristic a virtue is” is not a problem for ethics but instead for conceptual analysis? Do you agree with her on this?
    9. What does Anscombe suggest is the legacy of Christian thought evidenced in modern moral philosophy? Why is this problematic in contemporary contexts?
    10. Do you think there ought to be a distinction between foreseen and intended consequences of an action as far as moral responsibility is concerned?
    On DRL Full text
    10.
    Anscombe, G. Elizabeth M.. Thought and Action in Aristotle: What is ‘Practical Truth’?
    1981 -384 -350 -322, in Collected Philosophical Papers, Volume One: From Parmenides to Wittgenstein. Oxford: Basil Blackwell..
    Expand entry

    Introduction: Is Aristotle inconsistent in the different things he says about προαιρεσις‚ mostly translated "choice", in the different parts of the Ethics? The following seems to be a striking inconsistency. In Book III (113a 4) he says that what is "decided by deliberation" is chosen, but he also often insists that the uncontrolled man, the άκρατης, does not choose to do what he does; that is to say, what he does in doing the kind of thing that he disapproves of, is not what Aristotle will call exer-cising choice; the uncontrolled man does not act from choice, έκ προαιρεσεως, or choosing, προαιρουμενος. However, in Book VI (1142b 18) he mentions the possibility of a calculating uncontrolled man who will get what he arrived at by calculation, έκ τουλογισμου ΤΕΥΞΕΤΑΙ, and so will have deliberated correctly: òρθως έσται βεβουλευμενος . Thus we have the three theses: (a) choice is what is determined by deliberation; (b) what the uncontrolled man does qua uncontrolled, he does not choose to do; (c) the uncontrolled man, even when acting against his convictions, does on occasion determine what to do by deliberation.

    Comment: This text offers an in depth analysis of Aristotle’s account of choice and practical reasoning. This text would be suitable for advanced courses on Aristotle’s ethics or virtue ethics more broadly. It requires a good quantity of knowledge on Aristotle’s philosophy in order to be appropriately accessible and as such is recommended for postgraduate or advanced undergraduate students.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    11.
    Anscombe, G. Elizabeth M.. The First Person
    1975 1975, In Collected Philosophical Papers, Volume Two: Metaphysics and the Philosophy of Mind. Oxford: Basil Blackwell..
    Expand entry

    Introduction: Descartes and St Augustine share not only the argument Cogtto ergo sum - in Augustine Si fallor, sum (De Civitate Dei, XI, 26) - but also the corollary argument claiming to prove that the mind (Augustine) or, as Descartes puts it, this I, is not any kind of body. "I could suppose I had no body," wrote Descartes, "but not that I was not", and inferred that "this I" is not a body. Augustine says "The mind knows itself to think", and "it knows its own substance": hence "it is certain of being that alone, which alone it is certain of being" (De Trinitate, Book XI. Augustine is not here explicitly offering an argument in the first person, as Descartes is. The first-person character of Descartes' argument means that each person must administer it to himself in the first person; and the assent to St Augustine's various propositions will equally be made, if at all, by appropriating them in the first person. In these writers there is the assumption that when one says "I" or "the mind", one is naming something such that the knowledge of its existence, which is a knowledge of itself as thinking in all the various modes, determines what it is that is known to exist.

    Comment: This text is best suited to more advanced readers. Anscombe shows that ‘I’ is not a referring expression by taking the arguments to this effect to their logical conclusions, thus demonstrating their absurdity. She then moves on, in light of this, to explore the relationship between our command of the first person and self-consciousness - thus demonstrating the pragmatic role of ‘I’. The text is quite dense and some knowledge of arguments to the effect that ‘I’ is a referring expression (as well as the common issues with these) is required. This text would be suitable for advanced courses on the philosophy of language, philosophy of mind or 20th century analytic philosophy.

    Discussion Questions

    Questions by Amber Donovan.

    1. How does Anscombe’s thought experiment with ‘A-users’ show why ‘I’ is more than a special sort of name for oneself (as A is)?
    2. Do you agree that one difference between A-use and I-use is that true ‘self-consciousness’ is manifested by the latter and not the former as only with the latter do you self-consciously self-refer? Why or why not?
    3. Why does Anscombe think that approaching the problem of self-consciousness by assuming that the ‘self’ is the thing to which ‘I’ refers and of which we are conscious is ‘blown up out of a misconstrue of the reflexive pronoun’ (myself)? Do you agree?
    4. Do you agree that if ‘I’ were to refer to anything it would be a Cartesian ego or do you think the identification problem makes Russell’s ‘many selves’ the better referent?
    5. What peculiarities does Anscombe show to arise when we take ‘I’ to be a referring expression? Do you find these persuasive enough to abandon the notion of a referring ‘I’?
    6. According to Anscombe, I-propositions are never propositions of identity (though they may be connected with them). Thus, the pragmatic function of these propositions is not (simply) to identify one thing with another. Given this, what does Anscombe think their pragmatic function is? (particularly in light of the Baldy example) Do you agree?
    7. Anscombe says that nothing shows me ‘which body verifies that ‘I am standing up’’ and also that in a sensory deprivation tank I may entertain the thought that ‘there is nothing that I am’. What does this reveal about her understanding of ‘I’ and its relationship to the phenomenon of self-consciousness?
    8. Do you think ‘I’ is a pragmatic/linguistic manifestation of self-consciousness or that self-consciousness emerges through our being trained to self-consciously self-refer (e.g. use ‘I’)? (or neither/a combination of the two) Why?
    9. What (if anything) do you think I-use in particular allows us to both do and make explicit to others that we are doing?
    10. If you think I-use does allow us to do something unique to it, do you think this is a sufficient explanation for its misleading grammar (which gives the appearance of its being a referring expression) or do you think this unique ability must be the product of its having some equally unique referent? Why?

    Questions by Amber Donovan.

    1. How does Anscombe’s thought experiment with ‘A-users’ show why ‘I’ is more than a special sort of name for oneself (as A is)?
    2. Do you agree that one difference between A-use and I-use is that true ‘self-consciousness’ is manifested by the latter and not the former as only with the latter do you self-consciously self-refer? Why or why not?
    3. Why does Anscombe think that approaching the problem of self-consciousness by assuming that the ‘self’ is the thing to which ‘I’ refers and of which we are conscious is ‘blown up out of a misconstrue of the reflexive pronoun’ (myself)? Do you agree?
    4. Do you agree that if ‘I’ were to refer to anything it would be a Cartesian ego or do you think the identification problem makes Russell’s ‘many selves’ the better referent?
    5. What peculiarities does Anscombe show to arise when we take ‘I’ to be a referring expression? Do you find these persuasive enough to abandon the notion of a referring ‘I’?
    6. According to Anscombe, I-propositions are never propositions of identity (though they may be connected with them). Thus, the pragmatic function of these propositions is not (simply) to identify one thing with another. Given this, what does Anscombe think their pragmatic function is? (particularly in light of the Baldy example) Do you agree?
    7. Anscombe says that nothing shows me ‘which body verifies that ‘I am standing up’’ and also that in a sensory deprivation tank I may entertain the thought that ‘there is nothing that I am’. What does this reveal about her understanding of ‘I’ and its relationship to the phenomenon of self-consciousness?
    8. Do you think ‘I’ is a pragmatic/linguistic manifestation of self-consciousness or that self-consciousness emerges through our being trained to self-consciously self-refer (e.g. use ‘I’)? (or neither/a combination of the two) Why?
    9. What (if anything) do you think I-use in particular allows us to both do and make explicit to others that we are doing?
    10. If you think I-use does allow us to do something unique to it, do you think this is a sufficient explanation for its misleading grammar (which gives the appearance of its being a referring expression) or do you think this unique ability must be the product of its having some equally unique referent? Why?
    Part 6: Conclusion
    On DRL Read free
    12.
    MacCumhaill, Clare, Rachael Wiseman. A Female School of Analytic Philosophy? Anscombe, Foot, Midgley and Murdoch
    2018 2018, Women in Parenthesis website.
    Expand entry

    Introduction: The history of Analytic Philosophy we are familiar with is a story about men. It begins with Frege, Russell, Moore. Wittgenstein appears twice, once as the author of the Tractatus and then again later as the author of the Philosophical Investigations. Between Wittgenstein’s first and second appearance are Carnap and Ayer and the all-male Vienna Circle. Then come the post-second-world war Ordinary Language Philosophers – Ryle, and Austin. After that Strawson and Grice, Quine and Davidson.

    The male dominance is not just in the names of the ‘star’ players. Michael Beaney’s 2013 Oxford Handbook of the History of Analytic Philosophy begins by listing the 150 most important analytic philosophers. 146 of them are men. For women who wish to join in this conversation, the odds seem formidably against one.

    Today we will be speaking about two of the four women who warrant an entry in Beaney’s list – Elizabeth Anscombe and Philippa Foot. We will be talking about them alongside two other women Iris Murdoch and Mary Midgley. We think they should also be in the top 150, but our broader aims are more ambitious than increasing the proportion of important women from 2.7% to 4%.

    Comment: This text offers a very accessible introduction to the work of the Wartime Quartet as well as a biographical and historical overview of their philosophical school status. It would be suitable for history of philosophy courses – especially those which emphasise or centre upon 20th century analytic philosophy. This text will also be essential for students who wish to set-up an In Parenthesis reading group, please see here for more information: http://www.womeninparenthesis.co.uk/curated-resources/for-students/new-undergraduate-reading-list/#intro

    Discussion Questions

    Questions by Annie McCallion

    1. After having read and thought about some aspects of their collective corpus yourselves, what do you think most prominently unifies the work of the quartet?
    2. Is this theoretical unity more or less significant – do you think – when it comes to establishing them as a philosophical school than the historical-biographical connections between the four?
    3. What is metaphysics? And why was Ayer so keen to diminish it?
    4. In your opinions, is the philosopher apt to make substantive ethical contributions beyond merely the clarification of ethical language? If so, how important is that they do this?
    5. Why might we be inclined to criticise Ayer’s categorisation of ‘value-free’ language from the ‘emotive’? Can you utilise anything you’ve read in this reading group to critique this?
    6. In what ways did each member of the quartet respond to the Oxford moral Philosophy of their time?
    7. From what you have read of their work thus far, how prominent do you think Wittgenstein’s influence was over each member of the quartet?
    8. How did the quartet utilise language as a means of addressing the Aristotelian question, how should I live?
    9. Which of the six false opinions – from Anscombe’s unpublished paper – listed on pages 12-13 do you think have been most prevalent in your own philosophy syllabuses?
    10. The women of the quartet rejected the ‘imagery’ of the human which came along with the Oxford moral philosophy of their time; what imagery of the human do you think emerges out of what you have been taught during your philosophy degrees thus far?
    11. What image or picture of human life do you think emerges out of the philosophy from the quartet?

    Questions by Annie McCallion

    1. After having read and thought about some aspects of their collective corpus yourselves, what do you think most prominently unifies the work of the quartet?
    2. Is this theoretical unity more or less significant – do you think – when it comes to establishing them as a philosophical school than the historical-biographical connections between the four?
    3. What is metaphysics? And why was Ayer so keen to diminish it?
    4. In your opinions, is the philosopher apt to make substantive ethical contributions beyond merely the clarification of ethical language? If so, how important is that they do this?
    5. Why might we be inclined to criticise Ayer’s categorisation of ‘value-free’ language from the ‘emotive’? Can you utilise anything you’ve read in this reading group to critique this?
    6. In what ways did each member of the quartet respond to the Oxford moral Philosophy of their time?
    7. From what you have read of their work thus far, how prominent do you think Wittgenstein’s influence was over each member of the quartet?
    8. How did the quartet utilise language as a means of addressing the Aristotelian question, how should I live?
    9. Which of the six false opinions – from Anscombe’s unpublished paper – listed on pages 12-13 do you think have been most prevalent in your own philosophy syllabuses?
    10. The women of the quartet rejected the ‘imagery’ of the human which came along with the Oxford moral philosophy of their time; what imagery of the human do you think emerges out of what you have been taught during your philosophy degrees thus far?
    11. What image or picture of human life do you think emerges out of the philosophy from the quartet?

PDF12Level

Feminist Logic

Expand entry

by Franci Mangraviti and Viviane Fairbank

Introduction

This blueprint is meant to serve as an introduction to and exploration of contemporary feminist logic, broadly intended as the interaction between feminist philosophy on one hand, and logic and its philosophy on the other. It is aimed at an audience that has already been introduced to formal logic. Previous experience with feminist philosophy is helpful, but not strictly necessary. The structure is as follows. After an introductory session dedicated to the more general relationship between feminist philosophy and rationality, three influential feminist critiques of logic are discussed, namely Andrea Nye’s, Luce Irigaray’s, and Val Plumwood’s. Then, a session is dedicated to the very notion of feminist logic. The remaining sessions deal with various specific topics within feminist logic, namely logic revision in feminist empiricism, the logic of gender, the use of formal models in feminist philosophy, feminist readings of the history of logic, feminist readings of logical pluralism, connections between feminist and Native American logic, and feminist mathematics; the order may be switched around, or certain sessions skipped.


Contents

    Week 1. The Feminist Critique of Reason

    This week sets the stage for a discussion of feminism and logic by revisiting the fraught relationship between feminist philosophy and the philosophical ideal of rationality.

    The first paper by Longino is a helpful introduction to the main questions posed by feminist philosophers about reason and rationality in the late 20th century, including feminists’ principal objections to the “rhetoric of reason,” and their subsequent debates about whether philosophy can be redeemed. The paper provides a solid foundation for thinking further about feminist logic, and Longino concludes by proposing some interesting avenues for future research.

    The first half of the second reading by Alcoff provides an accessible overview of the state of academia and feminist philosophy at the time of the Feminist Critique of Reason. It is thus helpful for understanding the cultural and philosophical context in which the first papers on feminist logic were written. The second half goes into a deeper analysis of philosophical critiques of reason at the time; it can probably be skipped over by those readers who are interested only in more contemporary debates about feminist logic.

    Finally, in the further reading, originally for the New York Review of Books, Nussbaum reviews A Mind of One’s Own, a collected volume from 1993 that aimed to bring together feminists from different traditions to discuss the Feminist Critique of Reason. Nussbaum is largely critical of “non-analytical” feminists, and her review inspired heated responses from some of the contributors to the volume, as can be seen in the letters appended to the end of the review.

    This week sets the stage for a discussion of feminism and logic by revisiting the fraught relationship between feminist philosophy and the philosophical ideal of rationality.

    The first paper by Longino is a helpful introduction to the main questions posed by feminist philosophers about reason and rationality in the late 20th century, including feminists’ principal objections to the “rhetoric of reason,” and their subsequent debates about whether philosophy can be redeemed. The paper provides a solid foundation for thinking further about feminist logic, and Longino concludes by proposing some interesting avenues for future research.

    The first half of the second reading by Alcoff provides an accessible overview of the state of academia and feminist philosophy at the time of the Feminist Critique of Reason. It is thus helpful for understanding the cultural and philosophical context in which the first papers on feminist logic were written. The second half goes into a deeper analysis of philosophical critiques of reason at the time; it can probably be skipped over by those readers who are interested only in more contemporary debates about feminist logic.

    Finally, in the further reading, originally for the New York Review of Books, Nussbaum reviews A Mind of One’s Own, a collected volume from 1993 that aimed to bring together feminists from different traditions to discuss the Feminist Critique of Reason. Nussbaum is largely critical of “non-analytical” feminists, and her review inspired heated responses from some of the contributors to the volume, as can be seen in the letters appended to the end of the review.

    On DRL Full text
    Longino, Helen. Circles of Reason: Some Feminist Reflections on Reason and Rationality
    2005 2005, Episteme, 2 (1): 79-88.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Rationality and reason are topics so fraught for feminists that any useful reflection on them requires some prior exploration of the difficulties they have caused. One of those difficulties for feminists and, I suspect, for others in the margins of modernity, is the rhetoric of reason - the ways reason is bandied about as a qualification differentially bestowed on different types of person. Rhetorically, it functions in different ways depending on whether it is being denied or affirmed. In this paper, I want to explore these rhetorics of reason as they are considered in the work of two feminist philosophers. I shall draw on their work for some suggestions about how to think about rationality, and begin to use those suggestions to develop a constructive account that withstands the rhetorical temptations.
    On DRL Full text
    Alcoff, Linda. Is the Feminist Critique of Reason Rational?
    1995 1995, Philosophical Topics, 23 (2): 1-26.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Recent criticism of feminist philosophy poses a dilemma. Feminism is taken to be a substantive set of empirical claims and political commitments, whereas philosophy is taken to be a discipline of thought organized by the pursuit of truth, but uncommitted to any particular truth. This paper responds to this dilemma, and defends the project of feminist philosophy.The first task toward understanding the feminist critique of reason, Alcoff argues, is to historically situate it within the rather long tradition of critiquing reason that has existed within the mainstream of philosophy itself.
    On DRL Full text
    Nussbaum, Martha. Twelve Feminists and Philosophy
    2012 2012, In Philosophical Interventions: Reviews 1986-2011. New York.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This chapter reviews the book A Mind of One's Own: Feminist Essays on Reason and Objectivity (1993), by Louise B. Antony and Charlotte Witt. The appeal to reason and objectivity amounts to a request that the observer refuses to be intimidated by habit, and look for cogent arguments based on evidence that has been carefully sifted for bias. In our own society the arguments of feminists make such appeals to reason and objectivity all the time, and in a manner that closely resembles Platonic arguments. And yet today reason and objectivity are on the defensive in some feminist circles. We are frequently told that reason and objectivity are norms created by "patriarchy," and that to appeal to them is to succumb to the blandishments of the oppressor. We are told that systems of reasoning are systems of domination, and that to adopt the traditional one is thus to be co-opted. A Mind of One's Own is a collection of essays by women who are prominent in philosophy today and who wish to confront recent feminist criticisms of philosophy. Most of the contributors are under fifty and widely respected; most grew up with strong political ties to feminism.

    Study Questions

    1. Is a critique of reason within the scope of feminist concerns?
    2. How have contemporary ideals of rationality been used to perpetuate injustice, in philosophy and more generally?
    3. Is it still a tenable belief today that there is an essential incompatibility between feminism and analytic philosophy?
    4. Is it possible to rationally critique reason, or are feminist critiques of rationality doomed to failure or self-defeat?
    5. Are certain feminists correct in claiming that “one person’s reason is another person’s tyranny” (Longino, p.81)? If so, how can this be addressed within the domain of philosophy of logic, if at all?
    1. Is a critique of reason within the scope of feminist concerns?
    2. How have contemporary ideals of rationality been used to perpetuate injustice, in philosophy and more generally?
    3. Is it still a tenable belief today that there is an essential incompatibility between feminism and analytic philosophy?
    4. Is it possible to rationally critique reason, or are feminist critiques of rationality doomed to failure or self-defeat?
    5. Are certain feminists correct in claiming that “one person’s reason is another person’s tyranny” (Longino, p.81)? If so, how can this be addressed within the domain of philosophy of logic, if at all?
    Week 2. Andrea Nye's Feminist Critique of Logic

    This week focuses on Andrea Nye’s influential argument that the very idea of logic is fundamentally incompatible with feminist aims. Ironically, much of the contemporary literature on feminist logic arises as a direct reaction to Nye’s work.

    Nye’s book is a largely historical work, focused on giving a revisionist, feminist history of logic from Parmenides to Frege and beyond. Her analysis of each logician’s work is original, and she argues convincingly that logical theories need to be understood as products of specific times, places, cultures, and contexts. Nye also argues (in the book’s introduction and conclusion) that this should lead us to conclude that feminism and logic are incompatible; this argument has been the subject of heated criticism by several feminist philosophers and logicians, many of whom are featured in this syllabus.

    The second reading by Haas provides an extensive, if sympathetic, rebuttal of Nye’s criticism of Aristotelian logic, while at the same time emphasizing what is valuable about her critique. The rest of the chapter may also be of interest to students later in the course, after having engaged with Plumwood’s and Irigaray’s views.

    Finally, Ayim’s paper is a clear and accessible articulation of the standard response by feminist logicians to Nye’s book. This text is particularly useful because, in the second half of the paper, Ayim provides a detailed example of what feminist logic and feminist logical education might look like in practice.

    This week focuses on Andrea Nye’s influential argument that the very idea of logic is fundamentally incompatible with feminist aims. Ironically, much of the contemporary literature on feminist logic arises as a direct reaction to Nye’s work.

    Nye’s book is a largely historical work, focused on giving a revisionist, feminist history of logic from Parmenides to Frege and beyond. Her analysis of each logician’s work is original, and she argues convincingly that logical theories need to be understood as products of specific times, places, cultures, and contexts. Nye also argues (in the book’s introduction and conclusion) that this should lead us to conclude that feminism and logic are incompatible; this argument has been the subject of heated criticism by several feminist philosophers and logicians, many of whom are featured in this syllabus.

    The second reading by Haas provides an extensive, if sympathetic, rebuttal of Nye’s criticism of Aristotelian logic, while at the same time emphasizing what is valuable about her critique. The rest of the chapter may also be of interest to students later in the course, after having engaged with Plumwood’s and Irigaray’s views.

    Finally, Ayim’s paper is a clear and accessible articulation of the standard response by feminist logicians to Nye’s book. This text is particularly useful because, in the second half of the paper, Ayim provides a detailed example of what feminist logic and feminist logical education might look like in practice.

    On DRL Full text
    Nye, Andrea. Words of Power: A Feminist Reading of the History of Logic
    1990 1990, New York: Routledge.
    Introduction and Conclusion
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Is logic masculine? Is women's lack of interest in the "hard core" philosophical disciplines of formal logic and semantics symptomatic of an inadequacy linked to sex? Is the failure of women to excel in pure mathematics and mathematical science a function of their inability to think rationally? Andrea Nye undermines the assumptions that inform these questions, assumptions such as: logic is unitary, logic is independenet of concrete human relations, and logic transcends historical circumstances as well as gender. In a series of studies of the logics of historical figures--Parmenides, Plato, Aristotle, Zeno, Abelard, Ockham, and Frege--she traces the changing interrelationships between logical innovation and oppressive speech strategies, showing that logic is not transcendent truth but abstract forms of language spoken by men, whether Greek ruling citizens, or scientists.

    On DRL Full text
    Hass, Marjorie. Feminist Readings of Aristotelian Logic
    1998 -384 -350 -322, In C.A. Freeland (ed.), Feminist Interpretations of Aristotle. Pennsylvania State University Press: pp. 19-40.
    pp. 19-30
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Hass examines chapters devoted to Aristotle in a recent, prominent, and controversial feminist critique of logic, Andrea Nye's Words of Power: A Feminist Reading of the History of Logic. Hass shows that Nye's criticisms of logic in general and of Aristotle in particular are misplaced. What is crucial in Nye's attack are alleged problems caused by overzealous "abstraction." But Hass argues that abstraction is not problematic; instead, it is crucial (and empowering) for feminist political theory. Although she rejects Nye's form of feminist logic critique, Hass finds more that is worthwhile in the criticisms of logic advanced by Luce lrigaray and Val Plumwood. These thinkers call for feminist alternatives to what has come to be standard deductive logic - and interestingly enough, their call is echoed in other contemporary criticisms from within the field of logic itself, for example, from intuitionist or entailment logics. The logical schemes envisaged by lrigaray and Plumwood would encompass more situated and fluid ways of using formal systems to describe and analyse reality and diverse experiences. Hass argues that, in Aristotle's case, we can glimpse something of such an alternative by looking to his account of negation, which is richer and more complex than that allowed by most contemporary formal systems.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Ayim, Maryann. Passing Through the Needle’s Eye: Can a Feminist Teach Logic?
    1995 1995, Argumentation 9: 801-820.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Is it possible for one and the same person to be a feminist and a logician, or does this entail a psychic rift of such proportions that one is plunged into an endless cycle of self-contradiction? Andrea Nye's book, Words of Power (1990), is an eloquent affirmation of the psychic rift position. In what follows, I shall discuss Nye's proscription of logic as well as her perceived alternatives of a woman's language and reading. This will be followed by a discussion more sharply focused on Nye's feminist response to logic, namely, her claim that feminism and logic are incompatible. I will end by offering a sketch of a class in the life of a feminist teaching logic, a sketch which is both a response to Nye (in Nye's sense of the word) and a counter-example to her thesis that logic is necessarily destructive to any genuine feminist enterprise.

    Study Questions

    1. Is formal logic really “a man’s discipline”? What was your own experience of learning logic like?
    2. Do you think Nye is justified in drawing from her personal experiences to criticize logic?
    3. Nye refers to many things as logic: formal languages, the foundation of contemporary science, and everyday critical thinking. What do you think her main target, if any, is? Is there an understanding of “logic” that could resist her criticism?
    4. Ayim’s rebuttal of Nye largely focuses on informal logic or critical thinking. Do you think her arguments might be extended to formal logic?
    5. How does Nye understand the kind of “abstraction” that she sees as foundational for logic?
    6. Do you think Nye’s proposal for women to “read” without using logic is realistic?
    7. Somewhat provocatively, Nye points to all of the logical fallacies she has committed in her book. Do you think these fallacies invalidate her thesis? How could a logician claim otherwise?
    8. How should (formal and informal) logic be taught, when, and to whom?
    9. Does Ayim’s description of her logic classroom serve as an appropriate refutation of Nye’s views about the impossibility of “feminist logic”?
    10. Do you agree with Hass’ defense of Aristotelian logic? Could contemporary classical logic be defended in a similar way?
    1. Is formal logic really “a man’s discipline”? What was your own experience of learning logic like?
    2. Do you think Nye is justified in drawing from her personal experiences to criticize logic?
    3. Nye refers to many things as logic: formal languages, the foundation of contemporary science, and everyday critical thinking. What do you think her main target, if any, is? Is there an understanding of “logic” that could resist her criticism?
    4. Ayim’s rebuttal of Nye largely focuses on informal logic or critical thinking. Do you think her arguments might be extended to formal logic?
    5. How does Nye understand the kind of “abstraction” that she sees as foundational for logic?
    6. Do you think Nye’s proposal for women to “read” without using logic is realistic?
    7. Somewhat provocatively, Nye points to all of the logical fallacies she has committed in her book. Do you think these fallacies invalidate her thesis? How could a logician claim otherwise?
    8. How should (formal and informal) logic be taught, when, and to whom?
    9. Does Ayim’s description of her logic classroom serve as an appropriate refutation of Nye’s views about the impossibility of “feminist logic”?
    10. Do you agree with Hass’ defense of Aristotelian logic? Could contemporary classical logic be defended in a similar way?
    Week 3. Val Plumwood's Feminist Critique of Classical Logic

    This week focuses on Val Plumwood’s attempt to redirect feminist critiques of logic toward classical logic in particular, thus paving the way to a conception of feminist logic as alternative logic.

    This text is a classic of feminist logic, in which Plumwood makes the groundbreaking move of proposing a revision of logic on feminist grounds. Many subsequent discussions of feminist logic take this paper as a starting point.

    NB: the paper strongly overlaps with Chapter 2 of Plumwood’s Feminism and the Mastery of Nature. The paper is a bit more self-contained, but it omits Plumwood’s extended critique of postmodernist approaches.

    In the second reading, Garavaso serves as a convincing objector to Plumwood’s and Nye’s positions regarding feminist logic. She focuses largely on Plumwood’s claims about classical logic and negation, first by placing them in a broader context of feminist positions on rationality, and second by conducting a deep study of Frege’s views on negation in order to show that they do not support Plumwood’s position. Garavaso then questions an assumption that seems to be held by many feminist critics of reason, namely that philosophical argumentation is comparable to deductive logic.

    The third reading by Eckert and Donahue is a useful companion piece for Plumwood’s “The Politics of Reason”, in that it explains and responds to many different criticisms of Plumwood’s work.

    Finally, the further reading by Plumwood elaborates on the ideas presented in “The Politics of Reason”; in particular, her perspective on negation is compared to those of other feminist theorists such as Nancy Jay and Marilyn Frye.

     

    This week focuses on Val Plumwood’s attempt to redirect feminist critiques of logic toward classical logic in particular, thus paving the way to a conception of feminist logic as alternative logic.

    This text is a classic of feminist logic, in which Plumwood makes the groundbreaking move of proposing a revision of logic on feminist grounds. Many subsequent discussions of feminist logic take this paper as a starting point.

    NB: the paper strongly overlaps with Chapter 2 of Plumwood’s Feminism and the Mastery of Nature. The paper is a bit more self-contained, but it omits Plumwood’s extended critique of postmodernist approaches.

    In the second reading, Garavaso serves as a convincing objector to Plumwood’s and Nye’s positions regarding feminist logic. She focuses largely on Plumwood’s claims about classical logic and negation, first by placing them in a broader context of feminist positions on rationality, and second by conducting a deep study of Frege’s views on negation in order to show that they do not support Plumwood’s position. Garavaso then questions an assumption that seems to be held by many feminist critics of reason, namely that philosophical argumentation is comparable to deductive logic.

    The third reading by Eckert and Donahue is a useful companion piece for Plumwood’s “The Politics of Reason”, in that it explains and responds to many different criticisms of Plumwood’s work.

    Finally, the further reading by Plumwood elaborates on the ideas presented in “The Politics of Reason”; in particular, her perspective on negation is compared to those of other feminist theorists such as Nancy Jay and Marilyn Frye.

     

    On DRL Full text
    Plumwood, Val. The Politics of Reason: Towards a Feminist Logic
    1993 1993, Australasian Journal of Philosophy, 71(4): 436-462.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    The author argues that there is a strong connection between the dualisms that have strengthened and naturalized systematic oppression across history (man/woman, reason/emotion, etc.), and "classical" logic. It is suggested that feminism's response should not be to abandon logic altogether, but rather to focus on the development of alternative, less oppressive forms of rationality, of which relevant logics provide an example.

    Comment: This is a seminal text of feminist logic, and thus a natural pick for any course wanting to discuss the topic. It could however also be assigned in a course on relevant logics interested in discussing particular applications, especially if such a course has previously spent time on the arguments in Plumwood's "False laws of logic" (or more generally, in Sylvan&co's "Relevant logics and their rivals"). Eckert and Donahue's "Towards a Feminist Logic" is a useful reading companion.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Garavaso, Pieranna. The Woman of Reason: On the Re-appropriation of Rationality and the Enjoyment of Philosophy
    2015 2015, Meta-Philosophical Reflection on Feminist Philosophies of Science, pp.185-202..
    Sections 11.2-11.4
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    This paper starts out from two feminist criticisms of classical logic, namely Andrea Nye’s general rejection of logic and Val Plumwood’s criticism of the standard notion of negation in classical logic. I then look at some of Gottlob Frege’s reflections on negation in one of his later Logical Investigations. It will appear clear that Frege’s notion of negation is not easily pegged in the general category of ‘Otherness’ that Plumwood uses to characterize negation in classical logic. In the second half of the paper, I discuss the claim that the adversarial method of argumentation in philosophy is hostile to feminist goals and perhaps responsible for the low numbers of women engaged in academic philosophy. Against this hypothesis, I claim that a more naturalistic perspective on logic can avoid essentialism and provide a feminist friendly and pluralist view of logic, human reasoning, and philosophical argumentation.

    On DRL Read free
    Eckert, Maureen, Donahue, Charlie. Towards a Feminist Logic: Val Plumwood’s Legacy and Beyond
    2020 2020, In Dominic Hyde (ed.), Noneist Explorations II: The Sylvan Jungle - Volume 3 (Synthese Library, 432). Dordrecht: pp. 424-448.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Val Plumwood’s 1993 paper, “The politics of reason: towards a feminist logic” (hence- forth POR) attempted to set the stage for what she hoped would begin serious feminist exploration into formal logic – not merely its historical abuses, but, more importantly, its potential uses. This work offers us: (1) a case for there being feminist logic; and (2) a sketch of what it should resemble. The former goal of Plumwood’s paper encourages feminist theorists to reject anti-logic feminist views. The paper’s latter aim is even more challenging. Plumwood’s critique of classical negation (and classical logic) as a logic of domination asks us to recognize that particular logical systems are weapons of oppression. Against anti-logic feminist theorists, Plumwood argues that there are other logics besides classical logic, such as relevant logics, which are suited for feminist theorizing. Some logics may oppress while others may liberate. We provide details about the sources and context for her rejection of classical logic and motivation for promoting relevant logics as feminist.

    Comment: This is an ideal companion piece to Plumwood's paper: it provides an accessible summary, and discusses both objections to the paper and possible responses.

    On DRL Full text
    Plumwood, Val. Feminism and the Logic of Alterity
    2002 2002, In Falmagne, R.J. and Hass, M. eds. Representing Reason: Feminist Theory and Formal Logic. Rowman & Littlefield.
    Further reading
    Expand entry

    Introduction: Plumwood’s second essay uses logical distinctions to map the difficult terrain of feminist theories of difference. By carefully distinguishing among forms of difference, Plumwood refutes attempts by some feminist theorists to identify dichotomous thinking with oppressive thinking.

    Comment: Helpful in clarifying the views presented in Plumwood's "The politics of reason: towards a feminist logic". It is also a possible pick for any course interested in looking specifically at negation from feminist perspectives, in which case it is best paired with some of the feminist critiques of negation she challenges (e.g. Nancy Jay's "Gender and dichotomy", or Frye's "The necessity of differences").

    Study Questions

    1. What notion of feminist logic arises from Plumwood’s work?
    2. What is the relationship between Plumwood’s proposal and Nye’s criticism of logic? Is it a mere shift of target, or does Plumwood also provide a refutation of Nye’s view?
    3. Which aspect(s) of classical logic is Plumwood taking issue with? Can you think of other classical laws that would be worrying on the same grounds?
    4. If you are familiar with some nonclassical logics: are they better or worse than classical logic, according to Plumwood’s criteria?
    5. Eckert and Donahue note that Plumwood’s criteria “make good sense even if we were to view logic as neutral but […] able to be weaponized (a less radical view than Plumwood’s)” (p.442). How does the difference between these two views affect Plumwood’s arguments?
    6. Do you agree with Eckert and Donahue’s defense of Plumwood against criticism by MacPherson and Garavaso? What is the difference, if any, between these authors’ interpretations of Plumwood?
    1. What notion of feminist logic arises from Plumwood’s work?
    2. What is the relationship between Plumwood’s proposal and Nye’s criticism of logic? Is it a mere shift of target, or does Plumwood also provide a refutation of Nye’s view?
    3. Which aspect(s) of classical logic is Plumwood taking issue with? Can you think of other classical laws that would be worrying on the same grounds?
    4. If you are familiar with some nonclassical logics: are they better or worse than classical logic, according to Plumwood’s criteria?
    5. Eckert and Donahue note that Plumwood’s criteria “make good sense even if we were to view logic as neutral but […] able to be weaponized (a less radical view than Plumwood’s)” (p.442). How does the difference between these two views affect Plumwood’s arguments?
    6. Do you agree with Eckert and Donahue’s defense of Plumwood against criticism by MacPherson and Garavaso? What is the difference, if any, between these authors’ interpretations of Plumwood?
    Week 4. Luce Irigaray's Feminist Critique of Logic

    This week discusses Luce Irigaray’s critique of identity, generality, and difference in classical logic, as showcased by its failure in expressing gender.

    The first reading is an accessible introduction by Hans to Irigaray’s views on logic—particularly with respect to generality, identity, and negation—which served as inspiration for many of the foundational critiques of feminist logic in the late 20th century. In particular, she argues that formal logic is inadequate for capturing gender.

    In the second reading, Irigaray presents her view of logic as the non-neutral language of science in a relatively accessible manner. It is one of the texts on which Hass bases her interpretation, and so it makes for good secondary reading.

    The first further reading is another paper on which Hass bases her interpretation, where Irigaray compares the feminine to the real which is forgotten in idealized physical models. It is significantly more challenging, and some experience with Lacanian psychoanalysis is recommended.

    Finally, the last further reading is a more challenging paper by Irigaray, this time focused on the inherently gendered nature of language. It can be read (in English or in the original French) by anyone hoping for a more detailed representation of Irigaray’s views on logic.

    This week discusses Luce Irigaray’s critique of identity, generality, and difference in classical logic, as showcased by its failure in expressing gender.

    The first reading is an accessible introduction by Hans to Irigaray’s views on logic—particularly with respect to generality, identity, and negation—which served as inspiration for many of the foundational critiques of feminist logic in the late 20th century. In particular, she argues that formal logic is inadequate for capturing gender.

    In the second reading, Irigaray presents her view of logic as the non-neutral language of science in a relatively accessible manner. It is one of the texts on which Hass bases her interpretation, and so it makes for good secondary reading.

    The first further reading is another paper on which Hass bases her interpretation, where Irigaray compares the feminine to the real which is forgotten in idealized physical models. It is significantly more challenging, and some experience with Lacanian psychoanalysis is recommended.

    Finally, the last further reading is a more challenging paper by Irigaray, this time focused on the inherently gendered nature of language. It can be read (in English or in the original French) by anyone hoping for a more detailed representation of Irigaray’s views on logic.

    On DRL Full text
    Hass, Marjorie. Fluid Thinking: Irigaray’s Critique of Formal Logic
    2002 2002, In Falmagne, R.J. and Hass, M. eds. Representing Reason: Feminist Theory and Formal Logic. Rowman & Littlefield.
    Expand entry

    From the Introduction: "Marjorie Hass addresses the limitations of logical concepts, including negation, by illuminating the ongoing critique of these terms in the work of Luce Irigaray. In Hass’s view, Irigaray’s work calls the neutrality of logic into question, suggesting that the standard formalism is capable of expressing only distorted and partial interpretations of negation, identity, and generality. More specifically, in Irigaray’s work, standard symbolic logic is shown to be unable to represent the form of difference proper to sexual difference, the form of identity proper to feminine identity, and the form of generality proper to a feminine generic. Hass interprets and evaluates Irigaray’s critique of logic, arguing that many of Irigaray’s readers have misunderstood its nature and force."

    On DRL Full text
    Irigaray, Luce. Is the Subject of Science Sexed?
    1987 1987, Hypatia, 2 (3): 65-87, trans. C. Bové.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The premise of this paper is that the language of science, like language in general, is neither asexual nor neutral. The essay demonstrates the various ways in which the non-neutrality of the subject of science is expressed and proposes that there is a need to analyze the laws that determine the acceptability of language and discourse in order to interpret their connection to a sexed logic.
    On DRL Full text
    Irigaray, Luce. The “Mechanics” of Fluids
    1985 1985, In This Sex Which Is Not One, trans. C. Porter and C. Burke.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The paper argues that science's focus on the ideal and stable hides, and thus contributes to the silencing of, the real and fluid, which corresponds to womanhood.
    On DRL Full text
    Irigaray, Luce, Carlston, Erin G.. The Language of Man
    1989 1989, Cultural Critique, 13: 191-202.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This paper enumerates Irigaray's main arguments and thoughts regarding the gendered nature of language and "the logos".

    Study Questions

    1. What is Irigaray’s issue with logic? How does it differ from other feminist critiques?
    2. Hass suggests that “it is only insofar as [standard] formalism is used as a model for sexual difference that Irigaray’s critique gets its purchase” (p.84). Do you agree? Can you think of other topics where logic might be problematic on similar grounds?
    3. Why does Irigaray think the laws of identity and non-contradiction fail to apply to “woman”?
    4. Could a feminist logic addressing Irigaray’s critique exist? What would it have to be like? Can you think of any existing examples?
    5. What does Irigaray’s critique mean for science? Can scientists simply ignore this kind of critique, or does it call for a change in practice?
    1. What is Irigaray’s issue with logic? How does it differ from other feminist critiques?
    2. Hass suggests that “it is only insofar as [standard] formalism is used as a model for sexual difference that Irigaray’s critique gets its purchase” (p.84). Do you agree? Can you think of other topics where logic might be problematic on similar grounds?
    3. Why does Irigaray think the laws of identity and non-contradiction fail to apply to “woman”?
    4. Could a feminist logic addressing Irigaray’s critique exist? What would it have to be like? Can you think of any existing examples?
    5. What does Irigaray’s critique mean for science? Can scientists simply ignore this kind of critique, or does it call for a change in practice?
    Week 5. Can There be a Feminist Logic?

    This week investigates the very idea of feminist logic. Both Marjorie Hass and Gillian Russell provide several possible characterizations, and discuss their consequences for the philosophy of logic.

    The first reading offers an accessible overview of feminist critiques of logic and the various possibilities for what “feminist logic” might be. It introduces some helpful distinctions—e.g., feminist criticisms of “bad logic” as compared to feminist criticisms of “logic as usual”—for making sense of the positions of thinkers such as Nye, Plumwood, and Nussbaum.

    In the second reading, Russell suggests one possible argument for the possibility of feminist logic: if (like anti-exceptionalists) you believe that logic is importantly similar to science, then you might think that there is feminist logic in the same way that there is feminist science. Russell takes this argument to its natural endpoint by examining each of the possible ways that feminist logic might be understood as analogous to feminist science. This serves as a helpful introduction to the rich possibilities for feminist logicians to approach logic as anti-exceptionalists.

    The further reading provides a sympathetic reading of Plumwood’s work on feminist logic, and it offers a different version of how “feminist logic” might be understood. Russell’s arguments against Plumwood are also directly addressed.

    This week investigates the very idea of feminist logic. Both Marjorie Hass and Gillian Russell provide several possible characterizations, and discuss their consequences for the philosophy of logic.

    The first reading offers an accessible overview of feminist critiques of logic and the various possibilities for what “feminist logic” might be. It introduces some helpful distinctions—e.g., feminist criticisms of “bad logic” as compared to feminist criticisms of “logic as usual”—for making sense of the positions of thinkers such as Nye, Plumwood, and Nussbaum.

    In the second reading, Russell suggests one possible argument for the possibility of feminist logic: if (like anti-exceptionalists) you believe that logic is importantly similar to science, then you might think that there is feminist logic in the same way that there is feminist science. Russell takes this argument to its natural endpoint by examining each of the possible ways that feminist logic might be understood as analogous to feminist science. This serves as a helpful introduction to the rich possibilities for feminist logicians to approach logic as anti-exceptionalists.

    The further reading provides a sympathetic reading of Plumwood’s work on feminist logic, and it offers a different version of how “feminist logic” might be understood. Russell’s arguments against Plumwood are also directly addressed.

    On DRL Full text
    Hass, Marjorie. Can There Be a Feminist Logic?
    1999 1999, In Emanuela Bianchi (ed.), Is Feminist Philosophy Philosophy? Northwestern University Press. pp. 190--201.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Can there be a feminist logic? By most accounts the answer would be no. What l find remarkable is the great difference in the justifications provided for this conclusion. The impossibility of feminist logic is defended, on the one hand, on the grounds that logic itself is most fundamentally a form of domination and so is inimical to feminist aims. Other philosophers, while also defending the impossibility of feminist logic, do so from the conviction that it is feminist theory rather than logic that is the problem. For these thinkers, feminism cannot make any interesting or important contribution to logic because feminist theory is fundamentally shallow or misguided. In this paper I will argue that both positions are mistaken: Logic is neither as totalizing as the one side believes nor is feminist theory as inconsequential for logic as the other pole would have it. In the course of these arguments, I describe the work of several feminist logicians, showing the possibility and value of feminist approaches to logic.

    Comment: Very accessible introduction to the (early) literature on feminist logic, adequate for both a general logic course and a general feminist philosophy course (preferably together with at least one specialized reading). Its presentation of various contrasting positions on the topic should provide fertile grounds for discussion.

    On DRL Read free
    Russell, Gillian. From Anti-Exceptionalism to Feminist Logic
    2023 2023, Hypatia, forthcoming.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Anti-exceptionalists about formal logic think that logic is continuous with the sciences. Many philosophers of science think that there is feminist science. Putting these two things together: can anti-exceptionalism make space for feminist logic? The answer depends on the details of the ways logic is like science and the ways science can be feminist. This paper wades into these details, examines five different approaches, and ultimately argues that anti-exceptionalism makes space for feminist logic in several different ways.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Restovic, Ivan. Feminist Logic, Literally
    2023 2023, The Australasian Journal of Logic, 20 (2): 318-347.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In this paper, I discuss Plumwood's feminist logic program. I argue both in favor of her general stance in feminist philosophy of logic and her more specific feminist critique of classical logic. Plumwood's general position is in opposition with (I think it's safe to say) the prevailing view in analytic philosophy about the relation between formal logic and feminist theory, according to which feminist theory cannot say anything about or against logic proper, since the issues of oppression are external to logic as a (formal) discipline. Connected to this externalism is a non-Plumwoodian view that "feminist logic" either doesn't mean anything, or that it has some figurative meaning. Concerning Plumwood's (I think it's safe to say) not widely accepted feminist critique of classical logic, I propose an interpretation according to which classical logic is oppressive only when it's used to describe a particular, "dualized" or "dualizable", kind of notions. In accordance with this understanding, I consider five features of oppressive differentiations as proposed by Plumwood, arguing that two of them don't concern negation, the feminist critique of which operator Plumwood is mostly (in)famous for.

    Study Questions

    1. How do the possible understandings of feminist logic suggested by Hass – critiques of “bad logic”, and critiques of “logic as usual” – compare with the ones suggested by Russell?
    2. Can you think of other examples of logics that might be categorized as feminist according to these proposals?
    3. The very idea of feminist logic is often dismissed as either irrational or ill-founded. How can these conceptions avoid said critique, or undermine its force, if at all?
    4. How do different conceptions of feminist logic fare with respect to Nye’s conjecture that no feminist logic could ever be truly emancipatory?
    5. Do you agree with Russell’s interpretation of Nye’s and Plumwood’s positions? If not, how does this affect your view of Russell’s criticisms?
    6. Can you think of other possible meanings of “feminist logic”?
    1. How do the possible understandings of feminist logic suggested by Hass – critiques of “bad logic”, and critiques of “logic as usual” – compare with the ones suggested by Russell?
    2. Can you think of other examples of logics that might be categorized as feminist according to these proposals?
    3. The very idea of feminist logic is often dismissed as either irrational or ill-founded. How can these conceptions avoid said critique, or undermine its force, if at all?
    4. How do different conceptions of feminist logic fare with respect to Nye’s conjecture that no feminist logic could ever be truly emancipatory?
    5. Do you agree with Russell’s interpretation of Nye’s and Plumwood’s positions? If not, how does this affect your view of Russell’s criticisms?
    6. Can you think of other possible meanings of “feminist logic”?
    Week 6. Feminist Logic and the Natural Sciences

    This week discusses a possible path from feminist science to feminist logic: feminist perspectives on science may suggest revision, and on Quinean grounds, those revisions may go up to logic itself. Lynn Hankinson Nelson & Jack Nelson spell out the theoretical argument, while Andrea Nye discusses a particularly promising example from biology.

    Drawing from biology, the first reading provides an explicit example of how the work of feminist scientists might suggest a revision of our logic. In the second reading, Hankinson Nelson & Nelson provide a useful and accessible summary of Quine’s views on the empirical revision of science and logic, thus setting the stage for a view that allows for the revision of logic on feminist grounds. This paper thus serves as a helpful theoretical basis for the argument in Nye’s paper on predicate logic and natural kinds.

    This week discusses a possible path from feminist science to feminist logic: feminist perspectives on science may suggest revision, and on Quinean grounds, those revisions may go up to logic itself. Lynn Hankinson Nelson & Jack Nelson spell out the theoretical argument, while Andrea Nye discusses a particularly promising example from biology.

    Drawing from biology, the first reading provides an explicit example of how the work of feminist scientists might suggest a revision of our logic. In the second reading, Hankinson Nelson & Nelson provide a useful and accessible summary of Quine’s views on the empirical revision of science and logic, thus setting the stage for a view that allows for the revision of logic on feminist grounds. This paper thus serves as a helpful theoretical basis for the argument in Nye’s paper on predicate logic and natural kinds.

    On DRL Full text
    Nye, Andrea. Saying What It Is: Predicate Logic and Natural Kinds
    2002 2002, In Falmagne, R.J. and Hass, M. eds. Representing Reason: Feminist Theory and Formal Logic. Rowman & Littlefield.
    Expand entry

    From the Introduction: "Andrea Nye is also concerned with the role of logic in science, linking the adequacy of logic with its applicability in a domain of scientific knowledge. Nye argues that the dominant predicate logic cannot adequately represent the issues surrounding attempts to divide organisms into species. Feminist critiques of the extensional theory of meaning lay the ground for alternative theories of categorization. Without renewed models of categorization, Nye submits, science is in danger of becoming a self-enclosed “logical” system, rather than an instrumental model of reality."

    On DRL Full text
    Nelson, Lynn Hankinson, Nelson, Jack. Logic from a Quinean Perspective: An Empirical Enterprise
    2002 2002, In Falmagne, R.J. and Hass, M. eds. Representing Reason: Feminist Theory and Formal Logic. Rowman & Littlefield.
    Expand entry

    From the Introduction: "Lynn Hankinson Nelson and Jack Nelson extend the work begun in the former’s book Who Knows: From Quine to a Feminist Empiricism, by showing that a Quinean understanding of logic as an empirical field implies that logic remains open to revision in light of fundamental shifts in knowledge. Nelson and Nelson point to the revisions in scientific understandings made possible by the incorporation of women and women’s lives as emblematic of the possible ways that feminist thought can provide a deep reworking of the structures of knowledge and thus potentially of logic. Although they are cautious of any conclusions that logic must change, their work offers a theoretical ground from which the effects of feminist theorizing on logic can be usefully explored."

    Study Questions

    1. What might motivate philosophers to think that logic can be empirically revised in the same way as scientific theories?
    2. What is the scope of possible empirical revisions to logic? Are there any logical connectives or rules that are immune to such revisions?
    3. Does Nye provide a convincing example of empirical data that would rightly prompt logical revisions, or can these scientists’ findings be accommodated within classical logic without revision?
    4. Could there be an argument for the empirical revision of logic even if all scientists’ findings *could* in principle be accommodated within classical logic?
    5. What would make an empirical revision of logic properly “feminist”?
    1. What might motivate philosophers to think that logic can be empirically revised in the same way as scientific theories?
    2. What is the scope of possible empirical revisions to logic? Are there any logical connectives or rules that are immune to such revisions?
    3. Does Nye provide a convincing example of empirical data that would rightly prompt logical revisions, or can these scientists’ findings be accommodated within classical logic without revision?
    4. Could there be an argument for the empirical revision of logic even if all scientists’ findings *could* in principle be accommodated within classical logic?
    5. What would make an empirical revision of logic properly “feminist”?
    Week 7. Logic and Gender Models

    This week focuses on the idea of feminist logic qua logic of gender. Several contemporary gender models are compared: while Helen Daly’s “folklore” models implicitly rely on classical dichotomies, Maureen Eckert argues that nonclassical logics can do a better job.

    The first reading by Daly offers an accessible overview of (classical) folk gender models, what they get right, and where they go wrong.

    In the second paper by Eckert, readers are given a nice example of how certain nonclassical logics have an advantage over classical logic when it comes to modelling gender. Some important shortcomings of Plumwood’s methods are also examined.

    The further reading by Collins discusses certain advantages of nonclassical logics (this time, fuzzy logic) over classical logic for modelling gender. The proposed model is compared to Daly’s above.

    This week focuses on the idea of feminist logic qua logic of gender. Several contemporary gender models are compared: while Helen Daly’s “folklore” models implicitly rely on classical dichotomies, Maureen Eckert argues that nonclassical logics can do a better job.

    The first reading by Daly offers an accessible overview of (classical) folk gender models, what they get right, and where they go wrong.

    In the second paper by Eckert, readers are given a nice example of how certain nonclassical logics have an advantage over classical logic when it comes to modelling gender. Some important shortcomings of Plumwood’s methods are also examined.

    The further reading by Collins discusses certain advantages of nonclassical logics (this time, fuzzy logic) over classical logic for modelling gender. The proposed model is compared to Daly’s above.

    On DRL Full text
    Daly, Helen. Modelling Sex/gender
    2017 2017, Think 16 (46):79-92.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    People often assume that everyone can be divided by sex/gender (that is, by physical and social characteristics having to do with maleness and femaleness) into two tidy categories: male and female. Careful thought, however, leads us to reject that simple ‘binary’ picture, since not all people fall precisely into one group or the other. But if we do not think of sex/gender in terms of those two categories, how else might we think of it? Here I consider four distinct models; each model correctly captures some features of sex/gender, and so each is appropriate in some contexts. But the first three models are inadequate when tough questions arise, like whether trans women should be admitted as students at a women’s college or when it is appropriate for intersex athletes to compete in women’s athletic events. (‘Trans’ refers to the wide range of people who have an atypical gender identity for someone of their birth-assigned sex, and ‘intersex’ refers to people whose bodies naturally develop with markedly different physical sex characteristics than are paradigmatic of either men or women.) Such questions of inclusion and exclusion matter enormously to the people whose lives are affected by them, but ordinary notions of sex/gender offer few answers. The fourth model I describe is especially designed to make those hard decisions easier by providing a process to clarify what matters.

    Comment: Very accessible introduction to the problems with folk gender models. If one wants to emphasize the contrast between normative vs descriptive account of gender terms, the piece is naturally paired with Rory Collins' "Modeling gender as a multidimensional sorites paradox".

    On DRL Read free
    Eckert, Maureen. De-centering and Genderqueering Val Plumwood’s Feminist Logic
    2024 2024, In R. Cook and A. Yap (eds.), Feminist Philosophy and Formal Logic. University of Minnesota Press.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The strongest and, until recently, least-explored approach to feminist logic holds that some formal logics have structural features that perpetuate sexism and oppression, whereas other logics are helpful for resisting and opposing these social phenomena. Our choice of logics may not be purely formal on this view: for example, some logics are preferrable to others on the grounds of feminist commitments. This strong account of feminist logic was first articulated by Val Plumwood. We will critically engage salient features of her view, especially her critique of classical logic and the centering and dominating functions she believes classical negation has. We will see that her understanding of classical negation captures neither the development of Intersectional Feminism, nor the position the concept of centering holds in transformative justice. However, Plumwood's critique of classical negation does lead us to a deeper insight regarding which logics to apply in social justice contexts. Robin Dembroff's analysis of genderqueer as a critical gender kind helps us delineate a non-classical context in which a four-valued logic, such as FDE, can structurally account for the critical feature of this gender kind in a way classical logic cannot. We will also observe how four-valued logics precisely capture the destabilization of, and resistance to, the exclusive and exhaustive gender binary categories Dembroff describes.
    On DRL Full text
    Collins, Rory. Modeling Gender as a Multidimensional Sorites Paradox
    2021 2021, Hypatia, 36 (2): 302-320.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Gender is both indeterminate and multifaceted: many individuals do not fit neatly into accepted gender categories, and a vast number of characteristics are relevant to determining a person's gender. This article demonstrates how these two features, taken together, enable gender to be modeled as a multidimensional sorites paradox. After discussing the diverse terminology used to describe gender, I extend Helen Daly's research into sex classifications in the Olympics and show how varying testosterone levels can be represented using a sorites argument. The most appropriate way of addressing the paradox that results, I propose, is to employ fuzzy logic. I then move beyond physiological characteristics and consider how gender portrayals in reality television shows align with Judith Butler's notion of performativity, thereby revealing gender to be composed of numerous criteria. Following this, I explore how various elements of gender can each be modeled as individual sorites paradoxes such that the overall concept forms a multidimensional paradox. Resolving this dilemma through fuzzy logic provides a novel framework for interpreting gender membership.

    Study Questions

    1. A gender model can have many goals: capturing how gender terms are used, how gender “really is”, how we should talk and think about gender, and more. What are the pros and cons of using formal logic for these various goals? Is formal logic ever inappropriate for such goals?
    2. What are the pros and cons of different logics when it comes to accounting for non-binary identities?
    3. It is often possible to reconstruct discourse in one logic within a different logic. Do you think the choice of logic is crucial in presenting a model, or is logical translation harmless?
    4. Daly suggests different gender models may be appropriate depending on circumstances. Do you agree? Could there be a reason to fix a particular model instead?
    5. Why does Eckert reject Plumwood’s wholesale rejection of classical logic? How does her conception of feminist logic differ from Plumwood’s?
    6. How does Irigaray’s critique of formal logic fare with respect to contemporary gender models?
    1. A gender model can have many goals: capturing how gender terms are used, how gender “really is”, how we should talk and think about gender, and more. What are the pros and cons of using formal logic for these various goals? Is formal logic ever inappropriate for such goals?
    2. What are the pros and cons of different logics when it comes to accounting for non-binary identities?
    3. It is often possible to reconstruct discourse in one logic within a different logic. Do you think the choice of logic is crucial in presenting a model, or is logical translation harmless?
    4. Daly suggests different gender models may be appropriate depending on circumstances. Do you agree? Could there be a reason to fix a particular model instead?
    5. Why does Eckert reject Plumwood’s wholesale rejection of classical logic? How does her conception of feminist logic differ from Plumwood’s?
    6. How does Irigaray’s critique of formal logic fare with respect to contemporary gender models?
    Week 8. Logic and Feminist Epistemology/Metaphysics

    This week shows how formal logic may be used in pursuing feminist aims by looking at two particular applications: Gillian Russell’s modelling of “social spheres” and Catharine Saint-Croix’s modelling of epistemic standpoints.

    The first reading by Russell is an example of how feminist concerns might drive research in logic, in this case by suggesting a new kind of quantifier aimed at representing subordinating speech. The final part of the paper is also notable for its discussion of the value of formal logic in feminist theorizing.

    The second reading by Saint-Croix is an example of how formal logic could be useful for feminist epistemologists. It contains an extensive introduction to standpoint theory and its history, and formal elements are introduced with many examples and informal discussion.

    The further reading presents a variation of Saint-Croix’s framework from above, focused on capturing the epistemic stances of activists.

    This week shows how formal logic may be used in pursuing feminist aims by looking at two particular applications: Gillian Russell’s modelling of “social spheres” and Catharine Saint-Croix’s modelling of epistemic standpoints.

    The first reading by Russell is an example of how feminist concerns might drive research in logic, in this case by suggesting a new kind of quantifier aimed at representing subordinating speech. The final part of the paper is also notable for its discussion of the value of formal logic in feminist theorizing.

    The second reading by Saint-Croix is an example of how formal logic could be useful for feminist epistemologists. It contains an extensive introduction to standpoint theory and its history, and formal elements are introduced with many examples and informal discussion.

    The further reading presents a variation of Saint-Croix’s framework from above, focused on capturing the epistemic stances of activists.

    On DRL Read free
    Russell, Gillian. Social Spheres: Logic, Ranking, and Subordination
    2024 2024, In R. Cook and A. Yap (eds.), Feminist Philosophy and Formal Logic. University of Minnesota Press.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    This paper uses logic - a formal language with models and a consequence relation - to think about the social and political topics of subordination and subordinative speech. I take subordination to be a matter of three things: i) ranking one person or a group of people below others, ii) depriving the lower-ranked of rights, and iii) permitting others to discriminate against them. Subordinative speech is speech - utterances in contexts - which subordinates. Section 1 introduces the topic of subordination using examples from the 1979 novel Kindred by Octavia Butler. Section 2 uses these examples to clarify and illustrate the definitions of subordination and subordinative speech. Sections 3 and 4 then develop a way of modeling subordination using a system of social spheres, an adaptation of (Lewis, 1973)'s approach to modeling the relation of comparative similarity on worlds for counterfactuals. Section 4 looks at three possible applications for this work: giving truth-conditions for social quantifiers, identifying fallacies involving such expressions, and explaining the pragmatics of subordinative speech. The last section anticipates objections and raises further questions.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Saint-Croix, Catharine. Privilege and Position: Formal Tools for Standpoint Epistemology
    2020 2020, Res Philosophica, 97(4), 489-524.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    How does being a woman affect one’s epistemic life? What about being black? Or queer? Standpoint theorists argue that such social positions can give rise to otherwise unavailable epistemic privilege. “Epistemic privilege” is a murky concept, however. Critics of standpoint theory argue that the view is offered without a clear explanation of how standpoints confer their benefits, what those benefits are, or why social positions are particularly apt to produce them. But this need not be so. This article articulates a minimal version of standpoint epistemology that avoids these criticisms and supports the normative goals of its feminist forerunners. With this foundation, we develop a formal model in which to explore standpoint epistemology using neighborhood semantics for modal logic.

    Comment: The paper contains a very extensive introduction to standpoint theory and its history, making it well suited for a course on modal logic (showcasing an application) or on formal epistemology. Formal elements are introduced with a lot of examples and informal discussion, so the paper might also be used in a course focusing on standpoint theory, although familiarity with (some) formal semantics is still a prerequisite.

    On DRL Read free
    Saint-Croix, Catharine. Activist Epistemology
    2024 2024, In R. Cook and A. Yap (eds.), Feminist Philosophy and Formal Logic. University of Minnesota Press.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: I propose a model on which epistemic frameworks are understood in terms of not only beliefs, but also sets of evidential support relations. We are generally responsive to multiple frameworks, some more compatible than others.The model allows for prioritizing certain frameworks by drawing on van Benthem and Pacuit's work on logics for evidence-based belief. This prioritization allows us to capture the idea that some epistemic frameworks are "held come what may" with nuance and complexity.

    Study Questions

    1. Can you think of situations – e.g. from your own experience – you could model using Russell’s and Saint-Croix’s frameworks? What advantages and limitations can you see?
    2. One common worry, explicitly discussed by Russell, is that formal logic is too “academic” to be of use for concrete feminist goals. Do you agree? Can you think of ways in which such work could be valuable in practice?
    3. Both Russell and Saint-Croix rely on (extensions of) classical logic. Do you think this is problematic? Could Nye’s or Plumwood’s criticisms apply to such uses?
    4. Do you think it would be possible to obtain this kind of models using alternative logics? How would that affect the results?
    5. Can you think of other possible applications of formal modelling in feminist philosophy? Are there any topics that should not receive this kind of treatment? Why?
    1. Can you think of situations – e.g. from your own experience – you could model using Russell’s and Saint-Croix’s frameworks? What advantages and limitations can you see?
    2. One common worry, explicitly discussed by Russell, is that formal logic is too “academic” to be of use for concrete feminist goals. Do you agree? Can you think of ways in which such work could be valuable in practice?
    3. Both Russell and Saint-Croix rely on (extensions of) classical logic. Do you think this is problematic? Could Nye’s or Plumwood’s criticisms apply to such uses?
    4. Do you think it would be possible to obtain this kind of models using alternative logics? How would that affect the results?
    5. Can you think of other possible applications of formal modelling in feminist philosophy? Are there any topics that should not receive this kind of treatment? Why?
    Week 9. Feminist Rehabilitations of the History of Logic

    This week explores the idea of finding feminist logic in the history of logic via three examples: John Dewey’s pragmatist logic, Stoic logic as a logic of sense, and Aristotelian negation.

    In the first reading, Guen Hart interprets Dewey’s Logic: The Theory of Inquiry (1938) as a theory of logic that could reasonably be described as feminist, in part due to its pragmatist perspective. This serves as a nice demonstration of what a feminist philosophical (re-)appropriation of logic might look like—though Guen Hart doesn’t go much further than restating and explaining Dewey’s views in great detail.

    In the second reading, Olkowski offers a substantial contribution to the feminist-logic conversation by linking Nye’s criticisms of logic with the views of Merlau-Ponty and Deleuze on language. She then proposes that these criticisms can be addressed by Stoic logic, which makes room for “perception and reflection” in logic. The paper provides detailed overviews of these different positions, but it can be difficult to navigate as an introductory text.

    Finally, in the third reading, Hass not only defends Aristotelian logic from Nye’s onslaught, but also argues that Aristotelian negation – as opposed to Fregean negation – may in fact be the first step of an answer to Plumwood’s and Irigaray’s concerns.

    This week explores the idea of finding feminist logic in the history of logic via three examples: John Dewey’s pragmatist logic, Stoic logic as a logic of sense, and Aristotelian negation.

    In the first reading, Guen Hart interprets Dewey’s Logic: The Theory of Inquiry (1938) as a theory of logic that could reasonably be described as feminist, in part due to its pragmatist perspective. This serves as a nice demonstration of what a feminist philosophical (re-)appropriation of logic might look like—though Guen Hart doesn’t go much further than restating and explaining Dewey’s views in great detail.

    In the second reading, Olkowski offers a substantial contribution to the feminist-logic conversation by linking Nye’s criticisms of logic with the views of Merlau-Ponty and Deleuze on language. She then proposes that these criticisms can be addressed by Stoic logic, which makes room for “perception and reflection” in logic. The paper provides detailed overviews of these different positions, but it can be difficult to navigate as an introductory text.

    Finally, in the third reading, Hass not only defends Aristotelian logic from Nye’s onslaught, but also argues that Aristotelian negation – as opposed to Fregean negation – may in fact be the first step of an answer to Plumwood’s and Irigaray’s concerns.

    On DRL Full text
    Guen Hart, Carroll. “Power in the service of love”: John Dewey’s Logic and the Dream of a Common Language
    1993 1993, Hypatia 8 (2):190-214.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    While contemporary feminist philosophical discussions focus on the oppressiveness of universality which obliterates “difference,” the complete demise of universality might hamper feminist philosophy in its political project of furthering the well-being of all women. Dewey's thoroughly functionalized, relativized, and fallibilized understanding of universality may help us cut universality down to size while also appreciating its limited contribution. Deweyan universality may signify the ongoing search for a genuinely common language in the midst of difference.

    On DRL Full text
    Olkowski, Dorothea. Words of Power and the Logic of Sense
    2002 2002, In Falmagne, R.J. and Hass, M. eds. Representing Reason: Feminist Theory and Formal Logic. Rowman & Littlefield.
    Expand entry

    From the Introduction: "Dorothea Olkowski’s chapter offers an analysis of the need to develop a logic of sense. Drawing on the work of Gilles Deleuze, Olkowski defends formal logic against feminist theorists who have urged that we organize thinking around the principles of embodiment. She warns us against the complete merging of bodily functions and sense-making activities. In Olkowski’s view, feminists need to acknowledge the usefulness of logical analyses at the same time that they must insist on formal systems that reflect and are tempered by human and humane values."

    On DRL Full text
    Hass, Marjorie. Feminist Readings of Aristotelian Logic
    1998 -384 -350 -322, In C.A. Freeland (ed.), Feminist Interpretations of Aristotle. Pennsylvania State University Press: pp. 19-40.
    pp. 30-37
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Hass examines chapters devoted to Aristotle in a recent, prominent, and controversial feminist critique of logic, Andrea Nye's Words of Power: A Feminist Reading of the History of Logic. Hass shows that Nye's criticisms of logic in general and of Aristotle in particular are misplaced. What is crucial in Nye's attack are alleged problems caused by overzealous "abstraction." But Hass argues that abstraction is not problematic; instead, it is crucial (and empowering) for feminist political theory. Although she rejects Nye's form of feminist logic critique, Hass finds more that is worthwhile in the criticisms of logic advanced by Luce lrigaray and Val Plumwood. These thinkers call for feminist alternatives to what has come to be standard deductive logic - and interestingly enough, their call is echoed in other contemporary criticisms from within the field of logic itself, for example, from intuitionist or entailment logics. The logical schemes envisaged by lrigaray and Plumwood would encompass more situated and fluid ways of using formal systems to describe and analyse reality and diverse experiences. Hass argues that, in Aristotle's case, we can glimpse something of such an alternative by looking to his account of negation, which is richer and more complex than that allowed by most contemporary formal systems.

    Study Questions

    1. What is the value – if any – in “rehabilitating” logical theories through feminist perspectives, as the authors do here?
    2. These feminist authors rely on theories of logic that have been proposed by other philosophers, in a largely non-feminist context. Are there any dangers to this kind of approach to feminist logic?
    3. What does Guen Hart take to be problematic about the traditional conception of “universality” in logic?
    4. Does Dewey’s pragmatist theory successfully rehabilitate this conception of universality, as Guen Hart argues?
    5. How do you understand the relationship between formal logic and materiality or embodiment, as discussed by Olkowski?
    6. In which ways does Aristotelian negation address Pluwmood’s and Irigaray’s concerns, according to Hass? In which ways does it fail?
    1. What is the value – if any – in “rehabilitating” logical theories through feminist perspectives, as the authors do here?
    2. These feminist authors rely on theories of logic that have been proposed by other philosophers, in a largely non-feminist context. Are there any dangers to this kind of approach to feminist logic?
    3. What does Guen Hart take to be problematic about the traditional conception of “universality” in logic?
    4. Does Dewey’s pragmatist theory successfully rehabilitate this conception of universality, as Guen Hart argues?
    5. How do you understand the relationship between formal logic and materiality or embodiment, as discussed by Olkowski?
    6. In which ways does Aristotelian negation address Pluwmood’s and Irigaray’s concerns, according to Hass? In which ways does it fail?
    Week 10. Feminism and Logical Pluralism

    This week explores the relationship between feminism and logical pluralism. Audrey Yap’s suggestion that feminism could benefit from a Carnapian perspective on logic is compared to Roy Cook’s suggestion that feminist logic may instantiate a form of pluralism connected to agents.

    In the first reading, Yap suggests a possible connection between Carnap’s version of logical pluralism and the goals of feminist philosophy. Basic familiarity with logical empiricism may be helpful for understanding the discussion.

    The second reading identifies a largely untapped version of logical pluralism, which connects different logics with different kinds of agents; this is taken to be supported by the idea of standpoint epistemology, in the sense that different marginalized groups may be associated with different logics. The paper also serves as a general overview of varieties of logical pluralism.

    In the last reading, Yap elaborates on the connection between feminists’ goals and Carnap’s views on logic, and she applies her conclusions to the contemporary debate on the meaning of “woman”.

    This week explores the relationship between feminism and logical pluralism. Audrey Yap’s suggestion that feminism could benefit from a Carnapian perspective on logic is compared to Roy Cook’s suggestion that feminist logic may instantiate a form of pluralism connected to agents.

    In the first reading, Yap suggests a possible connection between Carnap’s version of logical pluralism and the goals of feminist philosophy. Basic familiarity with logical empiricism may be helpful for understanding the discussion.

    The second reading identifies a largely untapped version of logical pluralism, which connects different logics with different kinds of agents; this is taken to be supported by the idea of standpoint epistemology, in the sense that different marginalized groups may be associated with different logics. The paper also serves as a general overview of varieties of logical pluralism.

    In the last reading, Yap elaborates on the connection between feminists’ goals and Carnap’s views on logic, and she applies her conclusions to the contemporary debate on the meaning of “woman”.

    On DRL Full text
    Yap, Audrey. Feminism and Carnap’s Principle of Tolerance
    2010 2010, Hypatia 25 (2):437-454.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    The logical empiricists often appear as a foil for feminist theories. Their emphasis on the individualistic nature of knowledge and on the value neutrality of science seems directly opposed to most feminist concerns. However, several recent works have highlighted aspects of Carnap’s views that make him seem like much less of a straight-forwardly positivist thinker. Certain of these aspects lend themselves to feminist concerns much more than the stereotypical picture would imply.

    On DRL Full text
    Cook, Roy. Perspectival Logical Pluralism
    2023 2023, Res Philosophica, 100 (2): 171-202.
    pp. 1-6, 15-30
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Logical pluralism is the view that there is more than one formal logic that correctly (or best, or legitimately) codifies the logical consequence relation in natural language. This essay provides a taxonomy of different variations on the logical pluralist theme based on a five-part structure, and then identifies an unoccupied position in this taxonomy: perspectival logical pluralism. Perspectival pluralism provides an attractive position from which to formulate a philosophy of logic from a feminist perspective (and from other, identity-based perspectives, such as critical race theory). An example of how such an account might be developed is sketched. The essay concludes by defusing an obvious objection to the perspectival approach: the claim that the correct logic (or logics), in virtue of the formal nature of logic, should be independent of considerations regarding the identity of the reasoner.
    On DRL Read free
    Yap, Audrey. The Logical Syntax of Prejudice: Oppression and the Constitutive A Priori
    2024 2024, In R. Cook and A. Yap (eds.), Feminist Philosophy and Formal Logic. University of Minnesota Press.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: I argue that a thoroughgoing naturalized epistemology can easily underestimate the extent to which certain background assumptions will infl uence arguments. Instead, then, I suggest that we can borrow a conceptual tool from neo-Kantian philosophy of science, namely the constitutive a priori. This idea originates in neo-Kantian philosophers who understood, in light of Einsteinian physics, that Kantian views about the a priority of space were untenable. Frameworks that adopt some version of a constitutive a priori take certain propositions to play the role of a priori principles, without granting them the universality or necessity that such principles traditionally hold. I will argue that thinking of certain views or values as having the status of constitutive a priori principles can help us understand what would be required for an epistemic agent to change them, and thus illustrate the extent to which they are resistant to being dislodged by evidence.

    Study Questions

    1. Can you think of disagreements you’ve had where it seemed like you and your interlocutor were inevitably talking past each other? Does the idea of the constitutive a priori help you make sense of them?
    2. Can you think of any example of a connection between a certain group of agents and a certain logic? What kind of connection would be strong enough to establish perspectival pluralism?
    3. What kind of argument could serve to establish the adequacy of one framework over another? Can you think of particular examples?
    4. Often, pluralism is shunned due to the fear it could lead to unfettered relativism. Should this worry feminist logicians who are committed to pluralism? How might the problem be avoided?
    5. Do you think there is a connection between perspectival logical pluralism and the plurality of linguistic frameworks, as indicated by Yap?
    1. Can you think of disagreements you’ve had where it seemed like you and your interlocutor were inevitably talking past each other? Does the idea of the constitutive a priori help you make sense of them?
    2. Can you think of any example of a connection between a certain group of agents and a certain logic? What kind of connection would be strong enough to establish perspectival pluralism?
    3. What kind of argument could serve to establish the adequacy of one framework over another? Can you think of particular examples?
    4. Often, pluralism is shunned due to the fear it could lead to unfettered relativism. Should this worry feminist logicians who are committed to pluralism? How might the problem be avoided?
    5. Do you think there is a connection between perspectival logical pluralism and the plurality of linguistic frameworks, as indicated by Yap?
    Week 11. Feminist Logic and Native American Logic

    This week focuses on connections between Western feminist critiques of logic on one hand, and Native American logic on the other.

    The first reading by Waters is an introduction to dynamic, non-dualistic Indigenous metaphysics, with a focus on the concept of gender. It is one of the main texts referenced in Eichler’s discussion of Native American logic.

    The second reading by Eichler is not only an accessible introduction to some common themes in Native American logic and metaphysics, but it also points to how such logics differ from classical logic precisely where feminist critiques tend to find classical logic problematic. It also provides some pointers as to how Western feminists may respectfully navigate this territory.

    Finally, Sinclair’s paper focuses on the “paraconsistency” of Indigenous logics and elaborates on Eichler’s suggestion that feminists have much to gain from these logics by looking at a particular example from biology. 

    This week focuses on connections between Western feminist critiques of logic on one hand, and Native American logic on the other.

    The first reading by Waters is an introduction to dynamic, non-dualistic Indigenous metaphysics, with a focus on the concept of gender. It is one of the main texts referenced in Eichler’s discussion of Native American logic.

    The second reading by Eichler is not only an accessible introduction to some common themes in Native American logic and metaphysics, but it also points to how such logics differ from classical logic precisely where feminist critiques tend to find classical logic problematic. It also provides some pointers as to how Western feminists may respectfully navigate this territory.

    Finally, Sinclair’s paper focuses on the “paraconsistency” of Indigenous logics and elaborates on Eichler’s suggestion that feminists have much to gain from these logics by looking at a particular example from biology. 

    On DRL Full text
    Waters, Anne. Language Matters: Nondiscrete Nonbinary Dualisms
    2003 2003, In Waters A., ed. American Indian Thought, pp.97-115..
    Expand entry

    From the Introduction: "Anne Waters shows how nondiscrete nonbinary ontologies of being operate as background framework to some of America’s Indigenous languages. This background logic explains
    why and how gender, for example, can be understood as a non-essentialized concept in
    some Indigenous languages of the Americas. [...] The Indigenous understanding that all things interpenetrate and are relationally interdependent embraces a manifold of complexity, resembling a world of multifariously associated connections and intimate fusions Such a nondiscretely aggregate ontology ought not to be expected to easily give way to a metaphysics of a sharply defined discretely organized binary ontology. From an Indigenous ontology, some multigendered identities may be more kaleidoscopic and protean concepts than Euro-American culture has yet to imagine."

    On DRL Read free
    Eichler, Lauren. Sacred Truths, Fables, and Falsehoods: Intersections between Feminist and Native American Logics
    2018 2018, APA Newsletter on Native American and Indigenous Philosophy, 18(1)..
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    From the newsletter's introduction: "Lauren Eichler [...] examines the resonances between feminist and Native American analyses of classical logic. After considering the range of responses, from overly monolithic rejection to more nuanced appreciation, Eichler argues for a careful, pluralist understanding of logic as she articulates her suggestion that feminists and Native American philosophers could build fruitful alliances around this topic."

    On DRL Full text
    Sinclair, Rebekah. Exploding Individuals: Engaging Indigenous Logic and Decolonizing Science
    2020 2020, Hypatia, 35, pp. 58–74.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Despite emerging attention to Indigenous philosophies both within and outside of feminism, Indigenous logics remain relatively underexplored and underappreciated. By amplifying the voices of recent Indigenous philosophies and literatures, I seek to demonstrate that Indigenous logic is a crucial aspect of Indigenous resurgence as well as political and ethical resistance. Indigenous philosophies provide alternatives to the colonial, masculinist tendencies of classical logic in the form of paraconsistent—many-valued—logics. Specifically, when Indigenous logics embrace the possibility of true contradictions, they highlight aspects of the world rejected and ignored by classical logic and inspire a relational, decolonial imaginary. To demonstrate this, I look to biology, from which Indigenous logics are often explicitly excluded, and consider one problem that would benefit from an Indigenous, paraconsistent analysis: that of the biological individual. This article is an effort to expand the arenas in which allied feminists can responsibly take up and deploy these decolonial logics.

    Study Questions

    1. Do you agree with Eichler that a difference in logic is central to the clash between Indigenous and Western perspectives? What prevents the outsourcing of the problem to metaphysics or ethics?
    2. What differences and similarities can you see between Waters’s gender metaphysics and contemporary Western gender models?
    3. Sinclair draws a parallel between paraconsistent logics – as conceptualized in the Western world – and Indigenous logics. Does the parallel run the risk of reducing Indigenous logics to a Western perspective? How could this be avoided?
    4. Do you think the existence of different logico-metaphysical traditions points to a genuine logical pluralism “out there”? Could it still be maintained that there is only one correct theory?
    5. In which ways could feminist logicians fruitfully and respectfully deal with the idea of logical diversity?
    1. Do you agree with Eichler that a difference in logic is central to the clash between Indigenous and Western perspectives? What prevents the outsourcing of the problem to metaphysics or ethics?
    2. What differences and similarities can you see between Waters’s gender metaphysics and contemporary Western gender models?
    3. Sinclair draws a parallel between paraconsistent logics – as conceptualized in the Western world – and Indigenous logics. Does the parallel run the risk of reducing Indigenous logics to a Western perspective? How could this be avoided?
    4. Do you think the existence of different logico-metaphysical traditions points to a genuine logical pluralism “out there”? Could it still be maintained that there is only one correct theory?
    5. In which ways could feminist logicians fruitfully and respectfully deal with the idea of logical diversity?
    Week 12. From Feminist Logic to Feminist Mathematics

    This week explores ways in which feminist critiques of logic can extend to critiques of mathematics, and what this could mean for the philosophy and practice of mathematics.

    The first reading is an early attempt to bring feminist critiques of logic and science to bear specifically on mathematics, arguing that the choice of axioms and definitions, not to mention what constitutes a proof, is not value-free.

    The second reading argues that Plumwood’s feminist arguments against classical logic also apply to classical mathematics. Different possible solutions are compared, making it ideal for discussion. Sections 3 and 4 argue that another kind of argument against classical logic fails to carry over; they can be skipped for the purpose of this reading group. No familiarity with university-level maths or the philosophy of maths is required.

    This week explores ways in which feminist critiques of logic can extend to critiques of mathematics, and what this could mean for the philosophy and practice of mathematics.

    The first reading is an early attempt to bring feminist critiques of logic and science to bear specifically on mathematics, arguing that the choice of axioms and definitions, not to mention what constitutes a proof, is not value-free.

    The second reading argues that Plumwood’s feminist arguments against classical logic also apply to classical mathematics. Different possible solutions are compared, making it ideal for discussion. Sections 3 and 4 argue that another kind of argument against classical logic fails to carry over; they can be skipped for the purpose of this reading group. No familiarity with university-level maths or the philosophy of maths is required.

    On DRL Full text
    Shulman, Bonnie. What If We Change Our Axioms? A Feminist Inquiry into the Foundations of Mathematics
    1996 1996, Configurations, 4 (3): 427-451.
    Expand entry

    From the Introduction: "Modern mathematics is based on the axiomatic method. We choose axioms and a deductive system---rules for deducing theorems from the axioms. This methodology is designed to guarantee that we can proceed from "obviously" true premises to true conclusions, via inferences which are "obviously" truth-preserving. [...] New and interesting questions arise if we give up as myth the claim that our theorizing can ever be separated out from the complex dynamic of interwoven social/political/historical/cultural forces that shape our experiences and views. Considering mathematics as a set of stories produced according to strict rules one can read these stories for what they tell us about the very real human desires, ambitions, and values of the authors (who understands) and listen to the authors as spokespersons for their cultures (where and when). This paper is the self-respective and self-conscious attempt of a mathematician to retell a story of mathematics that attends to the relationships between who we are and what we know."

    On DRL Full text
    Mangraviti, Franci. The Liberation Argument for Inconsistent Mathematics
    2023 2023, The Australasian Journal of Logic, 20 (2): 278-317.
    Sections 1-2, 5-10
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Val Plumwood charged classical logic not only with the invalidity of some of its laws, but also with the support of systemic oppression through naturalization of the logical structure of dualisms. In this paper I show that the latter charge - unlike the former - can be carried over to classical mathematics, and I propose a new conception of inconsistent mathematics - queer incomaths - as a liberatory activity meant to undermine said naturalization.

    Study Questions

    1. Thinking back to previous weeks, how many of your conclusions about logic do you think could be transferred to mathematics?
    2. In what way are mathematical axioms and definitions value-laden? Can you think of examples?
    3. Which approach do you find more promising between radical, queer, and conservative incomaths? Is the classification exhaustive?
    4. Do you agree with Mangraviti’s defense of Plumwood? Could the liberation argument be made without appealing to Plumwood?
    5. Do you think there is a difference, when it comes to criticizing maths from a feminist perspective, between various branches of mathematics? (e.g. basic arithmetic vs more abstract branches of mathematics removed from all applications)
    1. Thinking back to previous weeks, how many of your conclusions about logic do you think could be transferred to mathematics?
    2. In what way are mathematical axioms and definitions value-laden? Can you think of examples?
    3. Which approach do you find more promising between radical, queer, and conservative incomaths? Is the classification exhaustive?
    4. Do you agree with Mangraviti’s defense of Plumwood? Could the liberation argument be made without appealing to Plumwood?
    5. Do you think there is a difference, when it comes to criticizing maths from a feminist perspective, between various branches of mathematics? (e.g. basic arithmetic vs more abstract branches of mathematics removed from all applications)

PDF13Level

Feminist Philosophy and Experimental Philosophy

Expand entry

by Shannon Brick, Michael Greer and Tomasz Zyglewicz

Introduction

Experimental philosophy (x-phi) is the application of methods of empirical and social sciences to address traditionally philosophical questions. Over the last two decades, x-phi has gone a long way from its beginnings as an often frowned upon curiosity, to a well-established branch of the philosophical mainstream. Prima facie, this success could be a welcome development from a broadly feminist standpoint. Firstly, since experimental research naturally invites collaborative work, x-phi encourages a break from the historic individualism of academic philosophy. Secondly, in emphasizing data over appeal to intuition and wit, x-phi has a potential to ameliorate academic philosophy’s notorious bias in favour of well-educated white straight cis men. Despite this, however, x-phi has an underwhelming track record of levelling the playing field in the discipline. In fact, several authors working in feminist epistemology have expressed principled reservations concerning the canonical methods of experimental philosophy.

Despite these criticisms, this blueprint is predicated on the conviction that there is space for a fruitful interaction of feminist and experimental philosophy. Three of its guiding questions include:

  • What can experimental philosophy learn from feminist thought?
  • How can (and do) feminist philosophers benefit from the collection of empirical data?
  • What does a feminist X-phi look like?

The blueprint will be most useful for graduate students, or advanced undergraduates, with some prior exposure to feminist philosophy. No prior exposure to experimental philosophy is presupposed.

How to use this Blueprint: The list is organized by weeks. Each week features a topic, required reading(s), a list of optional readings, and a set of questions. Questions feature a mixture of comprehension questions and open-ended ones. If readings tackle difficult or potentially triggering subject-material, we’ll include a content note with that information. We suggest you spend some time before the reading group begins agreeing on discussion rules and protocols, especially around sensitive material. This could also be an opportunity for you to set expectations for the group and for yourselves around what you hope to gain from the group.

The authors also encourage the users of this blueprint to try and run their own feminist philosophical experiments. It’s fun, easier than ever, and helps one think about the meta-philosophical topics covered in the reading list. Note that if you want to do studies on human subjects you should first check out your institution’s Institutional Review Board (IRB) requirements.


Contents

    Week 1. What is experimental philosophy?

    This week serves as an introduction to experimental philosophy. The main reading discusses the motivations behind x-phi, its relation to “armchair philosophy,” and replies to some recurring objections against x-phi. The optional readings are examples of two early x-phi papers that have proven to be very influential. For those who have never read an x-phi paper before, we highly recommend reading at least one of the optional readings.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Knobe, Joshua, Nichols, Shaun. An Experimental Philosophy Manifesto
    2018 2018, In Knobe, J. & Nichols, S. (eds.), Experimental Philosophy. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 3-14.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: It used to be a commonplace that the discipline of philosophy was deeply concerned with questions about the human condition. Philosophers thought about human beings and how their minds worked. They took an interest in reason and passion, culture and innate ideas, the origins of people’s moral and religious beliefs. On this traditional conception, it wasn’t particularly important to keep philosophy clearly distinct from psychology, history, or political science...

    Comment: This paper was published as the opening chapter of the first ever edited volume devoted exclusively to experimental philosophy. It positions experimental philosophy vis-à-vis the traditional philosophical method of conceptual analysis. It discusses three ways in which experimental findings can have philosophical significance. Along the way, it also addresses three common objection to x-phi.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Knobe, Joshua. Intentional Action and Side-Effects in Ordinary Language
    2003 2003, Analysis 63 (3): 190-194.
    Further Reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: There has been a long-standing dispute in the philosophical literature about the conditions under which a behavior counts as 'intentional.' Much of the debate turns on questions about the use of certain words and phrases in ordinary language. The present paper investigates these questions empirically, using experimental techniques to investigate people's use of the relevant words and phrases.

    Comment: According to what Michael Bratman has called “The simple view" of intentional action, an action φ is intentional only if the agent had an intention to φ. In this short paper, Joshua Knobe presents the results of two experiments that strongly suggests that ordinary people do not ascribe intentionality in accordance with the simple view. Rather, whether they judge a side-effect to be intentional seems to depend on whether the side-effect is good or bad. This effect came to be known as “the side-effect effect” or “the Knobe effect.” Subsequent experimental research has shown that moral considerations influence the folk ascriptions not only of intentionality, but also of other intuitively descriptive notions, such as knowledge or causation.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Machery, Edouard, et al. Semantics, Cross-Cultural Style
    2004 2004, Cognition 92, B1-B12.
    Further Reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Theories of reference have been central to analytic philosophy, and two views, the descriptivist view of reference and the causal-historical view of reference, have dominated the field. In this research tradition, theories of reference are assessed by consulting one's intuitions about the reference of terms in hypothetical situations. However, recent work in cultural psychology has shown systematic differences between East Asians and Westerners, and some work indicates that this extends to intuitions about philosophical cases. In light of these findings on cultural differences, two experiments were conducted which explored intuitions about reference in Westerners and East Asians. Both experiments indicate that, for certain central cases, Westerners are more likely than East Asians to report intuitions that are consistent with the causal-historical view. These results constitute prima facie evidence that semantic intuitions vary from culture to culture, and that paper argues that this fact raises questions about the nature of the philosophical enterprise of developing a theory of reference.

    Comment: In "Naming and Necessity," one of the most celebrated philosophical works of the XXth century philosophy, Saul Kripke presents a series of thought experiments meant to discredit the description theory of proper names. For a long time, many in the profession believed that Kripke’s intuitions about these cases are universally shared. Machery and colleagues challenge this orthodoxy by presenting the results of two experiments, in which they asked American and Hong Kongese populations about their intuitions regarding Kripke’s cases.

    Study Questions

    1. An independent variable is the variable that is manipulated by the experimenter. A dependent variable is the variable that is being measured. For example, suppose you’re studying the impact of caffeine on the quality of sleep. In the simplest possible design, the independent variable would be whether or not the participant had a coffee, while the dependent variable would be their reported quality of sleep (for example, “good” vs “bad”). Try to identify the independent and dependent variables in Knobe(2003) and Machery et al. (2003).
    2. What are the different ways in which experimental results can have philosophical significance?
    3. How is experimental philosophy related to philosophical genealogy?
    4. How is experimental philosophy different from psychology?
    5. Which areas of philosophy could benefit the most from data collection?
    6. What are the perils of practicing experimental philosophy?
    7. Which topics that have been traditionally investigated by feminist philosophers are particularly apt for investigation using empirical methods?
    8. Can you think of any classic feminist texts that use empirical methods that might count as x-phi?
    9. Survey experiment is the paradigm most commonly used by experimental philosophers. Can you think of other methods that could be, or have been, used in x-phi?
    1. An independent variable is the variable that is manipulated by the experimenter. A dependent variable is the variable that is being measured. For example, suppose you’re studying the impact of caffeine on the quality of sleep. In the simplest possible design, the independent variable would be whether or not the participant had a coffee, while the dependent variable would be their reported quality of sleep (for example, “good” vs “bad”). Try to identify the independent and dependent variables in Knobe(2003) and Machery et al. (2003).
    2. What are the different ways in which experimental results can have philosophical significance?
    3. How is experimental philosophy related to philosophical genealogy?
    4. How is experimental philosophy different from psychology?
    5. Which areas of philosophy could benefit the most from data collection?
    6. What are the perils of practicing experimental philosophy?
    7. Which topics that have been traditionally investigated by feminist philosophers are particularly apt for investigation using empirical methods?
    8. Can you think of any classic feminist texts that use empirical methods that might count as x-phi?
    9. Survey experiment is the paradigm most commonly used by experimental philosophers. Can you think of other methods that could be, or have been, used in x-phi?
    Week 2. Are intuitions gendered?

    Philosophy notoriously has a gender disparity problem. While around half of the students in the introductory level classes are women, the proportion of women in the professoriate is much lower than that. One explanation of this phenomenon is what Louise Antony calls “the Different Voices” model. According to it, the problematic disparity could be explained by the fact that men and women think differently. This week we are going to take a closer look at this model and whether it is supported by the available empirical evidence. Although Wesley Buckwalter’s and Stephen Stich’s paper “Gender and philosophical intuition” is listed as optional, we highly recommend reading it before the main reading for the week.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Antony, Louise. Different Voices or Perfect Storm: Why are there so few women in philosophy?
    2012 2012, Journal of Social Philosophy 43 (3): 227-255.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Women are significantly underrepresented in philosophy. Although women garner a little more than half of the PhDs awarded in the United States, and about 53 percent of those awarded in the Arts and Humanities, slightly fewer than 30 percent of doctorates in philosophy are awarded to women. And women’s representation in the professoriate falls below that. Why is philosophy so exceptional in this regard? My aim in this paper is not to answer this question but to contrast two different frameworks for addressing it. I call one model “Different Voices” and the other “The Perfect Storm”; I’ll argue that we ought to adopt the secondmodel and that we ought to abandon the first.

    Comment: Louise Antony distinguishes between two types of explanation of the gender disparity in philosophy: “different voices” and “perfect storm.” The latter – Antony’s preferred model – explains the disparity in terms of the convergence of non-domain specific phenomena: academic philosophy features a unique combination of factors hampering women’s success. The former, in turn, appeals to the different ways in which men and women think. According to Antony, the different voices model is not only empirically unsupported, but also its very pursuit could have negative social consequences. Her paper also features an extensive critique of Buckwalter & Stich’s paper, both from a methodological and from a feminist perspective. As such, it offers important lessons as to how feminist x-phi should be practiced.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Buckwalter, Wesley, Stich, Stephen. Gender and Philosophical Intuition
    2013 2013, In Knobe, J. & Nichols, S. (eds.), Experimental Philosophy Vol. 2. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 307-346.
    Further Reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In recent years, there has been much concern expressed about the under-representation of women in academic philosophy. Our goal in this paper is to call attention to a cluster of phenomena that may be contributing to this gender gap. The findings we review indicate that when women and men with little or no philosophical training are presented with standard philosophical thought experiments, in many cases their intuitions about these cases are significantly different. In section 1 we review some of the data on the under-representation of women in academic philosophy. In section 2 we explain how we use the term 'intuition,' and offer a brief account of how intuitions are invoked in philosophical argument and philosophical theory building. In the third section we set out the evidence for gender differences in philosophical intuition and mention some evidence about gender differences in decisions and behaviors that are (or should be) of considerable interest to philosophers. In the fourth section, our focus changes from facts to hypotheses. In that section we explain how differences in philosophical intuition might be an important part of the explanation for the gender gap in philosophy. The fifth section is a brief conclusion.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Beebee, Helen, McCallion, Anne-Marie. In Defence of Different Voices
    2020 2020, Symposion 7(2), 149-177.
    Further Reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Louise Antony draws a now well-known distinction between two explanatory models for researching and addressing the issue of women’s underrepresentation in philosophy – the ‘Different Voices’ (DV) and ‘Perfect Storm’ (PS) models – and argues that, in view of PS’s considerably higher social value, DV should be abandoned. We argue that Antony misunderstands the feminist framework that she takes to underpin DV, and we reconceptualise DV in a way that aligns with a proper understanding of the metaphilosophical framework that underpins it. On the basis of that reconceptualisation – together with the rejection of her claim that DV posits ‘cognitive’ differences between women and men – we argue that Antony’s negative assessment of DV’s social value is mistaken. And, we argue, this conclusion does not depend on endorsing the relevant feminist metaphilosophical framework. Whatever our metaphilosophical commitments, then, we should all agree that DV research should be actively pursued rather than abandoned.

    Comment: Helen Beebee and Anne-Marie McCallion argue that Antony misunderstands the conceptual commitments of the different voices model. Once the confusion is removed, the authors claim, it becomes clear that its pursuit is of positive social value.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Seyedsayamdost, Hamid. On Gender and Philosophical Intuition: Failure of Replication and Other Negative Results
    2015 2015, Philosophical Psychology 28 (5), 642-673.
    Further Reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In their paper titled Gender and Philosophical Intuition, Wesley Buckwalter & Stephen Stich argue that the intuitions of women and men differ significantly on various types of philosophical questions. Furthermore, men’s intuitions, so the authors, are more in line with traditionally accepted solutions of classical problems. This inherent bias, so the argument, is one of the factors that leads more men than women to pursue degrees and careers in philosophy. These findings have received a considerable amount of attention and the paper is to appear in the second edition of Experiment Philosophy edited by Joshua Knobe & Shaun Nichols, which itself is an influential outlet. Given the exposure of these results, we attempted to replicate three of the classes of questions that Buckwalter & Stich review in their paper and for which they report significant differences. We failed to replicate the results using two different sources for data collection (one being identical to the original procedures). Given our results, we do not believe that the outcomes from Buckwalter & Stich (forthcoming) that we examined are robust. That is, men and women do not seem to differ significantly in their intuitive responses to these philosophical scenarios.

    Comment: Hamid Seyedsayamdost presents the results of the replications of three classes of studies invoked by Buckwalter and Stich in support of the claim that philosophical intuitions vary across gender. Most of the studies fail to replicate the original results. Although the paper is rather technical in focus, working through (some parts of) it may help the readers better understand the methodology of x-phi and assess the credibility of results published in x-phi papers.

    Study Questions

    1. What are the differences between the “different voices” model and the “perfect storm” model? Which of the two do you find to be more compelling?
    2. On p. 238 of her essay, Antony mentions that the “Different voices” model, but not the “perfect storm” model, predicts that: “The variance in professional success among women should be largely predicted by variance in intellectual ‘contact sports.’” Can you think of a way of testing this claim empirically?
    3. Do you agree with Kumar that Buckwalter & Stich’s paper shows the potential of x-phi to further feminist causes, or with Antony that it is representative of a tendency that might actually hamper the attempts to achieve gender equality in philosophy?
    4. In Seyedsayamdost’s studies, gender differences where more likely to occur in in-person studies ran on the population of university students (Dualism & compatibilism study at the LSE computer lab; Gettier in person). What, if anything, should be made of that?
      Exercise: Try to replicate one of the gender differences in intuitions reported by Stich and Buckwalter, using an online survey distributed among your family and friends.
    1. What are the differences between the “different voices” model and the “perfect storm” model? Which of the two do you find to be more compelling?
    2. On p. 238 of her essay, Antony mentions that the “Different voices” model, but not the “perfect storm” model, predicts that: “The variance in professional success among women should be largely predicted by variance in intellectual ‘contact sports.’” Can you think of a way of testing this claim empirically?
    3. Do you agree with Kumar that Buckwalter & Stich’s paper shows the potential of x-phi to further feminist causes, or with Antony that it is representative of a tendency that might actually hamper the attempts to achieve gender equality in philosophy?
    4. In Seyedsayamdost’s studies, gender differences where more likely to occur in in-person studies ran on the population of university students (Dualism & compatibilism study at the LSE computer lab; Gettier in person). What, if anything, should be made of that?
      Exercise: Try to replicate one of the gender differences in intuitions reported by Stich and Buckwalter, using an online survey distributed among your family and friends.
    Week 3. How stable are philosophical intuitions across demographic groups?

    Feminist philosophers have long emphasized the limitations of intuitions as a source of evidence in philosophical theorizing. In particular, it has been claimed that one’s intuitions are shaped by socio-economic factors. Accordingly, one ought to expect a huge variation in philosophical intuitions across different populations. On this line of argument, any appearance of the universality of certain philosophical intuitions is merely a reflection of the fact that analytic philosophers have been historically a very homogenous bunch: affluent, well-educated, white, straight, cis-, men. Many take experimental philosophy to be an important source of support for this sentiment. For its practitioners have over and over, in methodologically respectable ways, demonstrated that philosophical intuitions on topics as diverse as knowledge and free will differ across cultures, genders, personality traits, and so on. However, in a recent series of papers, Joshua Knobe argues that this argument ignores the actual findings of experimental philosophy. He claims that one of the most striking lesson of experimental philosophy is that philosophical intuitions are surprisingly stable across demographic groups. In this week we will look at the source of evidence for this claim, as well as its philosophical implications.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Knobe, Joshua. Philosophical Intuitions Are Surprisingly Robust Across Demographic Differences
    2019 2019, Epistemology & Philosophy of Science 56(2), 29-36.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Within the existing metaphilosophical literature on experimental philosophy, a great deal of attention has been devoted to the claim that there are large differences in philosophical intuitions between people of different demographic groups. Some philosophers argue that this claim has important metaphilosophical implications; others argue that it does not. However, the actual empirical work within experimental philosophy seems to point to a very different sort of metaphilosophical question. Specifically, what the actual empirical work suggests is that intuitions are surprisingly robust across demographic groups. Prior to empirical study, it seemed plausible that unexpected patterns of intuition found in one demographic group would not emerge in other demographic groups. Yet, again and again, empirical work obtains the opposite result: that unexpected patterns found in one demographic group actually emerge also in other demographic groups. I cite 30 studies that find this sort of robustness. I then argue that to the extent that metaphilosophical work is to engage with the actual findings from experimental philosophy, it needs to explore the implications of the surprising robustness of philosophical intuitions across demographic differences.

    Comment: In this paper, Joshua Knobe challenges the widespread view that philosophical intuitions are variable across the demographic groups. Instead, he argues that the actual results show that philosophical intuitions are surprisingly stable across demographic groups.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Machery, Edouard, Stich, Stephen. Demographic Differences in Philosophical Intuition. A reply to Joshua Knobe
    2022 2022, Review of Philosophy and Psychology.
    Further Reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In a recent paper, Joshua Knobe (2019) offers a startling account of the metaphilosophical implications of findings in experimental philosophy. We argue that Knobe’s account is seriously mistaken, and that it is based on a radically misleading portrait of recent work in experimental philosophy and cultural psychology.

    Comment: The authors of the paper are the leaders of the recently concluded “Geography of philosophy project”, which studies “diversity in people’s conceptions of understanding, wisdom, and knowledge around the world, and seek to promote cross-cultural research in cognitive science.” In this response piece, they accuse Knobe of cherry-picking the results to support his conclusion. They supply an impressive list of 100 papers that have found diversity in philosophical intuitions across demographic groups. In addition to claiming that Knobe’s view is false, they also argue that taking it seriously may have harmful consequences for the way philosophy is practiced.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Knobe, Joshua. Philosophical Intuitions Are Surprisingly Stable Across Both Demographic Groups and Situations
    2021 2021, Filozofia Nauki 29 (12), 11-76.
    Further Reading, Sections 1, 2, 4
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In the early years of experimental philosophy, a number of studies seemed to suggest that people’s philosophical intuitions were unstable. Some studies seemed to suggest that philosophical intuitions were unstable across demographic groups; others seemed to suggest that philosophical intuitions were unstable across situations. Now, approximately two decades into the development of experimental philosophy, we have much more data concerning these questions. The data available now appear to suggest that philosophical intuitions are actually quite stable. In particular, they suggest that philosophical intuitions are surprisingly stable across both demographic groups and situations.

    Comment: In this comprehensive paper, Knobe further unpacks his claim about the stability of intuitions across demographic differences. He scrutinizes some of the studies invoked by Stich & Machery, and argues that many of them do indeed provide evidence of stability.

    Study Questions

    1. Suppose that participants from a single demographic group are divided about a certain philosophical question. For example, in study after study, around half of the population says “yes” and the other half says “no.” Is this necessarily evidence of the instability of intuitions about this particular topic? Or are there alternative explanations of such data?
    2. According to Knobe, why do so many non-experimental philosophers think that experimental philosophy has shown the variability in philosophical intuitions across demographic groups, despite evidence to the contrary?
    3. Assume with Knobe (2021) that philosophical intuitions are stable across cultures but non-philosophical intuitions are variable across cultures. What could explain the difference?
    4. Why do Stich and Machery think that Knobe’s view, that philosophical intuitions are stable across cultures, could have negative impact on philosophy? Do you agree with their assessment?
    5. Given the empirical data currently available, across which empirical factors do philosophical intuitions vary the most?
    6. Given the empirical data currently available, intuitions about which topics tend to vary the most across demographic groups?
    1. Suppose that participants from a single demographic group are divided about a certain philosophical question. For example, in study after study, around half of the population says “yes” and the other half says “no.” Is this necessarily evidence of the instability of intuitions about this particular topic? Or are there alternative explanations of such data?
    2. According to Knobe, why do so many non-experimental philosophers think that experimental philosophy has shown the variability in philosophical intuitions across demographic groups, despite evidence to the contrary?
    3. Assume with Knobe (2021) that philosophical intuitions are stable across cultures but non-philosophical intuitions are variable across cultures. What could explain the difference?
    4. Why do Stich and Machery think that Knobe’s view, that philosophical intuitions are stable across cultures, could have negative impact on philosophy? Do you agree with their assessment?
    5. Given the empirical data currently available, across which empirical factors do philosophical intuitions vary the most?
    6. Given the empirical data currently available, intuitions about which topics tend to vary the most across demographic groups?
    Week 4. Is feminist x-phi possible?

    Some prominent feminist philosophers have raised objections to experimental philosophy. Feminist epistemologists have argued that the methods of xphi – particularly the use of surveys – fail to properly appreciate the philosophical significance of differences in intuition across social groups. They have also argued that x-phi methods risk re-entrenching harmful epistemic hierarchies. This week’s readings are two of the most prominent of these feminist objections. The main reading, by Gaile Pohlhaus, primarily targets what has been called the “negative” program of experimental philosophy. Both readings, however, focus on questions about the significance, for philosophy, of x-phi studies that reveal that intuitions differ across social groups.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Pohlhaus, Gaile. Different Voices, Perfect Storms, and Asking Grandma What She Thinks
    2015 2015, Feminist Philosophy Quarterly 1 (1): 1-24.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: At first glance it might appear that experimental philosophers and feminist philosophers would make good allies. Nonetheless, experimental philosophy has received criticism from feminist fronts, both for its methodology and for some of its guiding assumptions. Adding to this critical literature, I raise questions concerning the ways in which “differences” in intuitions are employed in experimental philosophy. Specifically, I distinguish between two ways in which differences in intuitions might play a role in philosophical practice, one which puts an end to philosophical conversation and the other which provides impetus for beginning one. Insofar as experimental philosophers are engaged in deploying “differences” in intuitions in the former rather than the latter sense, I argue that their approach is antithetical to feminist projects. Moreover, this is even the case when experimental philosophers deploy “differences” in intuitions along lines of gender.

    Comment: Pohlhaus begins by presenting her argument as a critical response to both Buckwalter and Stich's controversial article, and Antony's (2012) reply to it. What follows is an argument about the way x-phi practicioners have failed to fully incorporate feminist insights about the significance of intuition difference. For Pohlhaus, a discovery that some one or some groups has a different intuitive response to one's own is the jumping off point for a potentially transformative conversation, rather than a result that either puts to rest a philosophical concept, or needs to be explained away.

    On DRL Full text
    Schwartzman, Lisa. Intuition, Thought Experiments, and Philosophical Method: Feminism and Experimental Philosophy
    2012 2012, Journal of Social Philosophy 43 (3): 307-316.
    Further Reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Contemporary analytic philosophers often employ thought experiments in arguing for or against a philosophical position. These abstract, counterfactual scenarios draw on our intuitions to illustrate the force of a particular argument or to demonstrate that a certain position is untenable. Political theorists, for instance, employ Rawls's “original position” to illustrate the power of “justice as fairness,” and epistemologists raise “Gettier cases” to problematize a standard definition of knowledge. Although not all philosophers proceed in this manner, such methods are common in many areas of contemporary analytic philosophy...

    Comment: Schwartzman mounts a critical argument about x-phi's feminist potential. She argues that the sorts of methods that are central to much x-phi are uncritical of the ways in which intuitions can be shaped by a variety of prejudicial and ideological forces, and are unable to reveal the existence of the sort of structural injustice that is responsible for professional philosophy's radically unrepresentative demographics. Importantly, along the way she recruits empirical work about the nature of implicit bias and stereotype threat.

    Study Questions

    1. Pohlhaus agrees with Louise Antony’s argument that claims about gender differences in philosophical intuition are not only scientifically dubious, but likely to have unwelcome consequences from a perspective that seeks to diversify academic philosophy. However, she also disagrees with Antony’s response to Buckwalter & Stich’s study. She says that Antony, like Buckwalter and Stitch, assumes that philosophy’s unequal demographics is either explained by women not having philosophical intuitions, or by the “perfect storm” hypothesis. Explain why Pohlhaus thinks this assumption is questionable, and why there might be more possibilities neither Antony, nor Buckwalter and Stich, have taken seriously.
    2. Pohlhaus suggests that there is a danger in the attempt to excise, from philosophy, all claims that something is “obvious.” Explain why she thinks this is obvious.
    3. In your own words, describe the difference between the “negative” and “positive” programs in x-phi. Why does Pohlhaus think that the negative program is not in line with feminist concerns? Does she think the same is true of the positive program? If so, why? If not, why not?
    4. Pohlhaus can be read as advocating for a kind of empirical philosophy that does not treat other people as “objects” but as “agents.” This would involve treating research participants as people capable of explaining and justifiying their intuitions, rather than simply reporting those intuitions to the researcher, who is then left to analyse them. Do you think that it is alway necessary to treat participants as agents in this sense? Are there times when it might be appropriate to treat them as “objects”? In answering this question, consider the fact that in Schwartzman’s paper, some of empirical work on implicit bias is recruited to advance a feminist argument.
    5. To what extent do you think Pohlhaus’s arguments are properly targetting the methods of x-phi, and to what extent are they targetting what she calls the “hubris” of some people who recruit the methods of x-phi?
    6. Somone might argue that taking Pohlhaus seriously does not mean rejecting the methods of x-phi, so much as making philosophy more diverse and inclusive, as well as expanding the theorists we recognize as engaging in the sort of work x-phi practicioners are concerned with. What, if anything, might a defender of Pohlhaus say in response to this?
    1. Pohlhaus agrees with Louise Antony’s argument that claims about gender differences in philosophical intuition are not only scientifically dubious, but likely to have unwelcome consequences from a perspective that seeks to diversify academic philosophy. However, she also disagrees with Antony’s response to Buckwalter & Stich’s study. She says that Antony, like Buckwalter and Stitch, assumes that philosophy’s unequal demographics is either explained by women not having philosophical intuitions, or by the “perfect storm” hypothesis. Explain why Pohlhaus thinks this assumption is questionable, and why there might be more possibilities neither Antony, nor Buckwalter and Stich, have taken seriously.
    2. Pohlhaus suggests that there is a danger in the attempt to excise, from philosophy, all claims that something is “obvious.” Explain why she thinks this is obvious.
    3. In your own words, describe the difference between the “negative” and “positive” programs in x-phi. Why does Pohlhaus think that the negative program is not in line with feminist concerns? Does she think the same is true of the positive program? If so, why? If not, why not?
    4. Pohlhaus can be read as advocating for a kind of empirical philosophy that does not treat other people as “objects” but as “agents.” This would involve treating research participants as people capable of explaining and justifiying their intuitions, rather than simply reporting those intuitions to the researcher, who is then left to analyse them. Do you think that it is alway necessary to treat participants as agents in this sense? Are there times when it might be appropriate to treat them as “objects”? In answering this question, consider the fact that in Schwartzman’s paper, some of empirical work on implicit bias is recruited to advance a feminist argument.
    5. To what extent do you think Pohlhaus’s arguments are properly targetting the methods of x-phi, and to what extent are they targetting what she calls the “hubris” of some people who recruit the methods of x-phi?
    6. Somone might argue that taking Pohlhaus seriously does not mean rejecting the methods of x-phi, so much as making philosophy more diverse and inclusive, as well as expanding the theorists we recognize as engaging in the sort of work x-phi practicioners are concerned with. What, if anything, might a defender of Pohlhaus say in response to this?
    Week 5. Feminist X-Phi: A Case Study, Consent

    This week’s reading is a recent piece of experimental jurisprudence; a piece that engages in the philosophy of law, using methods from experimental philosophy. The x-phi methods used are those of fairly mainstream x-phi – namely, surveys – and seeks to illuminate a question that is of utmost concern to feminist legal scholars: why is it that the law does not treat sex procured by deception as rape, when the canonical view is that deception vitiates consent? Sommers employs a large number of survey studies to argue that the explanation has to do with the folk concept of consent, which would seem to influence legal decisions illicitly. The argument presented is arguably a case of feminist x-phi in the more or less “traditional” sense of x-phi – the sense that Pohlhaus and Schwartzman would seem to argue is impossible. When reading Sommers’s article, it is therefore a good idea to keep the arguments of Pohlhaus and Schwartzman in mind, and consider the extent to they would endorse Sommer’s methods and argument, and if so what that would mean for their perspective on experimental philosophy.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Sommers, Roseanna. Commonsense Consent
    2020 2020, Yale Law Journal, 2232.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Consent is a bedrock principle in democratic society and a primary means through which our law expresses its commitment to individual liberty. While there seems to be broad consensus that consent is important, little is known about what people think consent is. This article undertakes an empirical investigation of people’s ordinary intuitions about when consent has been granted. Using techniques from moral psychology and experimental philosophy, it advances the core claim that most laypeople think consent is compatible with fraud, contradicting prevailing normative theories of consent. This empirical phenomenon is observed across over two dozen scenarios spanning numerous contexts in which consent is legally salient, including sex, surgery, participation in medical research, warrantless searches by police, and contracts. Armed with this empirical finding, this Article revisits a longstanding legal puzzle about why the law refuses to treat fraudulently procured consent to sexual intercourse as rape. It exposes how prevailing explanations for this puzzle have focused too narrowly on sex. It suggests instead that the law may be influenced by the commonsense understanding of consent in all sorts of domains, including and beyond sexual consent. Meanwhile, the discovery of “commonsense consent” allows us to see that the problem is much deeper and more pervasive than previous commentators have realized. The findings expose a large—and largely unrecognized—disconnect between commonsense intuition and the dominant philosophical conception of consent. The Article thus grapples with the relationship between folk morality, normative theory, and the law.

    Comment: Content warning: details of rape. This article presents a series of experimental studies that have an important result for understanding a legal puzzle that has plagued many feminist theorists. Sommers argues that the dominant explanation of the puzzle has been wrongly diagnosed by feminist theorists, and that attention to folk intuitions about the nature of consent can explain the law's inconsistent treatment of consent that is procured by deception.

    Study Questions

    1. How have feminist theorists understood the common law’s refusal to recognize sexual-consent-by-deception as amounting to rape? How does attention to other domains of common law show, according to Sommers, that this understanding is misguided, or at least incomplete?
    2. What is “commonsense consent”? How exactly is it supposed to explain the fact that common law often departs from the claim that fraud vititates consent? 
    3. Sommers’s article describes the results of many many survey studies. Could one have reasoned their way, to Sommers’s claim about the way commonsense consent explains the law’s inconsistent rulings on certain cases, from the “armchair”? To what extent are the different studies Sommers conducted instrumental in leading her (and the reader) to the conception of commonsense consent that she proposes? 
    4. What do you think of Sommers’s inclusion of quotations from study participants? Does it help to treat participants as agents, rather than mere objects of study? What might Sommers say to someone who argued that her inclusion of the quotes helps to bolster Sommers’s arguments by loading the dice in her favor (after all, the fact that one or two people reasoned in the way a quote suggests does not indicate that all participants reasoned in that way)?
    5. If the folk concept of consent is different from the legal theorists conception of consent, what should we do about this, in your opinion?
    6. Some people argue that consent provides a poor framework for assessing the ethics of a sexual relationship. This is because certain cases involve consent, but still seem wrong. For instance, in some cases consent is given freely, but the power relationship between the participants is sufficient to make a sexual relationship ethically problematic. What might Sommers say, in response to the person who argued that the results of her studies show that we ought to do away with consent as way of assessing the ethics of consent? Do you agree?
    1. How have feminist theorists understood the common law’s refusal to recognize sexual-consent-by-deception as amounting to rape? How does attention to other domains of common law show, according to Sommers, that this understanding is misguided, or at least incomplete?
    2. What is “commonsense consent”? How exactly is it supposed to explain the fact that common law often departs from the claim that fraud vititates consent? 
    3. Sommers’s article describes the results of many many survey studies. Could one have reasoned their way, to Sommers’s claim about the way commonsense consent explains the law’s inconsistent rulings on certain cases, from the “armchair”? To what extent are the different studies Sommers conducted instrumental in leading her (and the reader) to the conception of commonsense consent that she proposes? 
    4. What do you think of Sommers’s inclusion of quotations from study participants? Does it help to treat participants as agents, rather than mere objects of study? What might Sommers say to someone who argued that her inclusion of the quotes helps to bolster Sommers’s arguments by loading the dice in her favor (after all, the fact that one or two people reasoned in the way a quote suggests does not indicate that all participants reasoned in that way)?
    5. If the folk concept of consent is different from the legal theorists conception of consent, what should we do about this, in your opinion?
    6. Some people argue that consent provides a poor framework for assessing the ethics of a sexual relationship. This is because certain cases involve consent, but still seem wrong. For instance, in some cases consent is given freely, but the power relationship between the participants is sufficient to make a sexual relationship ethically problematic. What might Sommers say, in response to the person who argued that the results of her studies show that we ought to do away with consent as way of assessing the ethics of consent? Do you agree?
    Week 6. Feminist X-Phi: A Case Study, "Testimonial Injustice"

    Miranda Fricker’s “epistemic injustice” is one of the most widely discussed concepts in contemporary feminist epistemology. Epistemic injustice takes place when someone is harmed specifically in their capacity as a knower. One of the two types of epistemic injustice discussed by Fricker in her seminal 2007 book is testimonial injustice, which occurs when the hearer is unjustly treated as an unreliable source of information, because of an identity prejudice on the part of the hearer. This week we are going to look at a recent attempt to empirically test for testimonial injustice.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Díaz, Rodrigo, Almagro, Manuel. You’re just being emotional! Testimonial injustice and folk-psychological attributions
    2021 2021, Synthese, 198, 5709-5730.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Testimonial injustices occur when individuals from particular social groups are systematically and persistently given less credibility in their claims merely because of their group identity. Recent “pluralistic” approaches to folk psychology, by taking into account the role of stereotypes in how we understand others, have the power to explain how and why cases of testimonial injustice occur. If how we make sense of others’ behavior depends on assumptions about how individuals from certain groups think and act, this can explain why speakers are given different degrees of credibility depending on their group identity. For example, if people assume that women are more emotional than men, they will systematically give less credibility to women’s claims. This explanation involves three empirical claims: people assume that women are more emotional than men, people assume that emotionality hinders credibility, and people give less credibility to women’s claims. While extant studies provide some support for and, no study to date has directly tested. In two different studies, we tested all these three claims. The results from both studies provide support for, as we found significant negative correlations between emotionality and credibility attributions. However, in contrast to what some accounts of folk psychology posit, we did not find any significant difference in people’s attributions of emotionality and credibility towards women versus men speakers. We hope that our studies here pave the way for further empirical studies testing the phenomenon of testimonial injustice in a context-sensitive way, in order to have a better understanding of the conditions in which testimonial injustices are likely to happen.

    Comment: The existence of testimonial injustice is widely accepted. Despite this, Rodrigo Díaz & Manuel Almagro contend that no one has attempted to test for it directly. They present the results of two survey experiments which found no evidence of testimonial injustice. Yet, they do not take their results to cast doubt on the existence of the phenomenon.

    On DRL Full text
    Fricker, Miranda. Epistemic Injustice: The Power and Ethics of Knowing
    2007 2007, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
    Further Reading, pp. 21-29
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Justice is one of the oldest and most central themes of philosophy, but sometimes we would do well to focus instead on injustice. In epistemology, the very idea that there is a first-order ethical dimension to our epistemic practices — the idea that there is such a thing as epistemic justice — remains obscure until we adjust the philosophical lens so that we see through to the negative space that is epistemic injustice. This book argues that there is a distinctively epistemic genus of injustice, in which someone is wronged specifically in their capacity as a knower, wronged therefore in a capacity essential to human value. The book identifies two forms of epistemic injustice: testimonial injustice and hermeneutical injustice. In doing so, it charts the ethical dimension of two fundamental epistemic practices: gaining knowledge by being told and making sense of our social experiences. As the account unfolds, the book travels through a range of philosophical problems. Thus, the book finds an analysis of social power; an account of prejudicial stereotypes; a characterization of two hybrid intellectual-ethical virtues; a revised account of the State of Nature used in genealogical explanations of the concept of knowledge; a discussion of objectification and ‘silencing’; and a framework for a virtue epistemological account of testimony. The book reveals epistemic injustice as a potent yet largely silent dimension of discrimination, analyses the wrong it perpetrates, and constructs two hybrid ethical-intellectual virtues of epistemic justice which aim to forestall it.

    Comment: In this excerpt, Miranda Fricker introduces the concept of testimonial injustice.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Arcila-Valenzuela, Migdalia, Páez, Andrés. Testimonial Injustice: The Facts of the Matter
    2022 2022, Review of Philosophy and Psychology.
    Further Reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: To verify the occurrence of a singular instance of testimonial injustice three facts must be established. The first is whether the hearer in fact has an identity prejudice of which she may or may not be aware; the second is whether that prejudice was in fact the cause of the unjustified credibility deficit; and the third is whether there was in fact a credibility deficit in the testimonial exchange. These three elements constitute the facts of the matter of testimonial injustice. In this essay we argue that none of these facts can be established with any degree of confidence, and therefore that testimonial injustice is an undetectable phenomenon in singular instances. Our intention is not to undermine the idea of testimonial injustice, but rather to set limits to what can be justifiably asserted about it. According to our argument, although there are insufficient reasons to identify individual acts of testimonial injustice, it is possible to recognize recurrent patterns of epistemic responses to speakers who belong to specific social groups. General testimonial injustice can thus be characterized as a behavioral tendency of a prejudiced hearer.

    Comment: Migdalia Arcila-Valenzuela and Andrés Páez argue that it is impossible to detect an individual instance of epistemic injustice. Their case relies on a review and analysis of the recent research on implicit bias. The key theoretical premise of their argument is that it is impossible to establish, for any individual situation, what is the minimum degree of credibility that the speaker is entitled to. However, they still think we can measure general testimonial injustice, which they construe as “a behavioral tendency of a prejudiced hearer.”

    Study Questions

    1. What is the relation between implicit bias and testimonial injustice?
    2. How do Díaz & Almagro operationalize testimonial injustice? Do you agree with their way of doing it?
    3. Is it possible to empirically test for epistemic injustice? If so, what methods are more likely to detect it than the survey experiment deployed by Díaz & Almagro?
    4. Given that it is so difficult to measure testimonial injustice, why have many found the concept to be so illuminating?
    5. Arcila-Valenzuela & Páez report that they “have been accused, in discussion, of ‘scientizing’ testimonial injustice, of requiring scientific evidence for a phenomenon that is quotidian and easily detectable by victims, perhaps by means of a simple inference to the best explanation. In brief, to some, our approach ignores the victim’s perspective and places an impossible probative burden on her.” Is this a fair accusation?
    1. What is the relation between implicit bias and testimonial injustice?
    2. How do Díaz & Almagro operationalize testimonial injustice? Do you agree with their way of doing it?
    3. Is it possible to empirically test for epistemic injustice? If so, what methods are more likely to detect it than the survey experiment deployed by Díaz & Almagro?
    4. Given that it is so difficult to measure testimonial injustice, why have many found the concept to be so illuminating?
    5. Arcila-Valenzuela & Páez report that they “have been accused, in discussion, of ‘scientizing’ testimonial injustice, of requiring scientific evidence for a phenomenon that is quotidian and easily detectable by victims, perhaps by means of a simple inference to the best explanation. In brief, to some, our approach ignores the victim’s perspective and places an impossible probative burden on her.” Is this a fair accusation?
    Week 7. Are numbers oppressive? Can quantitative methods help us towards feminist ends?

    There is a long running debate, amongst social scientists, about the relative benefits of quantitative research methods, versus qualitative methods. Speaking very generally, quantative methods provide an understanding of the world via numbers, measurement, and statistical analysis. For instance, when a philosopher asks participants to complete a survey, and then measures the average responses across different survey conditions, they are using quantative methods to understand some phenomenon. Qualitative methods seek to help us understand the fine-grained details of phenomena that aren’t easily illuminated by numbers. For instance, qualitative researchers might interview people, and construct lengthy narratives that help to explain a phenomenon in a rich and vivid way. For the most part, the research that has been categorized as “x-phi” within academic philosophy has been quantitative research. Some of the objections that feminists have raised to x-phi, and which week three’s readings surveyed, can be appropriately understood in light of the more general debate over qualitative and quantitative methods. That is, aspects of Pohlhaus and Schwartzman’s arguments can be properly understood as arguments about the limitations, and potential danger, of quantitative methods. In order to put these arguments into some perspective, this week’s readings give a sense of the way the debate over qualitative and quantitative methods has played out (and continues to play out!) in other fields. The main reading is from a researcher in computer science, where quantitative methods continue to reign supreme, but where worries about the limits of quantitative methods for understanding the way computer algorithms might reproduce bias, is gaining traction. The other reading is from two psychologists, both of whom advocate for quantitative methods. This supplementary reading gives a nice sense of the background to the debate, and some of the good reasons why members of various social groups are wary of quantitative research methods.

    On DRL Read free
    Narayanan, Arvind. The Limits of the Quantitative Approach to Discrimination
    2022 2022, James Baldwin Lecture Series.
    Expand entry
    Introduction: Let’s set the stage. In 2016, ProPublica released a ground-breaking investigation called Machine Bias. You’ve probably heard of it. They examined a criminal risk prediction tool that’s used across the country. These are tools that claim to predict the likelihood that a defendant will reoffend if released, and they are used to inform bail and parole decisions.

    Comment: This is a written transcript of the James Baldwin lecture, delivered by the computer scientist Arvind Narayanan, at Princeton in 2022. Narayanan's prior research has examined algorithmic bias and standards of fairness with respect to algorithmic decision making. Here, he engages critically with his own discipline, suggesting that there are serious limits to the sorts of quantitative methods that computer scientists recruit to investigate the potential biases in their own tools. Narayanan acknowledges that in voicing this critique, he is echoing claims by feminist researchers from fields beyond computer science. However, his own arguments, centered as they are on the details of the quantitative methods he is at home with, home in on exactly why these prior criticisms hold up in a way that seeks to speak more persuasively to Narayanan's own peers in computer science and other quantitative fields.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Cokley, Kevin, Awad, Germine H.. In Defense of Quantitative Methods: Using the “Master’s Tools” to Promote Social Justice
    2013 2013, Journal for Social Action in Counseling and Psychology 5 (2).
    Further Reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Empiricism in the form of quantitative methods has sometimes been used by researchers to thwart human welfare and social justice. Some of the ugliest moments in the history of psychology were a result of researchers using quantitative methods to legitimize and codify the prejudices of the day. This has resulted in the view that quantitative methods are antithetical to the pursuit of social justice for oppressed and marginalized groups. While the ambivalence toward quantitative methods by some is understandable given their misuse by some researchers, we argue that quantitative methods are not inherently oppressive. Quantitative methods can be liberating if used by multiculturally competent researchers and scholar-activists committed to social justice. Examples of best practices in social justice oriented quantitative research are reviewed.

    Comment: Cokley and Awad are both psychologists, whose work seeks to redress the wrongs of past injustices against marginalized groups, and who both use quantitative methods to do so. In this article, they sketch some of the historical reasons why members of marginalized groups are sometimes rightly suspicious of the use of quantative techniques. However, they both argue that quantitative methods are not necessarily oppressive, but can be put to good use provided their practioners are committed to social justice. They offer some examples, from their own work, of how this sort of quantitative work can help to further the cause of social justice.

    Study Questions

    1. Narayanan says that previous criticisms of quantitative methods, many of which have come from researchers working outside of quantitative fields, have been largely uncompelling to people working in quantitative fields. Explain his reasoning for thinking this.
    2. Explain, in your own words, why Narayanan thinks that the choice of the null-hypothesis has normative significance.
    3. Compare Narayanan’s claims about the limits of data as “snap shots,” to Lisa Schwartzman’s claim that experimental philosophy cannot study structural discrimination. Are these the same claims? Do you agree that the limits of data, as described by Narayanan, place necessary constraints on the capacity of quantitative methods to help illuminate structural injustice? If so, what should researchers do in response to these limits?
    4. How much of Narayanan’s argument about the limits of quantitative methods targets the assumptions and backgrounds of many of the people who currently do quantitative research, and how much of his argument is about the limits of quantitative research itself?
    5. Compare your answer to question 4, to Cokley and Awad’s suggestion that one way to avoid the production of racist research is to ensure that social scientists are committed to social justice (see pages 31-32). Do you think that demanding such a commitment is sufficient to ensure that quantitative research does not reproduce prejudice? If such a commitment is not sufficient, what might research communities do to better ensure that their work won’t reproduce prejudice?
    6. Narayanan gives several reasons for thinking that, despite its limitations, people interested in injustice should still recruit quantitative methods. What are some of these reasons? Do you agree with him?
    7. In their recommendations for Quantitative Social Justice Research, Cokley and Awad make some suggestions that would, if followed, have an impact on the ways that x-phi is often conducted. For instance, x-phi survey studies often ask for the demographic data of their participants, and very rarely give participants the opportunity to provide principal investigators feedback on their experience of the survey. Do you think there are good reasons for changing some of these practices, in light of Cokley and Awad’s suggestions? If yes, what do you think Gaile Pohlhaus would think of the kind of x-phi methods that would result?
    1. Narayanan says that previous criticisms of quantitative methods, many of which have come from researchers working outside of quantitative fields, have been largely uncompelling to people working in quantitative fields. Explain his reasoning for thinking this.
    2. Explain, in your own words, why Narayanan thinks that the choice of the null-hypothesis has normative significance.
    3. Compare Narayanan’s claims about the limits of data as “snap shots,” to Lisa Schwartzman’s claim that experimental philosophy cannot study structural discrimination. Are these the same claims? Do you agree that the limits of data, as described by Narayanan, place necessary constraints on the capacity of quantitative methods to help illuminate structural injustice? If so, what should researchers do in response to these limits?
    4. How much of Narayanan’s argument about the limits of quantitative methods targets the assumptions and backgrounds of many of the people who currently do quantitative research, and how much of his argument is about the limits of quantitative research itself?
    5. Compare your answer to question 4, to Cokley and Awad’s suggestion that one way to avoid the production of racist research is to ensure that social scientists are committed to social justice (see pages 31-32). Do you think that demanding such a commitment is sufficient to ensure that quantitative research does not reproduce prejudice? If such a commitment is not sufficient, what might research communities do to better ensure that their work won’t reproduce prejudice?
    6. Narayanan gives several reasons for thinking that, despite its limitations, people interested in injustice should still recruit quantitative methods. What are some of these reasons? Do you agree with him?
    7. In their recommendations for Quantitative Social Justice Research, Cokley and Awad make some suggestions that would, if followed, have an impact on the ways that x-phi is often conducted. For instance, x-phi survey studies often ask for the demographic data of their participants, and very rarely give participants the opportunity to provide principal investigators feedback on their experience of the survey. Do you think there are good reasons for changing some of these practices, in light of Cokley and Awad’s suggestions? If yes, what do you think Gaile Pohlhaus would think of the kind of x-phi methods that would result?
    Week 8. Were early feminist philosophers doing X-Phi?

    This week’s readings encourage us to ask the following questions: To what extent were early feminist thinkers doing X-Phi? Does it matter, and if so why, whether we think of these early thinkers as experimental philosophers? The main reading is a 1900 essay by Ida B. Wells Barnett where she appeals to various empirical sources to argue that lynching needed to be reconceptualized. The second reading argues that Jane Addams, the activist and feminist that lived and worked in Chicago about 100 years ago, was an experimental philosopher. This reading explicitly encourages us to critically interrogate the distinction (at least when it comes to activists like Addams), between activist and philosopher. If the author’s arguments hold with respect to Addams, then we have good reason for thinking that it holds with respect to other thinkers, like Wells. The third reading is a suggested reading belonging to Jane Addams herself. Chapters two through six delve into different areas of the social work that Jane Addams was involved in. We recommend choosing one of these chapters and pairing it with chapter seven, her conclusion.

    On DRL Full text
    Wells Barnett, Ida. Lynch Law in America
    1995 1900, In Words of Fire: An Anthology of African-American Feminist Thought, ed. Beverly Guy-Sheftall. The New Press, pp. 70-76.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The first major anthology to trace the development of Black Feminist thought in the United States, Words of Fire is Beverly Guy-Sheftall’s comprehensive collection of writings by more than sixty Black women. From the pioneering work of abolitionist Maria Miller Stewart and anti-lynching crusader Ida Wells-Barnett to the writings of feminist critics Michele Wallace and bell hooks, Black women have been writing about the multiple jeopardies—racism, sexism, and classism—that have made it imperative to forge a brand of feminism uniquely their own. In the words of Audre Lorde, “the master’s tools will never dismantle the master’s house”—Words of Fire provides the tools to dismantle the interlocking systems that oppress us and to rebuild from their ashes a society of true freedom.

    Comment: This 1900 essay is seminal in feminist theory and black studies. Wells paves the way, appealing to empirical evidence, for theorizing on the role that white women's sexuality plays in black people's oppression in the US context. This is part of her broader argument for why lynching should be considered a moral catastrophe in the US.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Skorburg, Joshua August. Jane Addams as Experimental Philosopher
    2017 2017, British Journal for the History of Philosophy 26 (5): 918-938.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This paper argues that the activist, feminist and pragmatist Jane Addams (1860–1935) was an experimental philosopher. To defend this claim, I argue for capacious notions of both philosophical pragmatism and experimental philosophy. I begin in Section 2 with a new defence of Rose and Danks’ [‘In Defense of a Broad Conception of Experimental Philosophy’. Metaphilosophy 44, no. 4 (2013): 512–32] argument in favour of a broad conception of experimental philosophy. Koopman [‘Pragmatist Resources for Experimental Philosophy: Inquiry in Place of Intuition’. Journal of Speculative Philosophy 26, no. 1 (2012): 1–24] argues that many twentieth-century American pragmatists (e.g. Peirce, James, Dewey) can make important contributions to contemporary experimental philosophy. In Section 3, I argue that while this may be true, it is also true that under the broad conception, many of the pragmatists just were experimental philosophers. In Section 4, I argue that as a pragmatist philosopher in her own right, Jane Addams also fits the bill of an experimental philosopher, broadly construed. My central argument is that working at Hull House rather than the University of Chicago is no reason to think Addams’ methods any less rigorous or empirical, nor the problems she addressed any less philosophical. I conclude by responding to potential objections to my even broader conception of experimental philosophy, and I briefly consider how my arguments might inform contemporary feminist criticisms of experimental philosophy.

    Comment: In this article, Skorburg argues that Jane Addams – the 20th Century activist who worked for poor and immigrant communities in Chicago – can be appropriately understood as an early experimental philosopher. In making the argument, Skorburg distinguishes between narrow and broad senses of what it means to do x-phi, as well as a narrow and broad sense of what it means to be a pragmatist. If we accept broad sense of both x-phi, and pragmatism, Jane Addams counts as both a pragmatist, and an experimental philosopher.

    On DRL Full text
    Addams, Jane. Democracy and Social Ethics
    2002 1902, University of Illinois Press.
    Further Reading, chapter of your choice from body of text and Chapter 7 (conclusion)
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Nearly a century before the advent of "multiculturalism," Jane Addams put forward her conception of the moral significance of diversity. Each member of a democracy, Addams believed, is under a moral obligation to seek out diverse experiences, making a daily effort to confront others' perspectives. Morality must be seen as a social rather than an individual endeavour, and democracy as a way of life rather than merely a basis for laws. Failing this, both democracy and ethics remain sterile, empty concepts. In this, Addams's earliest book on ethics--presented here with a substantial introduction by Charlene Haddock Seigfried--she reflects on the factors that hinder the ability of all members of society to determine their own well-being. Observing relationships between charitable workers and their clients, between factory owners and their employers, and between household employers and their servants, she identifies sources of friction and shows how conceiving of democracy as a social obligation can lead to new, mutually beneficial lines of conduct. She also considers the proper education of workers, struggles between parents and their adult daughters over conflicting family and social claims, and the merging of politics with the daily lives of constituents. "The sphere of morals is the sphere of action," Addams proclaims. It is not enough to believe passively in the innate dignity of all human beings. Rather, one must work daily to root out racial, gender, class, and other prejudices from personal relationships.

    Comment: In this book, published in 1902, Jane Addams makes a case for why politics must be done with an eye to the personal, interpersonal, and lived. She argues that ethics and democracy cannot be properly conceived outside of the realm of the social. Addams thinks of social friction as productive and illuminative. Abstract and passive belief in doing good and being democratic without actually speaking to those who are oppressed or marginalized is not sufficient to do good and be democratic. One cannot be democratic without actually involving oneself with people who are different than you. Addams foreshadows later arguments about multiculturalism, diversity, and participatory democracy.

    Study Questions

    1. What is Wells Barnett’s claim regarding the role of white women in lynching practices in the nineteenth-century?
    2. Which kinds of empirical sources does Wells Barnett appeal to while making her argument? Could her argument be successful without these empirical sources?
    3. What role does Wells Barnett think “debunking statistics” and other kinds of research plays against the injustice of lynching?
    4. What concrete political takeaways can we take away from Wells’ article from the perspective of:
      1. 21st century feminists, and
      2. experimental philosophers
    5. Skorburg argues that given the broad conception of x-phi, and the broad conception of pragmatism, Jane Addams counts as an experimental philosopher. As Skorburg notes though, Addams herself would probably be very uninterested in whether or not academics considered her to be doing experimental philosophy, let alone philosophy – Adams herself had for more pressing issues to attend to! If Addams herself would not particularly care about whether Skorburg’s argument goes through, why should we care about whether or not figures like Addams (and Wells) are categorized as experimental philosophers?
    1. What is Wells Barnett’s claim regarding the role of white women in lynching practices in the nineteenth-century?
    2. Which kinds of empirical sources does Wells Barnett appeal to while making her argument? Could her argument be successful without these empirical sources?
    3. What role does Wells Barnett think “debunking statistics” and other kinds of research plays against the injustice of lynching?
    4. What concrete political takeaways can we take away from Wells’ article from the perspective of:
      1. 21st century feminists, and
      2. experimental philosophers
    5. Skorburg argues that given the broad conception of x-phi, and the broad conception of pragmatism, Jane Addams counts as an experimental philosopher. As Skorburg notes though, Addams herself would probably be very uninterested in whether or not academics considered her to be doing experimental philosophy, let alone philosophy – Adams herself had for more pressing issues to attend to! If Addams herself would not particularly care about whether Skorburg’s argument goes through, why should we care about whether or not figures like Addams (and Wells) are categorized as experimental philosophers?
    Week 9. What are some qualitative methods that philosophers might use to back up their philosophical claims?

    This week serves as an introduction to qualitative methods and research in philosophy. Broadly speaking, qualitative methods acquire data through personal accounts or documents: by looking at non-numerical evidence. Surveys can count as qualitative methods, but they barely scratch the surface of possible qualitative ways to accrue data: the category can be quite broad and different fields (across social and cultural psychology, history, anthropology, sociology) emphasize different methods and questions. Qualitative approaches to data include: ethnography and autoethnography, grounded theory, narrative inquiry, historical research, and the listening guide, among others. To begin thinking through questions around qualitative methods, we will read the introduction and first chapter of Jennifer Morton’s 2019 book “Moving Up Without Losing Your Way: The Ethical Costs of Upward Mobility,” thinking particularly about her use of interviews, narratives, vignettes, and autoethnography.

    On DRL Full text
    Morton, Jennifer. Moving Up Without Losing Your Way: The Ethical Costs of Upward Mobility
    2019 2019, Princeton University Press.
    Introduction: "Strivers" (pp. 1-16) and Chapter 1, "Recognizing the ethical costs of upward mobility" (pp. 17-42)
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Upward mobility through the path of higher education has been an article of faith for generations of working-class, low-income, and immigrant college students. While we know this path usually entails financial sacrifices and hard work, very little attention has been paid to the deep personal compromises such students have to make as they enter worlds vastly different from their own. Measuring the true cost of higher education for those from disadvantaged backgrounds, Moving Up without Losing Your Way looks at the ethical dilemmas of upward mobility—the broken ties with family and friends, the severed connections with former communities, and the loss of identity—faced by students as they strive to earn a successful place in society. Drawing upon philosophy, social science, personal stories, and interviews, Jennifer Morton reframes the college experience, factoring in not just educational and career opportunities but also essential relationships with family, friends, and community. Finding that student strivers tend to give up the latter for the former, negating their sense of self, Morton seeks to reverse this course. She urges educators to empower students with a new narrative of upward mobility—one that honestly situates ethical costs in historical, social, and economic contexts and that allows students to make informed decisions for themselves. A powerful work with practical implications, Moving Up without Losing Your Way paves a hopeful road so that students might achieve social mobility while retaining their best selves.

    Comment: In this book Jennifer Morton, a philosopher of education and political philosopher, revisits the question of upward mobility and the difficulties under-privileged college students face in completing college. She argues that they face huge, yet-unacknowledged costs: "ethical costs," that impact not just them but their wider (often-marginalized) communities. Her theses in this book therefore touch not just on the individual experiences of marginalized college kids but also on broader issues of social oppression and social change. To make her claims Morton draws on her own lived experiences as an immigrant and a philosopher teaching in a public institution. One might describe this empirical method as autoethnography, although she does not. She also draws upon interviews conducted with the population of students she's interested in, "strivers." Morton's book addresses the phenomenon of upward mobility, the ethical purposes and drawbacks of going to college, and dignifies the experiences of people from marginalized backgrounds who want to make a better life for them and their communities.

    On DRL Full text
    Womack, Katherine, Mulvaney-Day, Norah. Feminist Bioethics Meets Experimental Philosophy: Embracing the Qualitative and Experiential
    2012 2012, International Journal of Feminist Approaches to Bioethics, 5 (1): 113-132.
    Further Reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Experimental philosophers advocate expansion of philosophical methods to include empirical investigation into the concepts used by ordinary people in reasoning and action. We propose also including methods of qualitative social science, which we argue serve both moral and epistemic goals. Philosophical analytical tools applied to interdisciplinary research designs can provide ways to extract rich contextual information from subjects. We argue that this approach has important implications for bioethics; it provides both epistemic and moral reasons to use the experiences and perspectives of diverse populations to better identify underlying concepts as well as to develop effective interventions within particular communities.

    Comment: Katherine Womack and Norah Mulvaney-Day identify some shortcomings of survey experiments, which are the dominant method of x-phi. They argue, from a feminist standpoint, that x-phi would benefit from the inclusion of qualitative methods.

    On DRL Full text
    Thompson, Kyle. Qualitative Methods Show that Surveys Misrepresent “Ought Implies Can” Judgments
    2023 2023, Philosophical Psychology, 36 (1): 29-57.
    Further Reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Experimental philosophers rely almost exclusively on quantitative surveys that potentially misrepresent participants’ multifarious judgments. To assess the efficacy of qualitative methods in experimental philosophy and reveal limitations with quantitative surveys, a study was conducted on the Kantian principle that ‘ought implies can’, which limits moral obligation to actions that agents can do. Specifically, the think aloud method and a follow-up interview were employed in a modified version of a prominent experiment that recorded participants’ judgments of ability, blame, and obligation using quantitative surveys. The modified version produced quantitative results similar to the original experiment along with qualitative data that reveal that the surveys fundamentally misrepresented participants’ judgments. The qualitative transcripts from 40 participants are analyzed to show that ‘ought implies can’ judgments are complex and multifarious, that ‘ought implies can’ judgments are misrepresented by quantitative survey questions, and that the majority of participants uphold or preserve ‘ought implies can.’ The results suggest that experimental philosophers can more accurately capture judgments by using qualitative methods, and that studies which rely on quantitative surveys possibly misrepresent participants’ judgments.

    Comment: "Ought implies can" is a principle widely held by philosophers. The results of survey experiments have been recruited to argue that the folk reject the principle. In this paper, Kyle Thompson presents the results of a qualitative study that provides strong reasons for thinking that extant survey experiments on the topic might have painted a distorted picture. Thompson's paper is a compelling demonstration of the value of supplementing quantitative methods with qualitative ones.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Andow, James. Qualitative Tools and Experimental Philosophy
    2016 2016, Philosophical Psychology 29 (8): 1128-1141..
    Further Reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Experimental philosophy brings empirical methods to philosophy. These methods are used to probe how people think about philosophically interesting things such as knowledge, morality, and freedom. This paper explores the contribution that qualitative methods have to make in this enterprise. I argue that qualitative methods have the potential to make a much greater contribution than they have so far. Along the way, I acknowledge a few types of resistance that proponents of qualitative methods in experimental philosophy might encounter, and provide reasons to think they are ill-founded.

    Comment: James Andow suggests that experimental philsophers should incorporate more qualitative methods into their toolkit. He also addresses a potential objection to this claim, according to which experimental philosophy is interested in intuitive, as opposed to reflective, reasoning.

    Study Questions

    1. Discuss the pros and cons of using qualitative vs. quantitative methods for x-phi.
    2. What makes an empirical method feminist? Do you think Morton employs feminist empirical methods?
    3. What is Morton’s thesis regarding “strivers,” upward mobility, and ethical costs?
    4. Focusing on the methodology section of the introduction, answer the following questions:
      1. What role does Morton think narratives can play in philosophical inquiry (first think about what a narrative is), and do you agree that they can play such a role?
      2. Morton writes that the interviews she conducted “were not intended to serve as a rigorous systematic empirical study of the experiences of first-generation students. Rather, they are meant to show us that narratives of upward mobility are far more ethically complicated than is generally acknowledged” (Morton 14). Does this assertion challenge her research’s claim to be qualitative x-phi? Why or why not?
      3. Thinking about what you’ve read of Morton’s book so far, discuss the pros and cons of the interview format as an x-philosophical tool.
      4. Think back to the third week ‘s discussion of Pohlhaus’s views around empirical philosophy needing to take subjects’ agency seriously. What would Pohlhaus have to say about Morton’s methods of interviewing?
    5. What rationale does Morton give for describing the costs she’s invested in as “ethical”? Why does Morton think that ethical goods matter intrinsically, and why does she think they matter to our “sense of identity”? (Morton 24)
    6. Why does Morton think sacrificing relations with family, friends, and community is so consequential to a striver’s life?
    7. What reasons does Morton give us to think that ethical costs do not affect everyone equally, and are those reasons empirical reasons?
    8. How well would the Sandra, Todd, and Henry vignettes and narratives hold up against a rigorous uncharitable interlocutor? Are they either necessary or sufficient to back up Morton’s claims about ethical costs faced by strivers? If not, what qualitative methods would have worked instead?
    9. Andow writes “I think that the most important contribution they [qualitative methods] have to make is in supplementing the methods already used by experimental philosophers.” (p. 1131) Do you agree?
    1. Discuss the pros and cons of using qualitative vs. quantitative methods for x-phi.
    2. What makes an empirical method feminist? Do you think Morton employs feminist empirical methods?
    3. What is Morton’s thesis regarding “strivers,” upward mobility, and ethical costs?
    4. Focusing on the methodology section of the introduction, answer the following questions:
      1. What role does Morton think narratives can play in philosophical inquiry (first think about what a narrative is), and do you agree that they can play such a role?
      2. Morton writes that the interviews she conducted “were not intended to serve as a rigorous systematic empirical study of the experiences of first-generation students. Rather, they are meant to show us that narratives of upward mobility are far more ethically complicated than is generally acknowledged” (Morton 14). Does this assertion challenge her research’s claim to be qualitative x-phi? Why or why not?
      3. Thinking about what you’ve read of Morton’s book so far, discuss the pros and cons of the interview format as an x-philosophical tool.
      4. Think back to the third week ‘s discussion of Pohlhaus’s views around empirical philosophy needing to take subjects’ agency seriously. What would Pohlhaus have to say about Morton’s methods of interviewing?
    5. What rationale does Morton give for describing the costs she’s invested in as “ethical”? Why does Morton think that ethical goods matter intrinsically, and why does she think they matter to our “sense of identity”? (Morton 24)
    6. Why does Morton think sacrificing relations with family, friends, and community is so consequential to a striver’s life?
    7. What reasons does Morton give us to think that ethical costs do not affect everyone equally, and are those reasons empirical reasons?
    8. How well would the Sandra, Todd, and Henry vignettes and narratives hold up against a rigorous uncharitable interlocutor? Are they either necessary or sufficient to back up Morton’s claims about ethical costs faced by strivers? If not, what qualitative methods would have worked instead?
    9. Andow writes “I think that the most important contribution they [qualitative methods] have to make is in supplementing the methods already used by experimental philosophers.” (p. 1131) Do you agree?
    Week 10. How does lived experience function as evidence for philosophical claims?

    This week we continue to think about qualitative methods through the lens of critical phenomenology, which is the philosophical study of lived experience. You have two required readings for this week. The first is a brief overview of the methods used in the subdiscipline of philosophy called “critical phenomenology” which often draws from figures in the continental tradition as well as feminist and critical philosophy of race. If you are interested in learning more about critical phenomenology we recommend the recently published anthology 50 Concepts for a Critical Phenomenology ed. Gail Weiss, Ann Murphy, Gayle Salamon. The second required reading is the introduction from Sara Ahmed’s ethnographic and critical phenomenological work, “Complaint!” Here, she discusses her feminist methodology and data collection. Ahmed will help us think about why qualitative research might be especially comfortable and fruitful for feminist x-philosophers. The optional reading for this week is the first chapter of “Complaint!” This will be of interest for those who are compelled by her introduction to the book.

    On DRL Full text
    Guenther, Lisa. Critical Phenomenology
    2019 2019, In 50 Concepts for a Critical Phenomenology, ed. Gail Weiss, Ann Murphy and Gayle Salamon. Northwestern University Press, pp. 11-16.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Phenomenology, the philosophical method that seeks to uncover the taken-for-granted presuppositions, habits, and norms that structure everyday experience, is increasingly framed by ethical and political concerns. Critical phenomenology foregrounds experiences of marginalization, oppression, and power in order to identify and transform common experiences of injustice that render “the familiar” a site of oppression for many. In Fifty Concepts for a Critical Phenomenology, leading scholars present fresh readings of classic phenomenological topics and introduce newer concepts developed by feminist theorists, critical race theorists, disability theorists, and queer and trans theorists that capture aspects of lived experience that have traditionally been neglected. By centering historically marginalized perspectives, the chapters in this book breathe new life into the phenomenological tradition and reveal its ethical, social, and political promise. This volume will be an invaluable resource for teaching and research in continental philosophy; feminist, gender, and sexuality studies; critical race theory; disability studies; cultural studies; and critical theory more generally.

    Comment: Lisa Guenther, author of the 2015 book "Solidarity Confinement: Social Death and its Afterlives," gives a quick overview of "critical phenomenology" and how it is different from classical phenomenology. The boundaries of critical phenomenology are still being drawn, but Guenther's concise explanation has already become canon. Understanding, in broad brush strokes, what critical phenomenology is will be important to engage with many conversations on feminist philosophy, especially in the continental tradition, since feminist theorists (inspired by Simone de Beavoir and Frantz Fanon) often appeal to lived experience in their theorizing of oppression.

    On DRL Full text
    Ahmed, Sara. “Hearing Complaint”
    2021 2021, In Complaint! Duke University Press, pp. 1-26.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In Complaint! Sara Ahmed examines what we can learn about power from those who complain about abuses of power. Drawing on oral and written testimonies from academics and students who have made complaints about harassment, bullying, and unequal working conditions at universities, Ahmed explores the gap between what is supposed to happen when complaints are made and what actually happens. To make complaints within institutions is to learn how they work and for whom they work: complaint as feminist pedagogy. Ahmed explores how complaints are made behind closed doors and how doors are often closed on those who complain. To open these doors---to get complaints through, keep them going, or keep them alive---Ahmed emphasizes, requires forming new kinds of collectives. This book offers a systematic analysis of the methods used to stop complaints and a powerful and poetic meditation on what complaints can be used to do. Following a long lineage of Black feminist and feminist of color critiques of the university, Ahmed delivers a timely consideration of how institutional change becomes possible and why it is necessary.

    Comment: Sara Ahmed is a renowned critical phenomenologist who resigned from her job at Goldsmiths over sexual harassment in her department and the university's handling of it. In this 2021 book, she draws on an interdisiplinary corpus, and her own ethnographic skills, to research and theorize complaint against power abuse, broadly conceived. Important are her own experiences and supportive relationships with students that led to her resignation. One thing this book argues is that complaints, and the process of complaining, are an important part of changing the university, and are in themselves useful political tools, since they challenge (and hence illuminate) hidden parts of institutional life.

    On DRL Full text
    Ahmed, Sara. “Institutional Mechanics”, and “Mind the Gap! Policies, Procedures, and Other Nonperformatives”
    2021 2021, In Complaint! Duke University Press, pp. 27-68.
    Further Reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In Complaint! Sara Ahmed examines what we can learn about power from those who complain about abuses of power. Drawing on oral and written testimonies from academics and students who have made complaints about harassment, bullying, and unequal working conditions at universities, Ahmed explores the gap between what is supposed to happen when complaints are made and what actually happens. To make complaints within institutions is to learn how they work and for whom they work: complaint as feminist pedagogy. Ahmed explores how complaints are made behind closed doors and how doors are often closed on those who complain. To open these doors---to get complaints through, keep them going, or keep them alive---Ahmed emphasizes, requires forming new kinds of collectives. This book offers a systematic analysis of the methods used to stop complaints and a powerful and poetic meditation on what complaints can be used to do. Following a long lineage of Black feminist and feminist of color critiques of the university, Ahmed delivers a timely consideration of how institutional change becomes possible and why it is necessary.

    Comment: Sara Ahmed is a renowned critical phenomenologist who resigned from her job at Goldsmiths over sexual harassment in her department and the university's handling of it. In this 2021 book, she draws on an interdisiplinary corpus, and her own ethnographic skills, to research and theorize complaint against power abuse, broadly conceived. Important are her own experiences and supportive relationships with students that led to her resignation. One thing this book argues is that complaints, and the process of complaining, are an important part of changing the university, and are in themselves useful political tools, since they challenge (and hence illuminate) hidden parts of institutional life.

    Study Questions

    1. What does Ahmed mean, in her introduction, by saying that in her book she wanted to become a “feminist ears” (p. 3) for complaint? Is it fair to say that feminist x-phi, if there is such a thing, asks x-philosophers to employ “feminist ears”?
    2. Why does Ahmed think it’s politically and philosophically important to study complaint in the way that she does?
    3. What leads Ahmed to decide to conduct research on other people’s experiences of complaint? What does her qualitative study look like? How did she “collect” her complaints? What methods does she use to collect her data? Do you think these were good methods to use to study complaint? Can you think of other methods that would have been just as good or better?
    4. Why does Ahmed prefer to think of the spoken words in her interviews as a form of “testimony” (p. 13)?
    5. Ahmed mentions and explains her research ethic. What is it, and do you think it sufficiently captures the ethical issues at stake in her study of complaint?
    6. What is a “complaint biography”? (page 20)
    7. Why does Ahmed think Black feminist and feminist of color counterinstitutional work can be thought of as “housework” and what does that have to do with complaint?
    8. Why does Ahmed think “the lens provided by complaint” is an intersectional one (Page 24)?
    9. Having read the Guenther piece, why do you think Ahmed argues that complaint reveals a “phenomenology of the institution” (Page 19) ? Do you think Complaint! is a critical phenomenology? Why or why not?
    10. Do you think ethnographic method can be useful for the feminist x-philosopher who’s interested in qualitative work? Why or why not?
    1. What does Ahmed mean, in her introduction, by saying that in her book she wanted to become a “feminist ears” (p. 3) for complaint? Is it fair to say that feminist x-phi, if there is such a thing, asks x-philosophers to employ “feminist ears”?
    2. Why does Ahmed think it’s politically and philosophically important to study complaint in the way that she does?
    3. What leads Ahmed to decide to conduct research on other people’s experiences of complaint? What does her qualitative study look like? How did she “collect” her complaints? What methods does she use to collect her data? Do you think these were good methods to use to study complaint? Can you think of other methods that would have been just as good or better?
    4. Why does Ahmed prefer to think of the spoken words in her interviews as a form of “testimony” (p. 13)?
    5. Ahmed mentions and explains her research ethic. What is it, and do you think it sufficiently captures the ethical issues at stake in her study of complaint?
    6. What is a “complaint biography”? (page 20)
    7. Why does Ahmed think Black feminist and feminist of color counterinstitutional work can be thought of as “housework” and what does that have to do with complaint?
    8. Why does Ahmed think “the lens provided by complaint” is an intersectional one (Page 24)?
    9. Having read the Guenther piece, why do you think Ahmed argues that complaint reveals a “phenomenology of the institution” (Page 19) ? Do you think Complaint! is a critical phenomenology? Why or why not?
    10. Do you think ethnographic method can be useful for the feminist x-philosopher who’s interested in qualitative work? Why or why not?
    Week 11. What are the limits and strengths of historical and cultural qualitative methods?

    This week we’ll continue to think about qualitative methods and feminist philosophical inquiry. The authors this week are both required reading. They consider and debunk racist stereotypes attributed to black women in the US, appealing to historical, social scientific, literary, and cultural evidence. They both argue that these stereotypes play a crucial role in the continued subjugation of black women. After making our way through some comphrension questions, we’ll think about what qualitative methods the Davis piece employs. We’ll consider the limits of these methods, and what could be done, if anything, to empirically strengthen her analysis.

    On DRL Full text
    Davis, Angela. The Black Woman’s Role in the Community of Slaves
    1971 1971, The Bancroft Library.
    Expand entry
    Introduction: The paucity of literature on the black woman is outrageous on its face. But we must also contend with the fact that too many of these rare studies must claim as their signal achievement the reinforcement of fictitious cliches. They have given credence to grossly distorted categories through which the black woman continues to be perceived.

    Comment: Content warning: Details of cruelties of slavery, sexual assault. In this 1971 text written while incarcerated, Angela Davis makes an argument against the truth of a stereotype of the black enslaved woman. She argues that, contrary to popular belief, the stereotype of a black woman under slavery as the “matriarch” (i.e., dominating the men in their lives and colluding with the white slaver in black people’s oppression) is not true. Instead, she argues, appealing to empirical evidence and marxist theory, that black women’s position in the community of slaves uniquely positioned them to aid in liberation struggles. She argues it is empirically borne out that they in fact were crucial to both explicit and everyday resistance efforts.

    On DRL Full text
    Hill Collins, Patricia. Black Feminist Thought: Knowledge, Consciousness, and the Politics of Empowerment
    2008 2008, Routledge.
    chapter 4 'Mammies, Matriarchs, and other Controlling Images', section 2 'Controlling Images and Black Women's Oppression'
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In spite of the double burden of racial and gender discrimination, African-American women have developed a rich intellectual tradition that is not widely known. In Black Feminist Thought, originally published in 1990, Patricia Hill Collins set out to explore the words and ideas of Black feminist intellectuals and writers, both within the academy and without. Here Collins provides an interpretive framework for the work of such prominent Black feminist thinkers as Angela Davis, bell hooks, Alice Walker, and Audre Lorde. Drawing from fiction, poetry, music and oral history, the result is a superbly crafted and revolutionary book that provided the first synthetic overview of Black feminist thought and its canon.

    Comment: An excerpt from her landmark 1991 text, Black Feminist Thought: Knowledge, Consciousness, and the Politics of Empowerment, this text sees Patricia Hill Collins outline four “controlling images” that contribute to black women’s oppression, appealing to cultural and literary devices, as well as social science literature. In the parts of this chapter not excerpted Hill Collins argues that stereotypical images and symbols of Black womanhood manipulate society’s perception and ideas about Black womanhood and, by extension, Black women which contributes to justifying their oppression.

    Study Questions

    1. What is “the designation of the black women as a matriarch” in contemporaneous understandings of slave society and why does Davis think it is a “cruel misnomer”(3)?
    2. What does Davis argue was the black women’s true role in everyday practices of resistance of slave life? How did gendered divisions of labor create the conditions for this role? How were these gendered divisions of labor complicated by race?
    3. Do you agree with Davis, based on the evidence she provides, that the domestic sphere was invaluable to slave resistance?
    4. Why does Davis think it’s politically important to clear up this conceptual mistake about a time that has passed? Hill Collins’ explanation of the matriarch stereotype and its influence on the cultural psyche (Hill Collins 268) may prove useful here.
    5. Do you think Davis would disagree with Hill Collins when she says that Black women who internalize the “mammy” stereotype risk becoming “effective conduits for perpetuating racial oppression” insofar as they end up teaching their own children to be subservient and deferent to the white social order and to be anti-resistance (Hill Collins 267)? What evidence can you find from Hill Collins and Davis to back up your view?
    6. Do Hill Collins and Davis disagree about the (a) contents, (b) function, and (c) truth value of the matriarch stereotype? What evidence can you find from Hill Collins and Davis to back up your view?
    7. Davis and Hill Collins both make claims about black women’s sexuality and its relationship to black women’s oppression. What do they each say and are their views compatible?
    8. Davis writes that the research for her article was impeded because she was incarcerated at the time of writing: she tells us that her thoughts could at most work as a framework for “rigorous re-investigation” of concepts used to understand black women’s experiences (Davis 1). In light of this, and the rest of the piece’s reliance on historical, statistical, and cultural evidence, answer the following questions:
      1. What qualitative empirical methods do you see Davis employing here? Why are they empirical, and why are they qualitative? In what way are they strong methods for her argument?
      2. Do you think more empirical investigation is called for to back up her claims in this text? What kind of empirical investigation would be useful, and why? You may discuss details of survey methods or interview questions that you think would be useful.
      3. Do you think the evidence from Bonnie Thornton Dill’s work in Hill Collins’ article on page 268 could be used to strengthen Davis’s argument? Why or why not?
      4. Do you think Davis would agree that scholars with certain identity backgrounds face unique barriers to conducting historical X-phi on black women? What might this mean for X-Phi by marginalized folk on their own lived experience of social injustice?
    1. What is “the designation of the black women as a matriarch” in contemporaneous understandings of slave society and why does Davis think it is a “cruel misnomer”(3)?
    2. What does Davis argue was the black women’s true role in everyday practices of resistance of slave life? How did gendered divisions of labor create the conditions for this role? How were these gendered divisions of labor complicated by race?
    3. Do you agree with Davis, based on the evidence she provides, that the domestic sphere was invaluable to slave resistance?
    4. Why does Davis think it’s politically important to clear up this conceptual mistake about a time that has passed? Hill Collins’ explanation of the matriarch stereotype and its influence on the cultural psyche (Hill Collins 268) may prove useful here.
    5. Do you think Davis would disagree with Hill Collins when she says that Black women who internalize the “mammy” stereotype risk becoming “effective conduits for perpetuating racial oppression” insofar as they end up teaching their own children to be subservient and deferent to the white social order and to be anti-resistance (Hill Collins 267)? What evidence can you find from Hill Collins and Davis to back up your view?
    6. Do Hill Collins and Davis disagree about the (a) contents, (b) function, and (c) truth value of the matriarch stereotype? What evidence can you find from Hill Collins and Davis to back up your view?
    7. Davis and Hill Collins both make claims about black women’s sexuality and its relationship to black women’s oppression. What do they each say and are their views compatible?
    8. Davis writes that the research for her article was impeded because she was incarcerated at the time of writing: she tells us that her thoughts could at most work as a framework for “rigorous re-investigation” of concepts used to understand black women’s experiences (Davis 1). In light of this, and the rest of the piece’s reliance on historical, statistical, and cultural evidence, answer the following questions:
      1. What qualitative empirical methods do you see Davis employing here? Why are they empirical, and why are they qualitative? In what way are they strong methods for her argument?
      2. Do you think more empirical investigation is called for to back up her claims in this text? What kind of empirical investigation would be useful, and why? You may discuss details of survey methods or interview questions that you think would be useful.
      3. Do you think the evidence from Bonnie Thornton Dill’s work in Hill Collins’ article on page 268 could be used to strengthen Davis’s argument? Why or why not?
      4. Do you think Davis would agree that scholars with certain identity backgrounds face unique barriers to conducting historical X-phi on black women? What might this mean for X-Phi by marginalized folk on their own lived experience of social injustice?
    Week 12. What ethical challenges might feminist researchers face when doing empirical research on oppressed peoples?

    This week we’ll reflect on ethical challenges that one faces in doing empirical research on oppressed people. Our required reading confronts the dearth of traditional and first-personal evidence with which to theoretically excavate black women’s historical oppression. We strongly recommend reading the first supplementary reading. This article emphasizes the importance of considering the meaning and the ethics of the data we use, especially to those from whom we collect it. The final supplementary reading is an older argument for why the social sciences in the US have historically been racist, sexist, and classist, and containing concrete suggestions for how to improve the state of research.

    On DRL Full text
    Hartman, Saidiya. Venus in Two Acts
    2008 2008, Small Axe, 12 (2): 1–14.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This essay examines the ubiquitous presence of Venus in the archive of Atlantic slavery and wrestles with the impossibility of discovering anything about her that hasn't already been stated. As an emblematic figure of the enslaved woman in the Atlantic world, Venus makes plain the convergence of terror and pleasure in the libidinal economy of slavery and, as well, the intimacy of history with the scandal and excess of literature. In writing at the limit of the unspeakable and the unknown, the essay mimes the violence of the archive and attempts to redress it by describing as fully as possible the conditions that determine the appearance of Venus and that dictate her silence.

    Comment: Content warning: very explicit details of cruelties of slavery, sexual assault. In this seminal black feminist theory text, the Foucauldian scholar Saidiya Hartman considers the “archive” which is what she terms the collection of historical evidence that one writes about the past with. She reckons with the difficulty and ethics of writing about past figures and people who were subject to immense violence, degradation and oppression, since often the only records left of their existence are those written or approved by their oppressors or people who were complict in their oppression, and those records are often at best only caricatures of the person they pretend to represent.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Radin, Joanna. Digital Natives’: How Medical and Indigenous Histories Matter for Big Data
    2017 2017, Data Histories, 32 (1): 43-64.
    Further Reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This case considers the politics of reuse in the realm of “Big Data.” It focuses on the history of a particular collection of data, extracted and digitized from patient records made in the course of a longitudinal epidemiological study involving Indigenous members of the Gila River Indian Community Reservation in the American Southwest. The creation and circulation of the Pima Indian Diabetes Dataset (PIDD) demonstrates the value of medical and Indigenous histories to the study of Big Data. By adapting the concept of the “digital native” itself for reuse, I argue that the history of the PIDD reveals how data becomes alienated from persons even as it reproduces complex social realities of the circumstances of its origin. In doing so, this history highlights otherwise obscured matters of ethics and politics that are relevant to communities who identify as Indigenous as well as those who do not.

    Comment: In this 2017 paper, historian Joanna Radin explores how reusing big data can contribute to the continued subjugation of Akimel O’odham, who live in the southewestern region of the US, otherwise known as the "Pima". This reading also illustrates how data can, over time, become used for what it was never intended or collected for. Radin emphasizes the dangers of forgetting that data represent human beings.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Scott, Patricia Bell. Debunking Sapphire: Toward a Non-Racist and Non-Sexist Social Science
    1977 1977, The Journal of Sociology & Social Welfare, 4 (6).
    Further Reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The term "Sapphire" is frequently used to describe an age-old image of Black women. The caricature of the dominating, emasculating Black woman is one which historically has saturated both the popular and scholarly literature. The purpose of this paper is debunk the "Sapphire" caricature as it has been projected in American social science. By exposing the racist and sexist underpinnings of this stereotype, it is hoped that more students and scholars might be sensitized and encouraged to contribute to the development of a nonracist and non-sexist social science.

    Comment: In this 1977 article, Patricia Bell Scott explains how social sciences had theretofore been racist, sexist, and classist in their research of Black women. She identifies concrete failings and biases in the approach of socials sciences towards Black women, and suggests concrete agendas for research institutions, moving forward.

    Study Questions

    1. What does Hartman mean by narration on page 3? Is this different from Morton’s understanding of narrative? Does feminist x-phi deal with Hartman’s kind of narration? If yes, how? If no, why not?
    2. Hartman writes on page 3: “How does one recuperate lives entangled with and impossible to differentiate from the terrible utterances that condemned them to death, the account books that identified them as units of value, the invoices that claimed them as property, and the banal chronicles that stripped them of human features?” This section might be said to outline a moral and a practical problem. What are they? Is she outlining any other problems on this page?
    3. On page 5, Hartman explains why she titled the paper “two acts” – why did she do this, and what does it have to do with the “ethics of historical representation” (Hartman 5).
    4. What does Hartman mean here: “What has been said and what can be said about Venus take for granted the traffic between fact, fantasy, desire, and violence,” and how does it help you understand the phrase the “libidinal investment in violence”? (Hartman 5)
    5. Hartman seems to think that the historical archive of black women’s experience is riddled with bias, destruction, and silence, and is thus contaminated. But at the same time she wants to recuperate history with the records we have, she thinks it’s politically important to do so. Do you think this is a problem for feminist X-phi? If not, why not? If yes, how do you think it can be productively wrestled with?
    6. Hartman writes “I chose not to tell a story about Venus because to do so would have trespassed the boundaries of the archive.” What is the problem here, and what is her eventual solution?
    7. What does Hartman mean when she says “the archive is inseparable from the play of power that murdered Venus and her shipmate and exonerated the captain,” and what implications might that have for us if we want to do responsible historical X-Phi (11)?
    8. What is Hartman’s method of “critical fabulation,” what is her rationale for using it, and do you think it could be part of a feminist X-Philosopher’s toolkit?
    9. Last week we saw Davis appealing to statistics on a “factual survey of but a few of the open acts of resistance in which black women played major roles” (Davis 10). What do you think Hartman would say about Davis’s archive?
    10. Do we have a duty to be creative when exploring potential x-phi routes, especially when considering questions to do with populations with “damaged” archives?
    11. What should we do when an archive or an evidentiary route is empty, destroyed, or seems otherwise contaminated as a result of oppression?
    1. What does Hartman mean by narration on page 3? Is this different from Morton’s understanding of narrative? Does feminist x-phi deal with Hartman’s kind of narration? If yes, how? If no, why not?
    2. Hartman writes on page 3: “How does one recuperate lives entangled with and impossible to differentiate from the terrible utterances that condemned them to death, the account books that identified them as units of value, the invoices that claimed them as property, and the banal chronicles that stripped them of human features?” This section might be said to outline a moral and a practical problem. What are they? Is she outlining any other problems on this page?
    3. On page 5, Hartman explains why she titled the paper “two acts” – why did she do this, and what does it have to do with the “ethics of historical representation” (Hartman 5).
    4. What does Hartman mean here: “What has been said and what can be said about Venus take for granted the traffic between fact, fantasy, desire, and violence,” and how does it help you understand the phrase the “libidinal investment in violence”? (Hartman 5)
    5. Hartman seems to think that the historical archive of black women’s experience is riddled with bias, destruction, and silence, and is thus contaminated. But at the same time she wants to recuperate history with the records we have, she thinks it’s politically important to do so. Do you think this is a problem for feminist X-phi? If not, why not? If yes, how do you think it can be productively wrestled with?
    6. Hartman writes “I chose not to tell a story about Venus because to do so would have trespassed the boundaries of the archive.” What is the problem here, and what is her eventual solution?
    7. What does Hartman mean when she says “the archive is inseparable from the play of power that murdered Venus and her shipmate and exonerated the captain,” and what implications might that have for us if we want to do responsible historical X-Phi (11)?
    8. What is Hartman’s method of “critical fabulation,” what is her rationale for using it, and do you think it could be part of a feminist X-Philosopher’s toolkit?
    9. Last week we saw Davis appealing to statistics on a “factual survey of but a few of the open acts of resistance in which black women played major roles” (Davis 10). What do you think Hartman would say about Davis’s archive?
    10. Do we have a duty to be creative when exploring potential x-phi routes, especially when considering questions to do with populations with “damaged” archives?
    11. What should we do when an archive or an evidentiary route is empty, destroyed, or seems otherwise contaminated as a result of oppression?
    Week 13. Why do feminist philosophers think empirical work and attention to lived experience is so important?

    One reason empirical work might be important for philosophers interested in justice is because empirical work seems to reduce bias and brings us closer to objective truth. The texts this week demonstrate some of the ways feminist philosophers have recruited empirical work to advance important philosophical debates, and so give us a taste of the reasons for which feminists are invested in interdisciplinary research. Serene Khader’s arguments (this week’s main reading) give us reason to think that empirical work is important because it can illuminate that certain confusions and debates in contemporary philosophy are actually unfounded, and so likely to be the product of a “parochial” (Western) worldview or pernicious ideology (152). Alternatively, Alice Crary suggests that bias (she talks in terms of “routes of feeling”, and an “ethically-loaded perspective”) is not necessarily bad, and is actually important for feminist politics (55, 57). Matthew Longo and Bernardo Zacka give three reasons for why ethnography, particularly work found in feminist and postcolonial studies, uses qualitative methods that should be incorporated into political theory at large. They view ethnography’s capacity to reveal contingency and variation in experience (for our interests: potential bias) as beneficial for political theorizing. In their own ways each of this weeks’ authors give reasons to think that attention to lived experience is crucial for responsible normative theorizing.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Khader, Serene. Doing Non-Ideal Theory About Gender in the Global Context
    2021 2021, Metaphilosophy, 52 (1): 142-165.
    Excerpt pp. 142-152
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This paper elaborates and renders explicit some of the views about political philosophical methodology that underlie the author’s arguments in Decolonizing Universalism: A Transnational Feminist Ethic. It shows how the author’s stances on autonomy, individualism, intersectionality, human rights, the coloniality of gender, and the oppression of genders besides man and woman grow out of a commitment to scrutinizing our normative views in light of transnational criticism and empirical information from the qualitative social sciences.

    Comment: Serene Khader is a feminist and political philosopher whose work engages deeply with empirical work beyond philosophy. In this article, she responds to several replies to her 2018 book, "Decolonizing Universalism." Familiarity with the arguments of the book are not necessary to follow the arguments Khader makes in this piece, and to appreciate the way she recruits empirical work beyond philosophy in order to fruitfully inform her position on several key philosophical disputes. In this short excerpt, readers can gain a glimpse of one of the ways in which contemporary philosophers are opening up new pathways for theorizing precisely because of their interdisciplinarity.

    On DRL Read free
    Crary, Alice. The Methodological is Political: What’s the Matter with ‘Analytic Feminism’?
    2018 2018, Radical Philosophy, 47–60.
    Further Reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: A core insight of some important second wave feminist writings is that, in order to qualify as truly ‘feminist’, a movement has to be politically radical. For example, there is a powerful articulation of this theme, to mention one noteworthy site, in the work of bell hooks. A guiding preoccupation of hooks’ thought, as far back as the early eighties, is to underline the pernicious and intellectually flawed character of the supposedly ‘feminist’ postures of ‘bourgeois white women’ in the U.S. whose efforts are directed toward the politically superficial goal of claiming the social privileges of bourgeois white men. hooks shows that there is no way to ‘overcome barriers that separate women from one another’ without ‘confronting the reality of racism’. She describes how the forms of gender-based subordination experienced by privileged white women are inextricable from racist and classist social mechanisms that elevate these women above women who are non-white and poor, and how the sexist obstacles that poor and non-white women encounter are in turn permeated by racism and classism. hooks concludes that if ‘feminism’ is to be dedicated to identifying and resisting sexist oppression, it needs to – in her words – ‘direct our attention to systems of domination and the interrelatedness of sex, race and class oppression.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Longo, Matthew, Zacka, Bernardo. Political Theory in an Ethnographic Key
    2019 2019, American Political Science Review, 113 (4): 1066–1070.
    Further Reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Should political theorists engage in ethnography? In this letter, we assess a recent wave of interest in ethnography among political theorists and explain why it is a good thing. We focus, in particular, on how ethnographic research generates what Ian Shapiro calls “problematizing redescriptions”—accounts of political phenomena that destabilize the lens through which we traditionally study them, engendering novel questions and exposing new avenues of moral concern. We argue that (1) by revealing new levels of variation and contingency within familiar political phenomena, ethnography can uncover topics ripe for normative inquiry; (2) by shedding light on what meanings people associate with political values, it can advance our reflection on concepts; and (3) by capturing the experience of individuals at grips with the social world, it can attune us to forms of harm that would otherwise remain hidden. The purchase for political theory is considerable. By thickening our understanding of institutions, ethnography serves as an antidote to analytic specialization and broadens the range of questions political theorists can ask, reinvigorating debates in the subfield and forging connections with the discipline writ large.

    Comment: In this 2019 article, Matthew Longo and Bernardo Zacka make a case for why ethnography, in generating what Ian Shapiro calls problematizing redescriptions, is useful for political theorists: it can capture complex social phenomena in very nuanced, fine-grained ways and can thus advance our collective reflection on concepts.

    Study Questions

    1. Why does Khader think that attention to empirical reality, rather than mere armchair theorizing, gives us reason to think that autonomy is not a central feminist concept?
    2. Khader thinks that there is a close connection between non-ideal approaches to feminist theory, and empirical research. Why does she think this?
    3. Khader argues that if we pay attention to empirical matters, we’ll see that many liberal feminists have misunderstood decolonial and postcolonial feminist claims. What is one example of an area of misunderstanding?
    4. Khader also argues that, if we pay attention to empirical matters, a new understanding of so-called “trans-exclusive feminists” becomes available. What is this new understanding, and how does attention to empirical matters help to deliver it?
    5. How does attention to the way concepts function in the real world help to illuminate, in Khader’s view, the imperial dimension of certain theoretical views of secularism?
    6. Khader recruits empirical work in order to help settle debates in contemporary feminist philosophy. This suggests that empirical work is helpful because it helps to 1) illuminate bias; 2) set aside arguments that are motivated only by bias, and so; 3) move closer to objective truth. Meanwhile, Crary argues that there is no “neutral conception of reason” and that feelings and bias are “internal” to capacities of reason. One way of reading her is as saying that bias itself is not bad, it is only morally wrong bias that is problematic, from the feminist point of view. In your own words, why does Crary think this, and what would Khader say in response?:
    7. On page 48 Crary writes that “methodological conservativism” is fatal to feminist politics, and advocates a “methodological radicalism” instead.
      1. In your own words, explain the difference between these two things, discussing how feelings and affect are treated by each.
      2. Then, consider how “ethically-loaded” lived experience is treated by each. (48)
    8. Consider your own research interests. What areas of empirical research might you fruitfully engage in, for the sake of ensuring that your own philosophical work is appropriately responsive to the lived experience of the persons implicated by your arguments? Then, consider how you would justify your methodology to an outside reader: what would you write in your “methodology” section?
    1. Why does Khader think that attention to empirical reality, rather than mere armchair theorizing, gives us reason to think that autonomy is not a central feminist concept?
    2. Khader thinks that there is a close connection between non-ideal approaches to feminist theory, and empirical research. Why does she think this?
    3. Khader argues that if we pay attention to empirical matters, we’ll see that many liberal feminists have misunderstood decolonial and postcolonial feminist claims. What is one example of an area of misunderstanding?
    4. Khader also argues that, if we pay attention to empirical matters, a new understanding of so-called “trans-exclusive feminists” becomes available. What is this new understanding, and how does attention to empirical matters help to deliver it?
    5. How does attention to the way concepts function in the real world help to illuminate, in Khader’s view, the imperial dimension of certain theoretical views of secularism?
    6. Khader recruits empirical work in order to help settle debates in contemporary feminist philosophy. This suggests that empirical work is helpful because it helps to 1) illuminate bias; 2) set aside arguments that are motivated only by bias, and so; 3) move closer to objective truth. Meanwhile, Crary argues that there is no “neutral conception of reason” and that feelings and bias are “internal” to capacities of reason. One way of reading her is as saying that bias itself is not bad, it is only morally wrong bias that is problematic, from the feminist point of view. In your own words, why does Crary think this, and what would Khader say in response?:
    7. On page 48 Crary writes that “methodological conservativism” is fatal to feminist politics, and advocates a “methodological radicalism” instead.
      1. In your own words, explain the difference between these two things, discussing how feelings and affect are treated by each.
      2. Then, consider how “ethically-loaded” lived experience is treated by each. (48)
    8. Consider your own research interests. What areas of empirical research might you fruitfully engage in, for the sake of ensuring that your own philosophical work is appropriately responsive to the lived experience of the persons implicated by your arguments? Then, consider how you would justify your methodology to an outside reader: what would you write in your “methodology” section?

PDF14Level

African Languages and African Philosophy

Expand entry

by Sara Peppe and Björn Freter

Introduction

This blueprint will help you explore the key texts discussing the role of African languages in the philosophy of Africa. Can western languages express the key concepts of African philosophy? As you read, you will learn a lot about the conceptual frameworks of African philosophy and explore a selection of issues discussed by African writers.

More broadly, this Blueprint offers a great opportunity to inquire about the role of language in the philosophical practice in general. It will be great to anyone interested in the broad questions about how we do philosophy.

How to use this Blueprint?

There is no particular order in which the texts on this list have to be read. Feel free to explore them in any order you prefer. You might also decide not to read all 14 texts, in which case you can use the abstracts and comments you will find on each entry to choose those that interest you the most.


Contents

    On DRL Full text
    1.
    Azenabor, Godwin. The Idea of African Philosophy in African Language
    2000 2000, Indian Philosophical Quarterly. 27 (3): 321-328..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The necessity of writing African philosophy in African languages has been proposed more than once. But, expressing African philosophy in indigenous languages of Africa does not make it more authentic. Authentic African philosophy is the philosophy that takes into account African culture and life. Moreover, the problem of using indigenous languages deals with the fact that the above-mentioned languages are scarcely taught in schools and have almost no place in education. Regarding this, the Nigeria case is paradigmatic.

    Comment: Godwin Azenabor considers the problem of African philosophy in the African language by examining both the concepts of African philosophy and language. The author underlines that the fact that African philosophy should be written in the African language derives from the idea that other philosophies are written in their respective languages. This led the author to think that translating African philosophy into other languages may not depict the true picture of African philosophy, with African philosophy lacking in authenticity. The author focuses on the fact that African indigenous languages are not taught in schools, and scholars do not master the indigenous languages as much as to write in indigenous languages for education purposes. This occurs in Nigeria, where official institutions and education bodies use colonial languages. Plus, the problem of language is rooted in the idea that most African languages are local while philosophy aims to be international. The author also explains why Africans use colonial languages, i.e., to remove communication and understanding barriers. And Azenabor concludes that the language used does not determine the authenticity of African philosophy. Plus, what makes a philosophy African is that it is applied to the conceptual problems of African life and encompasses its tradition.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Define African philosophy.
    2. Define the African language.
    3. Why is there a large use of colonial languages for African philosophy?
    4. Outline the situation of Nigeria.
    5. What makes African philosophy authentic?
    6. What are the problems of writing African philosophy in African language?
    1. Define African philosophy.
    2. Define the African language.
    3. Why is there a large use of colonial languages for African philosophy?
    4. Outline the situation of Nigeria.
    5. What makes African philosophy authentic?
    6. What are the problems of writing African philosophy in African language?
    On DRL Full text
    2.
    Bodunrin, Peter Oluwambe. The Question of African Philosophy
    1981 1981, Philosophy. 56 (216): 161-179..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Philosophy in Africa has for more than a decade now been dominated by the discussion of one compound question, namely, is there an African philosophy, and if there is, what is it? The first part of the question has generally been unhesitatingly answered in the affirmative. Dispute has been primarily over the second part of the question as various specimens of African philosophy presented do not seem to pass muster. Those of us who refuse to accept certain specimens as philosophy have generally been rather illogically said also to deny an affirmative answer to the first part of the question. In a paper presented at the International Symposium in Memory of Dr William Amo, the Ghanaian philosopher who taught in German universities in the early part of the eighteenth century, Professor Odera Oruka identified four trends, perhaps more appropriately approaches, in current African philosophy

    Comment: The article is focused on the theme of African philosophy giving a clear picture of the difficulties in defining what is African philosophy. This paper does not treat the theme of African philosophy and African language, but it provides a base for the above-mentioned debate giving an account picture of African philosophy. The paper indicates that the philosopher Oruka found four trends in African philosophy: Ethno-philosophy, Philosophy sagacity, Nationalist-ideological philosophy and Professional philosophy. The author highlights that the nature of African philosophy is understood differently by the various contemporary African thinkers. And, the article deeply considers the effects of contact with Western populations. Thus, the article links the philosophical problem of defining philosophy in Africa with colonialism. Moreover, Bodunrin examines the four categories of African philosophy proposed by Oruka in the light of the four challenges Africa faces after entering in contact with Western countries.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What are the main questions regarding African philosophy?
    2. What are the four trends of African philosophy?
    3. Are all the African philosophers in agreement when it comes to defining African philosophy?
    4. What are the effects of colonialism on African philosophy?
    5. What are the challenges the African philosophy faces after having come in contact with Western countries?
    1. What are the main questions regarding African philosophy?
    2. What are the four trends of African philosophy?
    3. Are all the African philosophers in agreement when it comes to defining African philosophy?
    4. What are the effects of colonialism on African philosophy?
    5. What are the challenges the African philosophy faces after having come in contact with Western countries?
    On DRL Full text
    3.
    Egbunu, Fidelis Eleojo. Language Problem in African Philosophy: The Igala Case
    2014 2014, Journal of Educational and Social Research. 4 (3): 363-371..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The Language Question is a very central subject of discourse in African Philosophy. This is consequent upon the fact that the essence of language in philosophy cannot be gainsaid. Language, as it were, is culture bound. As such, to deny a people of their language is to deny them their cultural heritage. While applying the descriptive and analytic method in this work, it is contended that language plays not only a catalyzing role in the art of philosophizing but that it occupies an inalienable place in philosophy. Again, that since philosophy is more or less about resolving “conceptual cramps” or “bottle-necks”, indigenous languages should be given a pride of place over and against their foreign counterparts because of the obvious epistemological advantages embedded therein (especially in mother-tongues). It is submitted here that a lot of homework need to be done in terms of advocacy and development on the low status of such languages so as to meet up with the international standard and nature of the discipline. Meanwhile, the need for using a language that engenders understanding across ethnic barriers alongside the language of the environment is being advocated as a short-term measure. This is not without sounding a caveat that such a transfer of knowledge which is often fraught with some degree of adulteration via the instrument of translation, though practicable, is far from being the ideal. It is on this token the opinions of experts such as Barry Hallen, Quine and a host of others on Methods of Ordinary Language Philosophy and Indeterminacy, respectively are being advanced as plausible means of meeting the challenges before us. In this manner, while using the Igala language of Central Nigeria as a case study, it is finally submitted that it is possible to have what we might term authentic African Philosophy emerging from a systematic analysis of our traditional worldviews.

    Comment: This paper examines the issue of language in African Philosophy and highlights that language and culture are closely linked. Indeed, in paragraph 2, Egbonu studies the term “language”, underlining that language has to do with people’s identity and culture. Also, the author explains that language has a crucial role in philosophising, with African indigenous languages that should have a major role in African philosophy since it expresses the cultural heritage of African people. Egbunu focuses on the case of Igala people, where the meaning of the words they use is not the same when we translate them. But, Egbunu also underlines that language is not the only way to determine what should be considered authentic African philosophy. Indeed, it is argued that language does not determine whether African philosophy is authentic or not. Instead, authentic African philosophy is the philosophy applied to the conceptual issues of the African experience.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What is the definition of language?
    2. What are the three principal elements of language? (pp. 364-365)
    3. What is African Philosophy?
    4. What happens if we do not use African languages in African philosophy?
    5. Talk about the Igala case (pp.369-370)
    6. What the author concludes from his speculations on African language and African philosophy?
    1. What is the definition of language?
    2. What are the three principal elements of language? (pp. 364-365)
    3. What is African Philosophy?
    4. What happens if we do not use African languages in African philosophy?
    5. Talk about the Igala case (pp.369-370)
    6. What the author concludes from his speculations on African language and African philosophy?
    On DRL Full text
    4.
    Gyekye, Kwame. An Essay on African Philosophical Thought. The Akan Conceptual Scheme
    1987 1987, Temple University Press.
    Pages 61-103
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In this sustained and nuanced attempt to define a genuinely African philosophy, Kwame Gyekye rejects the idea that an African philosophy consists simply of the work of Africans writing on philosophy. It must, Gyekye argues, arise from African thought itself, relate to the culture out of which it grows, and provide the possibility of a continuation of a philosophy linked to culture. Offering a philosophical clarification and interpretation of the concepts in the ontology, philosophical psychology, theology, and ethics of the Akan of Ghana, Gyekye argues that critical analyses of specific traditional African modes of thought are necessary to develop a distinctively African philosophy as well as cultural values in the modern world.

    Comment: A classical work of modern African philosophy and, because of its analysis of the conceptual scheme, highly relevant for the context of African philosophy and language.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What is the conceptual scheme of the Akan?
    2. What is Gyekyes understanding of oral African traditions?
    3. Why are proverbs so important for African philosophy?
    4. What is your opinion on Gyekyes usage of Western philosophical terminology in his project?
    5. How does Gyekye challenge to opinion, predominant in Western philosophy, that philosophy has to be written?
    1. What is the conceptual scheme of the Akan?
    2. What is Gyekyes understanding of oral African traditions?
    3. Why are proverbs so important for African philosophy?
    4. What is your opinion on Gyekyes usage of Western philosophical terminology in his project?
    5. How does Gyekye challenge to opinion, predominant in Western philosophy, that philosophy has to be written?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    5.
    Ibanga, Diana-Abasi, Bassey Eyo, Emmanuel. African Indigenous Languages and the Advancement of African Philosophy
    2018 2018, Africology: The Journal of Pan African Studies. 12 (5): 208-217..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The contention raised in this research is to showcase that indigenous African languages are imperative tools in advancing African philosophy and thought. By extension the genuiness and originality of African philosophical thought is best advanced when it is vocalized and transliterated in the mother tongue of the philosopher. When African philosophical thought is done and articulated in language foreign to the philosopher, then that philosophical thought is weakened within the conceptual expression and foundation. It is also contended that, indigenous languages would address perennial problem of inadequacies of languages especially where there are no direct replacement of concept and terms to explain reality and other state of affairs.

    Comment: Diana-Abasi Ibanga and Emmanuel Bassey Eyo’s paper African Indigenous Languages and the Advancement of African Philosophy is a fundamental text to understand the role of indigenous languages in the advancement of African philosophy. Bassey Eyo and Ibanga underline that the concepts expressed in foreign languages convey African philosophy thoughts more weakly. Moreover, this paper highlights the need to philosophize in the African language, which would enable African philosophers to convey concepts precisely, and avoid inadequately translating their thoughts.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What is the role of language in philosophical reasoning?
    2. Why does the language need to be used correctly in philosophical reasoning?
    3. What are the major critiques to philosophizing in African languages?
    4. What are the advantages of philosophizing in African indigenous languages?
    5. What happens when a thought developed in an indigenous language is translated?
    1. What is the role of language in philosophical reasoning?
    2. Why does the language need to be used correctly in philosophical reasoning?
    3. What are the major critiques to philosophizing in African languages?
    4. What are the advantages of philosophizing in African indigenous languages?
    5. What happens when a thought developed in an indigenous language is translated?
    On DRL Full text
    6.
    Kishani, Bongasu Tanla. On the Interface of Philosophy and Language in Africa: Some Practical and Theoretical Considerations
    2001 2001, Cambridge University Press.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    The relation between philosophy and language in Africa seems to favor the languages of written expression to the detriment of the languages of "oraural" expression. Concretely, this has meant not only the exclusive use of Arabic and European languages in the philosophies in Africa, but also the assumption that philosophy is only possible in, with, and through written languages. This article argues that change is long overdue, and that African languages should play significant roles in both the exploration of the past and in contemporary and future philosophical inquiries in Africa. In other words, the real problem is not so much to determine how far philosophy is compatible or incompatible with specific languages and with language as a whole, or vice versa, as to discern what role African languages should play within the framework of the past, contemporary, and future philosophies in Africa. For if colonial experiences obliged Africans to confront this predicament without success, the contention here is that Africans cannot continue to philosophize sine die in European languages and according to European models of philosophy as if African languages cannot provide and play the same roles. Today more than before, both the lettered and "oraural" traditions of Africa invite Africans to practice self-reliance in such matters.

    Comment: Kishani’s paper On the Interface of Philosophy and Language in Africa: Some Practical and Theoretical Considerations argues that African languages should play a vital role in the African philosophical inquiries. The crucial point of the article is to examine and establish the role African languages should play in past, present and future African philosophies. The article argues that Africans cannot keep doing philosophy relying on European languages and models as if African languages would be unable to play the same role. Indeed, the article explains that Africans should be self-sufficient in philosophising in their languages and with their models relying on their lettered and “oraural” traditions.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What is written and “oraural” expressions?
    2. Why does the author examine the issue considered through the lenses of past, present and future?
    3. What should be done to avoid that philosophical creativity belongs to the lettered African elite alone?
    4. Why should Africans embrace their linguistic heritage?
    5. Why does writing in European languages represent the exclusive means of expression for Africans?
    1. What is written and “oraural” expressions?
    2. Why does the author examine the issue considered through the lenses of past, present and future?
    3. What should be done to avoid that philosophical creativity belongs to the lettered African elite alone?
    4. Why should Africans embrace their linguistic heritage?
    5. Why does writing in European languages represent the exclusive means of expression for Africans?
    On DRL Full text
    7.
    Lodhi, Abdulaziz Y.. The Language Situation in Africa Today
    1993 1993, Nordic Journal of African Studies. 2 (1): 79–86..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The African continent and the nearby islands constitute one-fourth of the land surface of the earth. Approximately 460 million people live in Africa which is about 11% of the world's population. Of the estimated 6,200 languages and dialects in the world, 2,582 languages and 1,382 dialects are found in Africa. Some languages in Africa are spoken by more than 20 or 30 million people, e.g. Hausa-Fulani, Oromo/Galla and Swahili. Arabic is the most widely spread language on the continent and it is the mothertongue of more than 110 million Africans, whereas in Asia there are only half as many native speakers of Arabic. More than 50 languages are spoken by more than one million speakers each; and a couple of hundred languages are spoken by small groups of a few thousand, or a few hundred people. These small languages are disappearing at a fast rate. Altogether only 146 vernaculars are used as "operative languages" in different situations, and 82 of them are classified by linguists as "highest priority languages", i.e. they are used as "local languages" in different contexts by various authorities, aid organisations and non- governmental organisations (NGOs) in their projects and campaigns. Of the latter, 41 languages are widely used as "lingua franca" for inter-ethnic, regional and/or international communication. All African languages compete with metropolitan/colonial languages, as well as with pidgin and creoles. However, the Organisation of African Unity (OAU) has recommended 50 languages to be supported along with Arabic and Swahili as the only native African working languages. The lingua francas in Africa are of two types: Type A is spread by Africans, e.g. Amharic, Hausa, Swahili and Wolof; while Type B is spread through foreign influence, e.g. Lingala and Swahili during the colonial period. Most lingua francas have both Type A and B features, and the common denominator for them all is that they have been, and many of them are today, languages which were used by soldiers and warrior groups and African conquerors, languages which were later employed by European colonialists in their African armies.

    Comment: This article provides an outlook on the languages of Africa, highlighting that the African continent is multi-lingual since there is a huge number of languages and dialects. Plus, the paper clarifies that together with the autochthonous languages, colonialism introduced European languages, increasing the number of languages used. The importance of this article is that it elucidates the impact of the acquis of languages in Africa on politics, education and development. This is linked with the issue of African languages in African philosophy too.

    Discussion Questions

    1. How many languages and dialects are there in Africa?
    2. What problems arise from multi-linguism in Africa?
    3. Who benefits from education in Africa and what languages are used for education?
    4. What are the drawbacks of using metro-languages?
    5. What is the difference between “endoglossic” and “exoglossic” African countries?
    6. To have a clear picture of African languages, their distribution and usage look at the typology of language situation and policy (pp. 83-84) and remember its main information.
    1. How many languages and dialects are there in Africa?
    2. What problems arise from multi-linguism in Africa?
    3. Who benefits from education in Africa and what languages are used for education?
    4. What are the drawbacks of using metro-languages?
    5. What is the difference between “endoglossic” and “exoglossic” African countries?
    6. To have a clear picture of African languages, their distribution and usage look at the typology of language situation and policy (pp. 83-84) and remember its main information.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    8.
    Mabe, Jacob Emmanuel. The Situation of the Indigenous African Languages as a Challenge for Philosophy
    2020 2020, Philosophy Study. 10 (10): 667-677..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In view of the increasing demands for the rehabilitation and promotion of indigenous African languages, a philosophical answer to the question of what can and should be done to effectively counteract the continuing marginalization of languages is often required. Despite the relatively successful coexistence of African and European languages, which has produced mixed languages, all measures must be taken to ensure that the native languages of Africa are used in the future as a means of expressing Africa’s identities and worldviews. This chapter tries to show how the philosophy of convergence can contribute to overcome the language dilemma in Africa.

    Comment: This article treats the theme of the marginalization of African indigenous languages in African philosophy and proposes a way of solving this issue through transcription and semantic transmission applied in philosophical translation. Plus, the paper highlights that to solve marginalization, Africa urgently needs a policy on languages that encourages the use of native languages. This would be helpful for African philosophy since, in this way, African thinkers can express African patterns of thinking, values, cultural heritage and identity.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Describe the theme of marginalization of African indigenous languages.
    2. Why native African languages should be preserved?
    3. What policy is needed for African languages and what is the advantage of it?
    4. What methods could be applied to philosophical translation, according to this article?
    5. What are the advantages of using African indigenous languages for African philosophy?
    1. Describe the theme of marginalization of African indigenous languages.
    2. Why native African languages should be preserved?
    3. What policy is needed for African languages and what is the advantage of it?
    4. What methods could be applied to philosophical translation, according to this article?
    5. What are the advantages of using African indigenous languages for African philosophy?
    On DRL Read free
    9.
    Ngũgĩ wa Thiong'o. Decolonising the Mind. The Politics of Language in African Literature
    1986 1986, London: James Curry, Nairobi: Heineman Kenya, Portsmouth: Heinemann, Harare: Zimbabwe Publishing House.
    Pages 1-33
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Decolonising the Mind is a collection of essays about language and its constructive role in national culture, history, and identity. The book, which advocates for linguistic decolonization, is one of Ngũgĩ’s best-known and most-cited non-fiction publications, helping to cement him as a pre-eminent voice theorizing the “language debate” in post-colonial studies. Ngũgĩ describes the book as “a summary of some of the issues in which I have been passionately involved for the last twenty years of my practice in fiction, theatre, criticism, and in teaching of literature…” Decolonising the Mind is split into four essays: “The Language of African Literature,” “The Language of African Theatre,” “The Language of African Fiction,” and “The Quest for Relevance.”

    Comment: The papers in this volume were foundational for the post-colonial debate on African language.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What are the reasons for the refusal of Ngũgĩ wa Thiong’o to write (fiction) in the English language?
    2. Describe the theory of language, esp. with regards to the intertwining of language and culture.
    3.  What Ngũgĩ wa Thiong’o mean by the Imperialism at its effect as a “cultural bomb”?
    4.  Why is language so important? What is a language to its speaker? What does it mean to speak one’s “own” or an “alien” language?
    5. What is, according to Ngũgĩ wa Thiong’o, Decolonisation? And why does he focus especially on the Decolonsation of the Mind?
    1. What are the reasons for the refusal of Ngũgĩ wa Thiong’o to write (fiction) in the English language?
    2. Describe the theory of language, esp. with regards to the intertwining of language and culture.
    3.  What Ngũgĩ wa Thiong’o mean by the Imperialism at its effect as a “cultural bomb”?
    4.  Why is language so important? What is a language to its speaker? What does it mean to speak one’s “own” or an “alien” language?
    5. What is, according to Ngũgĩ wa Thiong’o, Decolonisation? And why does he focus especially on the Decolonsation of the Mind?
    On DRL Full text
    10.
    Phindile, Dlamini, Nomsa Dlamini. Exploring explicitation and amplification in translated literary texts from English into isiZulu
    2021 2021, South African Journal of African Languages 41(3): 287-293..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This article focuses on two translation techniques, namely explicitation and amplification. Substantial research has been conducted using these translation techniques in languages other than indigenous languages of South Africa. These two techniques were explored in a translation from English into isiZulu, using Brenda Munitich’s The Fisherman, which is translated into isiZulu as ‘Umdobi’. Besides giving a clear understanding of the two translation techniques (explicitation and amplification), the article shows how these techniques can facilitate the translation of texts from English into isiZulu. Further, it shows how translators can use these techniques to improve the quality of their translations, especially expressive texts.

    Comment: This text offers a practical approach to translation from English to isiZulu. It proposes two translation techniques, i.e., explicitation and amplification that are able to help translators to improve the quality of their translations. It has been included because it enables students to have a clear idea of the state of the art in the field of translation practices from English to an indigenous language, i.e., isiZulu.

    Discussion Questions

    1. At the beginning of the article the authors talk about translation strategies, could you describe these strategies?
    2. List and describe the translation techniques proposed in the article.
    3. What is explicitation? Also, describe its use.
    4. What is amplification? How it is used?
    5. What are the translation problems explicitation and amplification are able to address to?
    1. At the beginning of the article the authors talk about translation strategies, could you describe these strategies?
    2. List and describe the translation techniques proposed in the article.
    3. What is explicitation? Also, describe its use.
    4. What is amplification? How it is used?
    5. What are the translation problems explicitation and amplification are able to address to?
    On DRL Full text
    11.
    Rettovà, Alena. The role of African languages in African philosophy
    2002 2002, Rue Descartes. 36 (2): 129-150..
    Expand entry
    Introduction: Since the beginning of the development of the corpus of African philosophical writing, African philosophy has been written exclusively in European languages. African philosophers write in English, in French, in Portuguese, in German, in Latin, and if we may include the non-African authors who made substantial contributions to African philosophy and the languages into which the major works of African philosophy were translated, we would arrive at a large number of European (and possibly even Asian) languages, but very few, if any, African ones. There are authors among African philosophers who stress the importance of a renaissance of the traditional thought systems, some go as far as to claim that the usage of African languages may have far-reaching consequences on the philosophical conclusions at which we arrive. In spite of this, the same authors often acknowledge certain shortcomings of African languages to express philosophical ideas. In any way, they all continue writing in European languages. The reasons for this state of affairs are obvious. Historical conditions such as colonialism, economic and political dependency, contribute to the fact of the international weakness of regional languages, this being the case not only of African languages. English and French, but especially English, have a large international public, books in English get sold, get read, etc. African languages were ignored or even suppressed during the colonial era, so that speaking a European language became a matter of high prestige, whereas African languages were looked down upon. Even if that changed, economic underdevelopment leads to cultural underdevelopment, propagating African languages is only possible if there are the means to do it. But even then, there is the large number of African languages: which are we to choose? On the grounds of these reasons, African languages are underdeveloped, lack the vocabulary to express realities of modern life.

    Comment: This article explores the theme of African philosophy that is generally expressed in European languages. Some African philosophers want to propose a renaissance of the traditional body of thought, even if some acknowledge that African languages face issues in expressing some philosophical ideas. African philosophers are continuing to write in European languages due to some historical conditions (e.g., colonialism) that are responsible for the weakness of regional languages on the international scene. One of the main issues is that neither efforts have been made yet to develop a corpus of African philosophical terminology nor Western philosophical books have been translated into African languages. The major questions of the article focus on whether it is possible to write philosophy in African languages and analyse the role of African languages in the development of African thought. The author considers the usage of African languages in African philosophy, the use of African languages in the four major branches of African philosophy and finally, she considers African languages that serve as a tool for African philosophy.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What are the historical events that contributed to the massive use of European languages for African philosophy?
    2. What are the four trends of African philosophy?
    3. What is the usage of African languages in the philosophical works of African philosophers?
    4. Are African languages able to express all the philosophical concepts usually expressed by European languages? What problems a philosopher who wants to use African languages could face?
    5. How illiteracy relates to the issue of African languages in African philosophy?
    1. What are the historical events that contributed to the massive use of European languages for African philosophy?
    2. What are the four trends of African philosophy?
    3. What is the usage of African languages in the philosophical works of African philosophers?
    4. Are African languages able to express all the philosophical concepts usually expressed by European languages? What problems a philosopher who wants to use African languages could face?
    5. How illiteracy relates to the issue of African languages in African philosophy?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    12.
    Rettovà, Alena. Afrophone philosophies: possibilities and practice. The reflexion of philosophical influences in Euphrase Kezilahabi’s Nagona and Mzingile
    2004 2004, Swahili Forum 11: 45-68.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: My paper is divided into two parts. In the first part, I will define the basic concepts, such as “African philosophy” and “Afrophone philosophies”, their relationship and the general context of the debate on “African philosophy”. I anticipate my definition here and say that “Afrophone philosophies” are those discourses that are the medium of philosophical reflexion in a given culture. Thus in the second part of my paper, I will concentrate on one specific case of a philosophical reflexion, that of reflecting philosophical influences in the late works of Euphrase Kezilahabi, Nagona (1990) and Mzingile (1991).

    Comment: Rettová offers an overview of the concepts of "African philosophy" and "Afrophone philosophies", helping the reader grasp these concepts. Moreover, part of the paper aims to look at the Swahili-speaking societies and how they are influenced by Western philosophy. The discussion involves considering the late works of Euphrase Kezilahabi.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Describe the basic concepts of African philosophy.
    2. What are Afrophone philosophies?
    3. What are the differences between African philosophy and Afrophone philosophies?
    4. What is the role of Western philosophy in Kezilahabi’s late works?
    5. What is the purpose of this article and what does it tell us about the Swahili-speaking societies?
    1. Describe the basic concepts of African philosophy.
    2. What are Afrophone philosophies?
    3. What are the differences between African philosophy and Afrophone philosophies?
    4. What is the role of Western philosophy in Kezilahabi’s late works?
    5. What is the purpose of this article and what does it tell us about the Swahili-speaking societies?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    13.
    Tangwa, Godfrey. Revisiting the Language Question in African Philosophy
    2017 2017, Adeshina Afolayan, Toyin Falola (eds.): The Palgrave Handbook of African Philosophy, New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 129-140.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: One of the multiple effects of colonialism in Africa was the suppression and marginalization of African indigenous languages and the imposition and valorization of colonial languages which thus became the exclusive vectors of modern education, religious proselytization, and international communication and dialogue. After independence, this language situation led to a series of debates centered on what should be the appropriate language of pedagogy, scholarship, and artistic expression in Africa. Having successfully struggled against colonialism, should Africans continue using the colonially imposed foreign languages for their teaching, knowledge production, artistic and literary expression, to the continued detriment of the colonially marginalized indigenous languages? In this chapter, Tangwa revisits the language problematic in Africa from the vantage position of one who had actively participated in the language debates in the early 1990s. Tangwa briefly considers the purpose, functions, and uses of language in general, the relationship between language and culture, and the polar positions in the language debate in Africa. The chapter ends with a brief examination of the contemporary situation in the evolution of the language problem and makes a recommendation on what appears to be the only way forward.

    Comment: An up-to-date, concise and solid overview of the language problem in African philosophy.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Describe the debate on language in African philosophy.
    2. What is meant by the “domestication and indigenization of the colonial language heritage”?
    3. Discuss the specific problems of language for the African diaspora.
    4. Is it, in Tangwa’s opinion, possible to authentically use a colonial language as an African person? What are his arguments?
    5. Why is language such an important issue in African philosophy?
    1. Describe the debate on language in African philosophy.
    2. What is meant by the “domestication and indigenization of the colonial language heritage”?
    3. Discuss the specific problems of language for the African diaspora.
    4. Is it, in Tangwa’s opinion, possible to authentically use a colonial language as an African person? What are his arguments?
    5. Why is language such an important issue in African philosophy?
    On DRL Full text
    14.
    Wiredu, Kwasi. The Need for Conceptual Decolonization in African Philosophy
    1995 1995, Kwasi Wiredu: Conceptual Decolonization in African Philosophy. Four Essays, selected and introduced by Olusegun Oladipo. Ibadan: Hope Publications, 22-32.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Wiredu argues for a conceptual decolonization. This means, "[o]n the negative side, avoiding or reversing through a critical conceptual self-awareness the unexamined assimilation in our thought (that is, in the thought of contemporary African philosophers) of the conceptual frameworks embedded in the foreign philosophical traditions that have had an impact on African life and thought. And, on the positive side, I mean exploiting as much as is judicious the resources of our own indigenous conceptual schemes in our philosophical meditations on even the most technical problems of contemporary philosophy. But I cite it first because the necessity for decolonization was brought upon us in the first place by the historical superimposition of foreign categories of thought on African thought systems through colonialism.« (Wiredu 1992, 22) »This superimposition has come through three principal avenues. The first one is the avenue of language.« (Wiredu 1992, 22) The second one is religion and the third one politics."

    Comment: One of the many seminal papers by one of the most influential African philosophers of Decolonisation. It addresses, in Wiredu's words, the problem of "historical superimposition of foreign categories of thought on African thought systems through colonialism".

    Discussion Questions

    1. What does Wiredu refer to with the expression “Decolonisation” and what does the qualifier “conceptual” mean?
    2. Describe the negative effects it can have, according to Wiredu, to think in English (instead of thinking in your respective African native language)?
    3. Describe Wiredu’s understanding of objectivity.
    4. Explain the problems of the understanding of Descartes’ Cogito ergo sum in Akan language.
    5. Why are African thinkers in danger of a “involuntary mental de-Africanization”?
    1. What does Wiredu refer to with the expression “Decolonisation” and what does the qualifier “conceptual” mean?
    2. Describe the negative effects it can have, according to Wiredu, to think in English (instead of thinking in your respective African native language)?
    3. Describe Wiredu’s understanding of objectivity.
    4. Explain the problems of the understanding of Descartes’ Cogito ergo sum in Akan language.
    5. Why are African thinkers in danger of a “involuntary mental de-Africanization”?

Share your reading group, make a Blueprint!
Did you run a reading group on a different topic? Would you like to share it with the world as a Blueprint? Or maybe you just want to develop something in your area of specialisation? Read our guidelines to learn how you can do so!